Bump version to 23.1.96.
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19383 49278))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
13
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
16
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36
37 \(fn)" t nil)
38
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41
42 \(fn)" t nil)
43
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46
47 \(fn)" t nil)
48
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
51 Mutate the result.
52
53 \(fn)" t nil)
54
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62
63 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64
65 ;;;***
66 \f
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
68 ;;;;;; (19383 49278))
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
70
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
73
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
75
76 ;;;***
77 \f
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
79 ;;;;;; (19383 49276))
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
81
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
85 extensions.
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
87 the file name.
88
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
90
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
93
94 \(fn)" t nil)
95
96 ;;;***
97 \f
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
99 ;;;;;; (19383 49278))
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
101
102 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
103 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
104
105 \(fn)" t nil)
106
107 ;;;***
108 \f
109 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
110 ;;;;;; (19383 49278))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
112
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
116
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
118
119 ;;;***
120 \f
121 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
122 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
123 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
124 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (19383
125 ;;;;;; 49278))
126 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
127
128 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
129
130 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
131 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
132 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
133 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
134
135 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
136
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
138 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
140
141 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
142
143 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
144 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
145 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
146 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
147 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
148 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
149
150 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
151
152 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
153 Prompt for a change log name.
154
155 \(fn)" nil nil)
156
157 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
158 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
159
160 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
161 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
163 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
164
165 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
166 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
167 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
168
169 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
170 current buffer to the complete file name.
171 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
172
173 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
174
175 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
176 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
177 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
178 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
179
180 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
181 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
182
183 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
184
185 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
186 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
187 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
188
189 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
190 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
191 after a comma on an existing line.
192
193 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
194 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
195 the same person.
196
197 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
198 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
199 notices.
200
201 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
202 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
203
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
205
206 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
207 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
208 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
209 the change log file in another window.
210
211 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
212
213 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
214 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
215 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
216 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
217 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
218 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
219
220 \\{change-log-mode-map}
221
222 \(fn)" t nil)
223
224 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
225 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
226
227 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
228 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
229
230 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
231 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
232
233 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
234 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
235
236 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
237 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
238
239 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
240 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
241 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
242 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
243 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
244
245 Has a preference of looking backwards.
246
247 \(fn)" nil nil)
248
249 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
250 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
251 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
252 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
253 or a buffer.
254
255 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
256 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
257
258 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
259
260 ;;;***
261 \f
262 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
263 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
264 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19383 49276))
265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
266
267 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
268 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
269 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
270 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
271 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
272 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
273 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
274 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
275 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
276 interpreted as `error'.")
277
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
279
280 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
281 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
282 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
283 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
284 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
285 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
286 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
287 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
288
289 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
290
291 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
292 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
293
294 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
295
296 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
297 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
298
299 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
300
301 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
303
304 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
305 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
306 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
307 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
308 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
309
310 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
311 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
312 the new one.
313
314 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
315 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
316 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
317 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
318 mapped to the closest extremal position).
319
320 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
321 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
322 the cache-id will clear the cache.
323
324 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
325
326 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
327
328 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
329 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
330 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
331 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
332 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
333 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
334 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
335 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
336 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
337 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
338 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
339 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
340 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
341 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
342 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
343 definition will always be cached for later usage.
344
345 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
346
347 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
348 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
349 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
350
351 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
352 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
353 BODY...)
354
355 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
356 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
357 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
358 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
359 see also `ad-add-advice'.
360 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
361 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
362 before/around/after-advices will be used.
363 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
364 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
365 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
366 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
367 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
368 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
369
370 Semantics of the various flags:
371 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
372 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
373 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
374
375 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
376 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
377
378 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
379 advised function should be compiled.
380
381 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
382 during activation until somebody enables it.
383
384 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
385 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
386 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
387 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
388
389 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
390 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
391 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
392 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
393 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
394 during preloading.
395
396 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
397 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
398 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
399 BODY...)
400
401 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
402
403 ;;;***
404 \f
405 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
406 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
407 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (19383 49278))
408 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
409
410 (autoload 'align "align" "\
411 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
412 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
413 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
414 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
415 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
416 rule's `separate' attribute).
417
418 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
419 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
420 `separate' attribute set.
421
422 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
423 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
424 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
425 on the format of these lists.
426
427 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
428
429 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
430 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
431 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
432 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
433 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
434 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
435 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
436 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
437 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
438 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
439 options.
440
441 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
442 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
443
444 Fred (123) 456-7890
445 Alice (123) 456-7890
446 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
447 Joe (123) 456-7890
448
449 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
450 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
451 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
452
453 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
454
455 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
456 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
457 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
458 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
459 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
460 align that section.
461
462 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
463
464 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
465 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
466 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
467 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
468 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
469 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
470 been used to align that section.
471
472 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
473
474 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
475 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
476 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
477 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
478 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
479 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
480 to be colored.
481
482 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
483
484 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
485 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
486
487 \(fn)" t nil)
488
489 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
490 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
491
492 \(fn)" t nil)
493
494 ;;;***
495 \f
496 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
497 ;;;;;; (19383 49278))
498 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
499
500 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
501
502 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
503
504 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
505
506 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
507
508 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
509
510 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
511
512 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
513
514 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
515
516 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
517
518 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
519
520 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
521
522 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
523
524 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
525
526 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
527
528 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
529
530 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531
532 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
533 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
534 \\<allout-mode-map>
535
536 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
537 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
538 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
539
540 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
541 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
542 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
543 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
544 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
545 outline.)
546
547 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
548
549 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
550 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
551 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
552 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
553 - easy topic encryption and decryption
554 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
555 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
556 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
557
558 and many other features.
559
560 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
561 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
562 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
563 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
564 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
565
566 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
567 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
568 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
569 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
570 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
571 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
572 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
573 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
574
575 Exposure Control:
576 ----------------
577 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
578 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
579 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
580 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
581 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
582
583 Navigation:
584 ----------
585 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
586 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
587 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
588 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
589 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
590 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
591 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
592 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
593 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
594 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
595
596
597 Topic Header Production:
598 -----------------------
599 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
600 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
601 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
602
603 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
604 ---------------------------------
605 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
606 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
607 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
608 current topic
609 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
610 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
611 are alternated according to nesting depth.
612 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
613 the offspring are not affected.
614 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
615
616 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
617 ----------------------------------
618 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
619 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
620 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
621 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
622 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
623 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
624 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
625 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
626
627 Topic-oriented Encryption:
628 -------------------------
629 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
630 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
631
632 Misc commands:
633 -------------
634 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
635 and establish a default file-var setting
636 for `allout-layout'.
637 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
638 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
639 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
640 buffer with name derived from derived from that
641 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
642 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
643 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
644 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
645 format.
646 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
647 auto-activation.
648
649 Topic Encryption
650
651 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
652 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
653 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
654 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
655
656 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
657 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
658 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
659 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
660
661 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
662 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
663 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
664 pitfalls.
665
666 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
667 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
668 for details.
669
670 HOT-SPOT Operation
671
672 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
673 navigation and exposure control.
674
675 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
676 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
677 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
678 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
679 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
680
681 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
682 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
683 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
684 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
685 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
686
687 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
688 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
689 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
690 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
691 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
692 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
693 at the beginning of the current entry.
694
695 Extending Allout
696
697 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
698 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
699 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
700
701 `allout-mode-hook'
702 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
703 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
704 `allout-structure-added-hook'
705 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
706 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
707
708 Terminology
709
710 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
711
712 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
713 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
714 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
715 CURRENT ITEM:
716 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
717 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
718 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
719 called the:
720 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
721
722 ANCESTORS:
723 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
724 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
725 of the ITEM.
726 OFFSPRING:
727 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
728 SUBTOPIC:
729 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
730 CHILD:
731 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
732 SIBLINGS:
733 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
734
735 Topic text constituents:
736
737 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
738 text.
739 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
740 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
741 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
742 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
743 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
744 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
745 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
746 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
747 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
748 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
749 the PREFIX.
750
751 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
752 of the ITEM.
753 PREFIX-LEAD:
754 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
755 It can be customized by changing the setting of
756 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
757
758 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
759 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
760 program code without interfering with processing of the text
761 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
762 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
763 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
764 docstring for more detail.
765 PREFIX-PADDING:
766 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
767 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
768 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
769 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
770 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
771 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
772 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
773 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
774 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
775 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
776 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
777 more details.
778 EXPOSURE:
779 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
780 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
781 CONCEALED:
782 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
783 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
784
785 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
786 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
787 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
788
789 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
790
791 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
792
793 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
794 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
795
796 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
797 setup for auto-startup.
798
799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
800
801 ;;;***
802 \f
803 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
804 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19383 49276))
805 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
806
807 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
808
809 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
810 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
811 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
812 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
813 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
814 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
815
816 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
817
818 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
819 Not documented
820
821 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
822
823 ;;;***
824 \f
825 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
826 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (19383 49278))
827 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
828
829 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
830 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
831 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
832 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
833 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
834 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
835 in the current window.
836
837 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
838
839 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
840 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
841 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
842
843 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
844
845 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
846 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
847 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
848
849 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
850
851 ;;;***
852 \f
853 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
854 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19383 49278))
855 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
856
857 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
858 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
859
860 \(fn)" t nil)
861
862 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
863 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
864
865 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
866 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
867 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
868 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
869
870 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
871 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
872
873 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
874
875 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
876
877 ;;;***
878 \f
879 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
880 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19383 49278))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
882
883 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
884 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
885 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
886 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
887 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
888 \\[yank].
889
890 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
891 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
892 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
893 the rules.
894
895 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
896 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
897 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
898 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
899
900 \(fn)" t nil)
901
902 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
903 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
904 \\{antlr-mode-map}
905
906 \(fn)" t nil)
907
908 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
909 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
910 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
911
912 \(fn)" nil nil)
913
914 ;;;***
915 \f
916 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
917 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (19383 49278))
918 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
919
920 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
921 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
922 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
923
924 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
925
926 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
927 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
928
929 \(fn)" t nil)
930
931 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
932 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
933 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
934 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
935 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
936 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
937 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
938
939 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
940
941 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
942 appointment package (if it is not already active).
943
944 \(fn)" nil nil)
945
946 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
947 Toggle checking of appointments.
948 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
949 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
950
951 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
952
953 ;;;***
954 \f
955 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
956 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
957 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19383 49278))
958 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
959
960 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
961 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
962 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
963 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
964
965 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
966 kind of objects to search.
967
968 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
969
970 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
971 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
972 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
973 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
974 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
975 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
976
977 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
978 normal variables.
979
980 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
981
982 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
983
984 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
985 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
986 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
987 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
988 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
989 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
990
991 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
992 noninteractive functions.
993
994 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
995 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
996
997 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
998 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
999
1000 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1001
1002 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1003 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1004
1005 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1006
1007 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1008 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1009 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1010 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1011
1012 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1013 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1014 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1015 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1016
1017 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1018 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1019
1020 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1021
1022 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1023
1024 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1025 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1026 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1027 thus be found in `load-history'.
1028
1029 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1032 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1033 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1034 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1035 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1036 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1037
1038 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1039 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1040 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1041
1042 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1043
1044 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1045 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1046 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1047 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1048 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1049 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1050
1051 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1052 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1053 bindings.
1054 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1055
1056 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1057
1058 ;;;***
1059 \f
1060 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (19383
1061 ;;;;;; 49276))
1062 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1063
1064 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1065 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1066 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1067 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1068 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1069 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1070
1071 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1072 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1073 archive.
1074
1075 \\{archive-mode-map}
1076
1077 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1078
1079 ;;;***
1080 \f
1081 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (19383 49278))
1082 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1083
1084 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1085 Major mode for editing arrays.
1086
1087 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1088 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1089 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1090
1091 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1092
1093 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1094 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1095 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1096
1097 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1098 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1099 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1100 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1101 The variables are:
1102
1103 Variables you assign:
1104 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1105 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1106 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1107 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1108 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1109 row numbers in the buffer.
1110
1111 Variables which are calculated:
1112 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1113 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1114
1115 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1116 take a numeric prefix argument):
1117
1118 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1119 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1120 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1121 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1122
1123 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1124 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1125 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1126 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1127
1128 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1129 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1130 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1131 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1132
1133 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1134 between that of point and mark.
1135
1136 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1137 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1138
1139 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1140 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1141 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1142 newlines inside rows)
1143
1144 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1145
1146 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1147
1148 \(fn)" t nil)
1149
1150 ;;;***
1151 \f
1152 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (19383
1153 ;;;;;; 49276))
1154 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1155
1156 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1157 Toggle Artist mode.
1158 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1159 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1160 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1161
1162 How to quit Artist mode
1163
1164 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1165
1166
1167 How to submit a bug report
1168
1169 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1170
1171
1172 Drawing with the mouse:
1173
1174 mouse-2
1175 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1176 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1177 below).
1178
1179 mouse-1
1180 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1181 or pastes:
1182
1183 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1184 --------------------------------------------------------------
1185 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1186 to new point
1187 --------------------------------------------------------------
1188 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1189 --------------------------------------------------------------
1190 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1191 --------------------------------------------------------------
1192 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1193 --------------------------------------------------------------
1194 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1195 --------------------------------------------------------------
1196 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1197 --------------------------------------------------------------
1198 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1199 --------------------------------------------------------------
1200 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1201 --------------------------------------------------------------
1202 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1203 lines
1204 --------------------------------------------------------------
1205 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1206 --------------------------------------------------------------
1207 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1208 --------------------------------------------------------------
1209 Paste Paste Paste
1210 --------------------------------------------------------------
1211 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1212 --------------------------------------------------------------
1213
1214 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1215 or diagonally.
1216
1217 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1218 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1219 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1220 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1221 poly-lines.
1222
1223 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1224 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1225 overwrite means the opposite.
1226
1227 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1228 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1229 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1230
1231 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1232
1233 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1234 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1235
1236 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1237 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1238 are currently drawing something.
1239
1240 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1241 some time to fill.
1242
1243
1244 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1245 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1246
1247
1248 Settings
1249
1250 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1251
1252 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1253
1254 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1255
1256 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1257
1258 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1259 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1260
1261 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1262
1263
1264 Drawing with keys
1265
1266 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1267 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1268 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1269 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1270 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1271 When pasting: Pastes
1272
1273 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1274
1275 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1276
1277 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1278 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1279 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1280 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1281 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1282 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1283
1284
1285 Arrows
1286
1287 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1288 of the line/poly-line
1289
1290 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1291 of the line/poly-line
1292
1293
1294 Selecting operation
1295
1296 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1297
1298 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1299 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1300 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1301 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1302 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1303 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1304 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1305 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1306 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1307 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1308 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1309 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1310 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1311 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1312 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1313 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1314 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1315 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1316 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1317 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1318
1319
1320 Variables
1321
1322 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1323 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1324
1325 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1326 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1327 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1328 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1329 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1330 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1331 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1332 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1333 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1334 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1335 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1336 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1337 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1338 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1339 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1340 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1341 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1342 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1343 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1344
1345 Hooks
1346
1347 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1348 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1349
1350
1351 Keymap summary
1352
1353 \\{artist-mode-map}
1354
1355 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1356
1357 ;;;***
1358 \f
1359 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (19383
1360 ;;;;;; 49278))
1361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1362
1363 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1364 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1365 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1366
1367 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1368 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1369 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1370 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1371
1372 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1373 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1374
1375 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1376 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1377
1378 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1379
1380 Special commands:
1381 \\{asm-mode-map}
1382
1383 \(fn)" t nil)
1384
1385 ;;;***
1386 \f
1387 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1388 ;;;;;; (19383 49278))
1389 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1390
1391 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1392 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1393 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1394
1395 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1396
1397 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1398 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1399 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1400 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1401 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1402 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1403 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1404 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1405 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1406 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1407
1408 For example:
1409 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1410 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1411 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1412 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1413 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1414
1415 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1416
1417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1418
1419 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1420 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1421 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1422 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1423 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1424 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1425
1426 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1427
1428 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1429 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1430 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1431 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1432 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1433 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1434
1435 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1436
1437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1438
1439 ;;;***
1440 \f
1441 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1442 ;;;;;; (19383 49278))
1443 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1444
1445 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1446 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1447
1448 \(fn)" t nil)
1449
1450 ;;;***
1451 \f
1452 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1453 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (19383 49278))
1454 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1455
1456 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1457 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1458 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1459
1460 \(fn)" t nil)
1461
1462 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1463 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1464 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1465 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1466
1467 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1468
1469 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1470 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1471 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1472 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1473 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1474 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1475
1476 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1477
1478 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1479 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1480 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1481 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1482
1483 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1484 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1485
1486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1487
1488 ;;;***
1489 \f
1490 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1491 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1492 ;;;;;; (19383 49278))
1493 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1494
1495 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1496
1497 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1498
1499 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1500 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1501 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1502 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1503 save the buffer too.
1504
1505 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1506
1507 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1508
1509 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1510 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1511 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1512 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1513 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1514 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1515
1516 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1517 directory or directories specified.
1518
1519 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1520
1521 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1522 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1523 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1524
1525 \(fn)" nil nil)
1526
1527 ;;;***
1528 \f
1529 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1530 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1531 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19383 49278))
1532 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1533
1534 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1535 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1536
1537 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1538 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1539 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1540 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1541 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1542
1543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1544
1545 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1546 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1547
1548 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1549 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1550
1551 \(fn)" nil nil)
1552
1553 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1554 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1555 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1556
1557 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1558 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1559 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1560 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1561 reflected in the current buffer.
1562
1563 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1564 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1565 writing before you save the file!
1566
1567 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1568
1569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1570
1571 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1572 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1573
1574 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1575 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1576
1577 \(fn)" nil nil)
1578
1579 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1580 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1581 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1582 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1583 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1584 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1585
1586 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1587
1588 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1589 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1590 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1591 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1592
1593 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1594 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1595 to revert a particular buffer.
1596
1597 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1598 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1599 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1600 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1601 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1602
1603 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1604 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1605 specifies in the mode line.
1606
1607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1608
1609 ;;;***
1610 \f
1611 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1612 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (19383 49278))
1613 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1614
1615 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1616 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1617 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1618 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1619 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1620
1621 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1622
1623 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1624 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1625 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1626 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1627
1628 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1629 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1630 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1631
1632 Effects of the different modes:
1633 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1634 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1635 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1636 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1637 a random distance & direction.
1638 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1639 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1640 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1641
1642 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1643
1644 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1645 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1646 definition of \"random distance\".)
1647
1648 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1649
1650 ;;;***
1651 \f
1652 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1653 ;;;;;; (19383 49278))
1654 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1655 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1656
1657 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1658 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1659 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1660 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1661
1662 \(fn)" t nil)
1663
1664 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1665 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1666 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1667 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1668 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1669 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1670
1671 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1672
1673 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1674 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1675 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1676 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1677 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1678 seconds.
1679
1680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1681
1682 ;;;***
1683 \f
1684 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1685 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (19383 49278))
1686 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1687
1688 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1689 Time execution of FORMS.
1690 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1691 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1692 FORMS once.
1693 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1694 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1695 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1696
1697 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1698
1699 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1700 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1701 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1702 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1703 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1704
1705 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1706
1707 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1708 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1709 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1710 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1711 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1712
1713 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1714
1715 ;;;***
1716 \f
1717 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1718 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (19383 49278))
1719 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1720
1721 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1722 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1723 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1724 of corresponding buffers.
1725 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1726 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1727 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1728 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1729 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1730 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1731
1732 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1733
1734 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1735 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1736
1737 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1738
1739 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1740 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1741 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1742 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1743
1744 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1745 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1746 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1747 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1748 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1749
1750 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1751 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1752
1753
1754 Special information:
1755
1756 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1757
1758 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1759 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1760 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1761 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1762 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1763 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1764 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1765 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1766 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1767 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1768 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1769
1770 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1771 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1772 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1773 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1774 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1775 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1776 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1777 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1778
1779 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1780
1781 ----------------------------------------------------------
1782 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1783 if that value is non-nil.
1784
1785 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1786
1787 \(fn)" t nil)
1788
1789 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1790 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1791 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1792 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1793 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1794 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1795 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1796 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1797 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1798 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1799
1800 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1801
1802 ;;;***
1803 \f
1804 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1805 ;;;;;; (19383 49278))
1806 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1807 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.bst\\'") 'bibtex-style-mode))
1808
1809 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1810 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1811
1812 \(fn)" t nil)
1813
1814 ;;;***
1815 \f
1816 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1817 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1818 ;;;;;; (19383 49278))
1819 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1820
1821 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1822
1823 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1824 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1825 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1826
1827 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1828
1829 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1830 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1831
1832 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1833
1834 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1835 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1836
1837 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1838
1839 ;;;***
1840 \f
1841 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (19383
1842 ;;;;;; 49278))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1844
1845 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1846 Play blackbox.
1847 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1848
1849 What is blackbox?
1850
1851 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1852 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1853 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1854 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1855 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1856 your score.
1857
1858 Overview of play:
1859
1860 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1861 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1862 four.
1863
1864 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1865 movement keys.
1866
1867 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1868 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1869
1870 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1871 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1872
1873 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1874 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1875 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1876 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1877 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1878 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1879
1880 Details:
1881
1882 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1883
1884 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1885 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1886 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1887 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1888
1889 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1890 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1891 denoted by the letter `R'.
1892
1893 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1894 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1895 denoted by the letter `H'.
1896
1897 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1898 example.
1899
1900 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1901 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1902 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1903 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1904 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1905 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1906 ray.
1907
1908 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1909 degree deflection it causes.
1910
1911 1
1912 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1913 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1914 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1915 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1916 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1917 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1918 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1919 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1920 2 3
1921
1922 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1923 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1924
1925
1926 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1927 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1928 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1929 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1930 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1931 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1932 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1933 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1934
1935 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1936 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1937 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1938 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1939 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1940 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1941 emerging from the box.
1942
1943 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1944
1945 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1946 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1947 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1948 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1949 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1950 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1951 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1952 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1953
1954 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1955 a reflection.
1956
1957 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1958
1959 ;;;***
1960 \f
1961 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
1962 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
1963 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
1964 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1965 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (19383 49276))
1966 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1967 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
1968 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
1969 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1970
1971 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1972 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1973 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1974 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1975 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1976 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1977 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1978
1979 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1980 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
1981 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
1982
1983 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
1984 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
1985 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
1986 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
1987 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
1988 recent one.
1989
1990 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1991 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1992 yank successive words.
1993
1994 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
1995 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
1996 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
1997 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
1998 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
1999
2000 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2001 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2002 the list of bookmarks.)
2003
2004 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2005
2006 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2007 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2008 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2009 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2010 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2011 this.
2012
2013 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2014 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2015 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2016 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2017
2018 BOOKMARK may be a bookmark name (a string) or a bookmark record, but
2019 the latter is usually only used by programmatic callers.
2020
2021 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2022 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2023 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2024
2025 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2026
2027 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2028 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2029
2030 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2031
2032 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2033 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2034 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2035
2036 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2037 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2038 after a bookmark was set in it.
2039
2040 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2041
2042 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2043 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2044 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2045
2046 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2047 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2048
2049 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2050
2051 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2052
2053 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2054 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2055 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2056 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2057
2058 Both OLD and NEW are bookmark names (strings), never bookmark records.
2059
2060 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2061 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2062 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2063
2064 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2065 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2066 name.
2067
2068 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2069
2070 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2071 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2072 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2073
2074 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2075 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2076 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2077 this.
2078
2079 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2080
2081 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2082 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2083 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2084
2085 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2086 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2087 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2088 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2089 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2090 probably because we were called from there.
2091
2092 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2093
2094 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2095 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2096 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2097
2098 \(fn)" t nil)
2099
2100 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2101 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2102 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2103 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2104 \(second argument).
2105
2106 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2107 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2108 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2109 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2110 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2111
2112 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2113 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2114 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2115 `bookmark-default-file'.
2116
2117 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2118
2119 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2120 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2121 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2122 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2123 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2124 while loading.
2125
2126 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2127 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2128 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2129 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2130 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2131 explicitly.
2132
2133 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2134 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2135 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2136 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2137
2138 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2139
2140 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2141 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2142 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2143 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2144 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2145
2146 \(fn)" t nil)
2147
2148 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2149
2150 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2151
2152 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2153 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2154
2155 \(fn)" t nil)
2156
2157 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2158
2159 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2160
2161 ;;;***
2162 \f
2163 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2164 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2165 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2166 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2167 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2168 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2169 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2170 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2171 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2172 ;;;;;; (19383 49278))
2173 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2174
2175 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2176 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2177 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2178 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2179
2180 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2181 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2182 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2183 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2184 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2185
2186 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2187
2188 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program (purecopy "firefox") "\
2189 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2190
2191 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2192
2193 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program (purecopy "galeon") "\
2194 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2195
2196 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2197
2198 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2199 Not documented
2200
2201 \(fn)" nil nil)
2202
2203 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2204 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2205 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2206 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2207 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2208 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2209
2210 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2211
2212 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2213 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2214 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2215 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2216 narrowed.
2217
2218 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2219
2220 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2221 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2222
2223 \(fn)" t nil)
2224
2225 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2226 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2227
2228 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2229
2230 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2231 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2232 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2233 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2234
2235 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2236
2237 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2238 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2239 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2240 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2241
2242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2243
2244 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2245 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2246 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2247 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2248 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2249 to use.
2250
2251 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2252
2253 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2254 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2255 Default to the URL around or before point.
2256
2257 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2258 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2259 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2260 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2261
2262 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2263 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2264
2265 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2266 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2267
2268 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2269
2270 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2271 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2272 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2273 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2274
2275 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2276 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2277 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2278 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2279
2280 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2281 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2282 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2283
2284 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2285 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2286
2287 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2288
2289 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2290 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2291 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2292 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2293
2294 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2295 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2296 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2297 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2298
2299 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2300 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2301 new tab in an existing window instead.
2302
2303 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2304 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2305
2306 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2307
2308 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2309 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2310 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2311 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2312 Firefox.
2313
2314 When called interactively, if variable
2315 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2316 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2317 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2318 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2319
2320 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2321 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2322 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2323
2324 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2325 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2326
2327 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2328 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2329 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2330 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2331 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2332 URL in a new window.
2333
2334 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2335
2336 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2337 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2338 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2339 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2340
2341 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2342 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2343 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2344 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2345
2346 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2347 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2348 new tab in an existing window instead.
2349
2350 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2351 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2352
2353 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2354
2355 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2356 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2357
2358 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2359
2360 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2361 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2362 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2363 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2364
2365 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2366 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2367 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2368 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2369
2370 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2371 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2372
2373 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2374
2375 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2376 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2377
2378 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2379 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2380 program is invoked according to the variable
2381 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2382
2383 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2384 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2385 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2386 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2387
2388 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2389 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2390
2391 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2392
2393 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2394 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2395 Default to the URL around or before point.
2396
2397 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2398 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2399 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2400
2401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2402 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2403 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2404 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405
2406 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2407 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408
2409 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2410
2411 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2412 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2413 Default to the URL around or before point.
2414
2415 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2416 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2417 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2418
2419 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2420 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2421
2422 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2423
2424 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2425 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2426 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2427 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2428
2429 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2430
2431 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2432 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2433 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2434 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2435 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2436 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2437
2438 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2439
2440 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2441 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2442 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2443 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2444 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2445
2446 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2447 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2448 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2449 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2450
2451 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2452 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2453
2454 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2455
2456 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2457 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2458 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2459 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2460 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2461 current one.
2462
2463 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2464 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2465 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2466 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2467
2468 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2469 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2470
2471 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2472
2473 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2474 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2475 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2476 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2477 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2478 don't offer a form of remote control.
2479
2480 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2481
2482 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2483 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2484 Default to the URL around or before point.
2485
2486 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2487
2488 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2489 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2490 Default to the URL around the point.
2491
2492 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2493 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2494
2495 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2496 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2497
2498 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2499
2500 ;;;***
2501 \f
2502 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (19383
2503 ;;;;;; 49278))
2504 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2505
2506 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2507 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2508
2509 \(fn)" t nil)
2510
2511 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2512 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2513
2514 \(fn)" nil nil)
2515
2516 ;;;***
2517 \f
2518 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2519 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19383 49278))
2520 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2521
2522 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2523 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2524 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2525 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2526
2527 \(fn)" t nil)
2528
2529 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2530 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2531 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2532 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2533
2534 \(fn)" t nil)
2535
2536 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2537 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2538
2539 \(fn)" t nil)
2540
2541 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2542 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2543 \\<bs-mode-map>
2544 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2545 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2546 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2547 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2548
2549 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2550 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2551 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2552 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2553 name of buffer configuration.
2554
2555 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2556
2557 ;;;***
2558 \f
2559 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19383 49278))
2560 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2561
2562 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2563 Play Bubbles game.
2564 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2565 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2566 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2567 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2568 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2569 columns on its right towards the left.
2570
2571 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2572 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2573 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2574 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2575
2576 \(fn)" t nil)
2577
2578 ;;;***
2579 \f
2580 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2581 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (19383 49278))
2582 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2583
2584 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2585
2586 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2587 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2588
2589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2590
2591 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2592 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2593
2594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2595
2596 ;;;***
2597 \f
2598 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2599 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2600 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2601 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2602 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2603 ;;;;;; (19383 49278))
2604 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2605 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2606 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2607 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2608 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2609
2610 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2611 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2612
2613 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2614
2615 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2616 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2617 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2618 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2619 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2620 else the global value will be modified.
2621
2622 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2623
2624 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2625 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2626 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2627 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2628 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2629 else the global value will be modified.
2630
2631 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2632
2633 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2634 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2635 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2636
2637 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2638
2639 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2640 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2641 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2642 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2643
2644 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2645 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2646 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2647 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2648 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2649 before scanning it.
2650
2651 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2652 that already has a `.elc' file.
2653
2654 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2655 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2656
2657 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2658 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2659 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2660 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2661 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2662 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2663
2664 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2665
2666 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2667 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2668 Print the result in the echo area.
2669 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2670
2671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2672
2673 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2674 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2675 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2676
2677 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2678
2679 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2680 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2681 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2682 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2683 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2684 all functions called by those functions.
2685
2686 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2687 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2688 cons, etc.).
2689
2690 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2691 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2692 invoked interactively.
2693
2694 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2695
2696 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2697 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2698 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2699 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2700
2701 \(fn)" nil nil)
2702
2703 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2704 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2705 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2706 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2707 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2708 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2709 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2710 already up-to-date.
2711
2712 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2713
2714 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2715 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2716 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2717 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2718
2719 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2720 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2721 and corresponding effects.
2722
2723 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2724
2725 ;;;***
2726 \f
2727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19383
2728 ;;;;;; 49278))
2729 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2730
2731 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2732
2733 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2734
2735 ;;;***
2736 \f
2737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19383 49278))
2738 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2739
2740 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2741
2742 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2743
2744 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2745
2746 ;;;***
2747 \f
2748 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2749 ;;;;;; (19383 49284))
2750 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2751
2752 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2753 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2754 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2755 from the cursor position.
2756
2757 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2758
2759 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2760
2761 ;;;***
2762 \f
2763 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2764 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2765 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19383
2766 ;;;;;; 49278))
2767 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2768 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2769
2770 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2771 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2772
2773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2774
2775 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2776 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2777
2778 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2779
2780 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2781 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2782
2783 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2784
2785 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2786 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2787
2788 \(fn)" t nil)
2789
2790 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2791 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2792 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2793 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2794
2795 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2796
2797 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2798 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2799 This is most useful in the X window system.
2800 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2801 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2802
2803 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2804
2805 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2806 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2807 See calc-keypad for details.
2808
2809 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2810
2811 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2812 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2813
2814 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2815
2816 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2817 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2818
2819 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2820
2821 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2822 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2823
2824 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2825
2826 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2827 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2828 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2829
2830 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2831
2832 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2833 Define Calc function.
2834
2835 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2836 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2837 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2838
2839 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2840 actual Lisp function name.
2841
2842 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2843
2844 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2845
2846 ;;;***
2847 \f
2848 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (19383
2849 ;;;;;; 49277))
2850 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2851
2852 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2853 Run the Emacs calculator.
2854 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2855
2856 \(fn)" t nil)
2857
2858 ;;;***
2859 \f
2860 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19383
2861 ;;;;;; 49278))
2862 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2863
2864 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2865 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2866 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2867 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2868 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2869 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2870
2871 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2872 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2873 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2874 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2875 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2876 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2877 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2878 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2879 window.
2880
2881 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2882 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2883
2884 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2885 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2886 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2887 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2888 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2889 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2890
2891 Runs the following hooks:
2892
2893 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2894 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2895 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2896 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2897
2898 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2899
2900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2901
2902 ;;;***
2903 \f
2904 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2905 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (19383 49278))
2906 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2907
2908 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2909 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2910
2911 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2912
2913 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2914 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2915 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2916 it fails.
2917
2918 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2919
2920 ;;;***
2921 \f
2922 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2923 ;;;;;; (19383 49278))
2924 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2925
2926 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2927 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2928
2929 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2930 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2931 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2932 restriction to ASCII.
2933
2934 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2935
2936 capitalizedWorDD
2937 ^ ^ ^^
2938
2939 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2940 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2941 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2942
2943 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2944 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2945 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2946 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2947 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2948 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2949 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2950
2951 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2952 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2953
2954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2955
2956 ;;;***
2957 \f
2958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (19383
2959 ;;;;;; 49278))
2960 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2961 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2962
2963 ;;;***
2964 \f
2965 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2966 ;;;;;; (19396 34127))
2967 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2968
2969 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2970 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2971
2972 \(fn)" nil nil)
2973
2974 ;;;***
2975 \f
2976 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2977 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2978 ;;;;;; (19396 34127))
2979 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2980
2981 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2982 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2983 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2984 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2985 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2986 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2987 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2988
2989 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2990
2991 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2992 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2993 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2994 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2995 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2996 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2997 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2998 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2999 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3000 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3001
3002 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3003 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3004 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3005 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3006 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3007 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3008
3009 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3010
3011 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3012 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3013
3014 Key bindings:
3015 \\{c-mode-map}
3016
3017 \(fn)" t nil)
3018
3019 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3020 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3021
3022 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3023 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3024 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3025 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3026 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3027 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3028 message.
3029
3030 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3031
3032 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3033 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3034
3035 Key bindings:
3036 \\{c++-mode-map}
3037
3038 \(fn)" t nil)
3039
3040 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3041 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3042 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3043
3044 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3045 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3046 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3047 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3048 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3049 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3050 message.
3051
3052 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3053
3054 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3055 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3056
3057 Key bindings:
3058 \\{objc-mode-map}
3059
3060 \(fn)" t nil)
3061
3062 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3063 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3064 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3065
3066 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3067 Major mode for editing Java code.
3068 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3069 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3070 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3071 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3072 message.
3073
3074 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3075
3076 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3077 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3078
3079 Key bindings:
3080 \\{java-mode-map}
3081
3082 \(fn)" t nil)
3083
3084 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3085 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3086 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3087
3088 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3089 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3090 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3091 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3092 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3093 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3094 message.
3095
3096 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3097
3098 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3099 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3100
3101 Key bindings:
3102 \\{idl-mode-map}
3103
3104 \(fn)" t nil)
3105
3106 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3107 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3108 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3109 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3110
3111 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3112 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3113 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3114 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3115 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3116 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3117 message.
3118
3119 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3120
3121 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3122 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3123
3124 Key bindings:
3125 \\{pike-mode-map}
3126
3127 \(fn)" t nil)
3128 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3129 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3130 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3131 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3132 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3133 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3134
3135 ;;;***
3136 \f
3137 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3138 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (19383 49278))
3139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3140
3141 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3142 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3143 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3144 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3145
3146 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3147
3148 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3149 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3150 might get set too.
3151
3152 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3153 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3154 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3155 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3156 way.
3157
3158 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3159 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3160 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3161 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3162 a null operation.
3163
3164 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3165
3166 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3167 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3168 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3169 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3170
3171 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3172
3173 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3174 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3175 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3176
3177 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3178
3179 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3180 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3181 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3182 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3183 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3184
3185 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3186
3187 ;;;***
3188 \f
3189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19383 49278))
3190 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3191 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3192 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3193 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3194
3195 ;;;***
3196 \f
3197 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3198 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3199 ;;;;;; (19383 49278))
3200 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3201
3202 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3203 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3204
3205 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3206
3207 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3208 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3209
3210 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3211
3212 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3213 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3214
3215 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3216 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3217 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3218 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3219 execution.
3220
3221 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3222
3223 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3224
3225 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3226 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3227
3228 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3229 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3230 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3231 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3232
3233 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3234 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3235 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3236 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3237 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3238 `write' commands.
3239
3240 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3241 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3242 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3243 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3244
3245 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3246 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3247 semantics.
3248
3249 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3250
3251 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3252
3253 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3254
3255 STATEMENT :=
3256 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3257 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3258
3259 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3260 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3261 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3262 | integer
3263
3264 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3265
3266 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3267 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3268 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3269
3270 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3271 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3272 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3273
3274 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3275 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3276
3277 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3278 BREAK := (break)
3279
3280 REPEAT :=
3281 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3282 (repeat)
3283 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3284 ;; (repeat))
3285 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3286 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3287 ;; (read REG)
3288 ;; (repeat))
3289 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3290 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3291 ;; (read REG)
3292 ;; (repeat))
3293 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3294
3295 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3296 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3297 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3298 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3299 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3300 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3301 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3302 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3303 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3304 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3305 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3306 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3307 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3308 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3309 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3310 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3311
3312 WRITE :=
3313 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3314 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3315 ;; representation.
3316 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3317 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3318 ;; (write r7))
3319 | (write EXPRESSION)
3320 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3321 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3322 ;; representation.
3323 | (write integer)
3324 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3325 ;; buffer.
3326 | (write string)
3327 ;; Same as: (write string)
3328 | string
3329 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3330 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3331 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3332 ;; representation.
3333 | (write REG ARRAY)
3334 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3335 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3336 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3337 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3338 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3339 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3340
3341 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3342 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3343
3344 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3345 END := (end)
3346
3347 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3348 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3349 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3350
3351 ARG := REG | integer
3352
3353 OPERATOR :=
3354 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3355 + | - | * | / | %
3356
3357 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3358 | & | `|' | ^
3359
3360 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3361 | << | >>
3362
3363 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3364 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3365 | <8
3366
3367 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3368 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3369 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3370 | >8
3371
3372 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3373 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3374 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3375 | //
3376
3377 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3378 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3379
3380 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3381 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3382 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3383 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3384 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3385 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3386 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3387 | de-sjis
3388
3389 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3390 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3391 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3392 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3393 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3394 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3395 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3396 ;; byte of SJIS.
3397 | en-sjis
3398
3399 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3400 ;; Same meaning as C code
3401 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3402
3403 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3404 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3405 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3406 | <8=
3407
3408 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3409 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3410 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3411
3412 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3413 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3414 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3415 | //=
3416
3417 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3418
3419
3420 TRANSLATE :=
3421 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3422 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3423 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3424 LOOKUP :=
3425 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3426 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3427 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3428 MAP :=
3429 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3430 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3431 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3432 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3433 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3434 MAP-ID := integer
3435
3436 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3437
3438 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3439 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3440 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3441 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3442 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3443 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3444
3445 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3446
3447 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3448 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3449 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3450
3451 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3452
3453 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3454
3455 ;;;***
3456 \f
3457 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3458 ;;;;;; (19383 49278))
3459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3460
3461 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3462 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3463 There are no special keybindings by default.
3464
3465 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3466 to the action header.
3467
3468 \(fn)" t nil)
3469
3470 ;;;***
3471 \f
3472 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3473 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19383 49278))
3474 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3475
3476 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3477 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3478 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3479
3480 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3481
3482 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3483 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3484 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3485
3486 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3487
3488 ;;;***
3489 \f
3490 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3491 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3492 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3493 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3494 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3495 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3496 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3497 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3498 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19383 49278))
3499 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3500 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3501 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3502 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3503 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3504 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3505
3506 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3507 Not documented
3508
3509 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3510
3511 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3512 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3513 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3514 the users will view as each check is completed.
3515
3516 \(fn)" t nil)
3517
3518 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3519 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3520 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3521 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3522 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3523 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3524 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3525 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3526
3527 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3528
3529 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3530 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3531 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3532 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3533 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3534 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3535 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3536 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3537
3538 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3539
3540 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3541 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3542 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3543 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3544 spacing are all verified.
3545
3546 \(fn)" t nil)
3547
3548 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3549 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3550 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3551 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3552 otherwise stop after the first error.
3553
3554 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3555
3556 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3557 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3558 Only documentation strings are checked.
3559 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3560 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3561 a separate buffer.
3562
3563 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3564
3565 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3566 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3567 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3568 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3569 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3570
3571 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3572
3573 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3574 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3575 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3576 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3577 if there is one.
3578
3579 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3580
3581 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3582 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3583 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3584 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3585 if there is one.
3586 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3587
3588 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3589
3590 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3591 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3592 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3593
3594 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3595
3596 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3597 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3598 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3599 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3600 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3601
3602 \(fn)" t nil)
3603
3604 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3605 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3606 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3607 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3608 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3609 space at the end of each line.
3610
3611 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3612
3613 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3614 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3615 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3616 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3617
3618 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3619
3620 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3621 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3622 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3623 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3624
3625 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3626
3627 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3628 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3629 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3630 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3631
3632 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3633
3634 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3635 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3636 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3637 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3638
3639 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3640
3641 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3642 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3643 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3644 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3645
3646 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3647
3648 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3649 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3650 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3651 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3652
3653 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3654
3655 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3656 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3657 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3658 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3659
3660 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3661
3662 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3663 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3664 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3665 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3666
3667 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3668
3669 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3670 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3671 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3672 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3673
3674 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3675
3676 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3677 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3678 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3679 turn it off.
3680
3681 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3682 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3683 checking of documentation strings.
3684
3685 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3686
3687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3688
3689 ;;;***
3690 \f
3691 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3692 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3693 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (19383 49278))
3694 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3695
3696 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3697 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3698 Return the length of resulting text.
3699
3700 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3701
3702 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3703 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3704
3705 \(fn)" t nil)
3706
3707 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3708 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3709 Return the length of resulting text.
3710
3711 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3712
3713 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3714 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3715
3716 \(fn)" t nil)
3717
3718 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3719 Not documented
3720
3721 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3722
3723 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3724 Not documented
3725
3726 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3727
3728 ;;;***
3729 \f
3730 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3731 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (19383 49278))
3732 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3733
3734 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3735 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3736 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3737 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3738 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3739 editing and the result is evaluated.
3740
3741 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3742
3743 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3744 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3745 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3746 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3747 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3748
3749 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3750
3751 \(fn)" t nil)
3752
3753 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3754 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3755 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3756 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3757 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3758
3759 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3760 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3761 \\{command-history-map}
3762
3763 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3764 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3765
3766 \(fn)" t nil)
3767
3768 ;;;***
3769 \f
3770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19383 49278))
3771 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3772
3773 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3774 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3775 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3776 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3777 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3778 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3779
3780 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3781 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3782
3783 ;;;***
3784 \f
3785 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3786 ;;;;;; (19383 49278))
3787 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3788
3789 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3790 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
3791 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
3792 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
3793 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
3794 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
3795 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
3796 of this function.
3797
3798 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
3799 function's common-lisp-indent-function property specifies how
3800 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
3801 property are:
3802
3803 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
3804 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
3805
3806 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
3807 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
3808 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
3809 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
3810 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
3811 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
3812 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
3813 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
3814 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
3815 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
3816 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
3817 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
3818
3819 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
3820 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
3821 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
3822
3823 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
3824 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
3825 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
3826 list elements are:
3827
3828 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
3829
3830 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
3831
3832 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
3833
3834 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
3835 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
3836
3837 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
3838 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
3839
3840 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
3841 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
3842 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
3843 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
3844 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
3845 value specified by their associated list element.
3846
3847 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
3848
3849 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
3850 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
3851 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
3852
3853 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
3854 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
3855 * indent the first argument by 4.
3856 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
3857 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
3858 have an offset of 2+1=3.
3859
3860 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3861
3862 ;;;***
3863 \f
3864 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3865 ;;;;;; (19383 49278))
3866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3867
3868 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3869 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3870 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3871 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3872
3873 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3874 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3875 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3876 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3877
3878 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3879 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3880
3881 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3882
3883 ;;;***
3884 \f
3885 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (19383
3886 ;;;;;; 49278))
3887 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3888
3889 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3890 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3891 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3892 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3893 of `scheme-program-name').
3894 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3895 it is given as initial input.
3896 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3897 discards input when it starts up.
3898 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3899 is run).
3900 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3901
3902 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3903 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*scheme*"))
3904
3905 ;;;***
3906 \f
3907 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3908 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3909 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3910 ;;;;;; (19383 49278))
3911 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3912
3913 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3914 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3915 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3916 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3917 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3918 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3919 functions have already modified the buffer.
3920
3921 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3922
3923 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3924 either globally or locally.")
3925
3926 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3927
3928 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3929 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3930 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3931 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3932 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3933 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3934 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3935 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3936 process as its initial input.
3937
3938 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3939
3940 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3941
3942 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3943 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3944 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3945 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3946 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3947 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3948 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3949 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3950 process as its initial input.
3951
3952 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3953
3954 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3955
3956 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3957 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3958 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3959 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3960 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3961 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3962
3963 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3964
3965 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
3966 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3967 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3968 directory tracking functions.")
3969
3970 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3971 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3972 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3973
3974 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3975
3976 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3977
3978 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3979 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3980 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3981
3982 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3983
3984 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3985
3986 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3987 Send COMMAND to current process.
3988 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3989 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3990
3991 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3992
3993 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3994 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3995 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3996 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3997
3998 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3999
4000 ;;;***
4001 \f
4002 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (19383
4003 ;;;;;; 49278))
4004 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4005
4006 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4007 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4008 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4009 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4010
4011 This command pushes the mark in each window
4012 at the prior location of point in that window.
4013 If both windows display the same buffer,
4014 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4015 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4016
4017 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4018 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4019 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4020 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4021 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4022 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4023 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4024 ignored.
4025
4026 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4027 this command work in interlaced mode:
4028 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4029 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4030 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4031
4032 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4033
4034 ;;;***
4035 \f
4036 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4037 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4038 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4039 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4040 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19383
4041 ;;;;;; 49284))
4042 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4043
4044 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4045 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4046
4047 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4048
4049 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4050 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4051 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4052 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4053 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4054 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4055 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4056
4057 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4058
4059 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4060 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4061
4062 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4063
4064 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4065 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4066 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4067 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4068 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4069 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4070 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4071
4072 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4073 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4074 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4075 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4076 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4077
4078 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4079 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4080 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4081 describing how the process finished.")
4082
4083 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4084 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4085 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4086 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4087 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4088
4089 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4090 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4091 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4092
4093 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4094
4095 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4096 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4097 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4098 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4099
4100 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4101
4102 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4103 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4104
4105 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4106 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4107
4108 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4109 (lambda ()
4110 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4111 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4112 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4113 (concat \"make -k \"
4114 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4115
4116 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4117 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4118
4119 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4120 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4121 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4122 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4123
4124 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4125
4126 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4127 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4128 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4129 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4130
4131 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4132 and move to the source code that caused it.
4133
4134 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4135 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4136
4137 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4138 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4139 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4140 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4141
4142 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4143 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4144 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4145 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4146
4147 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4148 kills its subprocesses.
4149
4150 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4151 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4152 to a function that generates a unique name.
4153
4154 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4155
4156 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4157 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4158 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4159 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4160
4161 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4162 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4163
4164 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4165 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4166 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4167 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4168
4169 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4170 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4171 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4172
4173 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4174
4175 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4176
4177 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4178 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4179 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4180 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4181 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4182
4183 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4184
4185 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4186
4187 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4188
4189 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4190 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4191 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4192 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4193 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4194 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4195 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4196
4197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4198
4199 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4200 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4201 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4202 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4203 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4204 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4205
4206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4207
4208 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4209 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4210 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4211
4212 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4213
4214 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.gcov\\'") 'compilation-mode))
4215
4216 ;;;***
4217 \f
4218 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4219 ;;;;;; (19383 49278))
4220 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4221
4222 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4223 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4224 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4225 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4226 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4227 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4228
4229 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4230
4231 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4232 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4233 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4234
4235 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4236 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4237 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4238 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4239
4240 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4241 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4242 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4243 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4244
4245 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4246 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4247 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4248 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4249
4250 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4251 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4252 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4253 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4254 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4255
4256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4257
4258 ;;;***
4259 \f
4260 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4261 ;;;;;; (19383 49278))
4262 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4263
4264 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4265 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4266 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4267 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4268 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4269 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4270
4271 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4272
4273 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4274 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4275
4276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4277
4278 ;;;***
4279 \f
4280 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4281 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4282 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4283 ;;;;;; (19383 49278))
4284 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4285
4286 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4287 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4288 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4289 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4290 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4291 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4292 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4293
4294 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4295 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4296 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4297
4298 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4299 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4300 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4301
4302 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4303 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4304 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4305 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4306
4307 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4308 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4309 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4310 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4311 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4312 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4313 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4314
4315 \\{conf-mode-map}
4316
4317 \(fn)" t nil)
4318
4319 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4320 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4321 Comments start with `#'.
4322 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4323
4324 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4325
4326 \[Desktop Entry]
4327 Encoding=UTF-8
4328 Name=The GIMP
4329 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4330 Name[cs]=GIMP
4331
4332 \(fn)" t nil)
4333
4334 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4335 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4336 Comments start with `;'.
4337 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4338
4339 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4340
4341 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4342 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4343 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4344
4345 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4346 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4347
4348 \(fn)" t nil)
4349
4350 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4351 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4352 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4353 between `/*' and `*/'.
4354 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4355
4356 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4357 // another kind of comment
4358 /* yet another */
4359
4360 name:value
4361 name=value
4362 name value
4363 x.1 =
4364 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4365 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4366
4367 \(fn)" t nil)
4368
4369 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4370 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4371 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4372 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4373 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4374 `conf-space-keywords'.
4375 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4376 in an interactive fashion instead.
4377
4378 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4379
4380 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4381
4382 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4383 image/png png
4384 image/tiff tiff tif
4385
4386 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4387 class desktop
4388 # Standard multimedia devices
4389 add /dev/audio desktop
4390 add /dev/mixer desktop
4391
4392 \(fn)" t nil)
4393
4394 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4395 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4396 See `conf-space-mode'.
4397
4398 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4399
4400 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4401 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4402 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4403 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4404
4405 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4406
4407 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4408 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4409
4410 \(fn)" t nil)
4411
4412 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4413 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4414 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4415 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4416
4417 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4418
4419 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4420 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4421
4422 \(fn)" t nil)
4423
4424 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4425 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4426 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4427 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4428
4429 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4430
4431 *background: gray99
4432 *foreground: black
4433
4434 \(fn)" t nil)
4435
4436 ;;;***
4437 \f
4438 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4439 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (19383 49278))
4440 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4441
4442 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4443 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4444 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4445 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4446
4447 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4448
4449 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4450 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4451 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4452 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4453
4454 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4455
4456 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4457 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4458 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4459 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4460
4461 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4462
4463 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4464 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4465
4466 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4467
4468 ;;;***
4469 \f
4470 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4471 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19383
4472 ;;;;;; 49278))
4473 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4474
4475 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4476 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4477 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4478 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4479 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4480 following the copyright are updated as well.
4481 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4482 interactively.
4483
4484 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4485
4486 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4487 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4488 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4489
4490 \(fn)" t nil)
4491
4492 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4493 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4494
4495 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4496
4497 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4498 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4499
4500 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4501
4502 ;;;***
4503 \f
4504 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4505 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19383 49278))
4506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4507 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4508 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4509 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4510 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4511 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4512 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4513 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4514
4515 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4516 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4517 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4518 Tab indents for Perl code.
4519 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4520 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4521
4522 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4523 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4524 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4525 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4526 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4527 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4528 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4529 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4530 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4531 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4532 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4533 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4534
4535 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4536
4537 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4538 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4539
4540 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4541
4542 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4543 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4544 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4545 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4546 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4547 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4548 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4549 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4550 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4551
4552 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4553
4554 bite if angry;
4555
4556 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4557 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4558 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4559 to nil.)
4560
4561 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4562 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4563 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4564
4565 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4566
4567 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4568 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4569 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4570 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4571 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4572
4573 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4574
4575 if (A) { B }
4576
4577 into
4578
4579 B if A;
4580
4581 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4582
4583 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4584 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4585 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4586 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4587 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4588 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4589 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4590 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4591 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4592 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4593 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4594 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4595 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4596
4597 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4598 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4599 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4600 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4601 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4602 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4603
4604 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4605 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4606 man via menu.
4607
4608 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4609 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4610 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4611 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4612 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4613
4614 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4615 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4616 span the needed amount of lines.
4617
4618 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4619 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4620 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4621 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4622
4623 Variables controlling indentation style:
4624 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4625 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4626 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4627 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4628 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4629 `cperl-auto-newline'
4630 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4631 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4632 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4633 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4634 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4635 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4636 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4637 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4638 `cperl-indent-level'
4639 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4640 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4641 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4642 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4643 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4644 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4645 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4646 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4647 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4648 `cperl-brace-offset'
4649 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4650 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4651 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4652 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4653 `cperl-label-offset'
4654 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4655 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4656 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4657
4658 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4659 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4660 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4661 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4662 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4663 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4664
4665 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4666 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4667 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4668 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4669
4670 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4671 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4672 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4673 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4674 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4675 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4676 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4677
4678 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4679 column 0 is indented on
4680 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4681
4682 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4683 with no args.
4684
4685 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4686 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4687 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4688
4689 \(fn)" t nil)
4690
4691 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4692 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4693
4694 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4695
4696 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4697 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4698
4699 \(fn)" t nil)
4700
4701 ;;;***
4702 \f
4703 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4704 ;;;;;; (19383 49278))
4705 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4706
4707 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4708 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4709 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4710 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4711 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4712
4713 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4714
4715 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4716 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4717
4718 \(fn)" t nil)
4719
4720 ;;;***
4721 \f
4722 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4723 ;;;;;; (19383 49278))
4724 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4725
4726 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4727 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4728 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4729 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4730
4731 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4732 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4733
4734 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4735
4736 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4737 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4738 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4739
4740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4741
4742 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4743
4744 ;;;***
4745 \f
4746 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4747 ;;;;;; (19383 49278))
4748 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4749
4750 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4751 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4752 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4753 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4754
4755 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4756 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4757 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4758 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4759
4760 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4761 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4762 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4763
4764 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4765 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4766 'bob', and 'eve'.
4767
4768 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4769 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4770 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4771
4772 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4773
4774 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4775 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4776 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4777
4778 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4779
4780 ;;;***
4781 \f
4782 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (19392
4783 ;;;;;; 42395))
4784 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4785 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.css\\'") 'css-mode))
4786
4787 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4788 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4789
4790 \(fn)" t nil)
4791
4792 ;;;***
4793 \f
4794 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4795 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
4796 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4797
4798 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4799 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4800 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4801 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4802 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4803 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4804
4805 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4806
4807 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4808 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4809 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4810 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4811 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4812
4813 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4814 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4815 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4816 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4817 function of these prefix keys.
4818
4819 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4820 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4821 options:
4822 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4823 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4824 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4825
4826 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4827 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4828 the prefix fallback behavior.
4829
4830 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4831 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4832 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4833 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4834
4835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4836
4837 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4838 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4839
4840 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4841
4842 ;;;***
4843 \f
4844 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4845 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4846 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4847 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4848 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4849 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4850 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4851 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4852 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4853 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4854 ;;;;;; (19383 49276))
4855 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4856
4857 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4858 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4859
4860 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4861
4862 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4863 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4864
4865 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4866
4867 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4868 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4869
4870 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4871 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'"))
4872
4873 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4874 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4875
4876 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4877 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4878
4879 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4880 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4881
4882 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4883
4884 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4885
4886 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4887 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4888 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4889
4890 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4891 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4892
4893 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4894 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4895
4896 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4897 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4898
4899 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4900
4901 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4902
4903 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4904 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4905 Return VALUE.
4906
4907 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4908 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4909
4910 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4911 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4912
4913 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4914 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4915
4916 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4917
4918 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4919
4920 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4921 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4922 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4923 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4924 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4925
4926 \(fn)" t nil)
4927
4928 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4929 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4930 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4931 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4932
4933 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4934
4935 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4936 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4937
4938 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4939
4940 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4941 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4942
4943 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4944
4945 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4946
4947 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4948 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4949
4950 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4951
4952 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4953
4954 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4955 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4956 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4957
4958 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4959
4960 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4961 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4962 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4963 as part of Emacs itself.
4964
4965 Each elements looks like this:
4966
4967 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4968
4969 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4970 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4971 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4972 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4973 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4974 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4975 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4976 and `defface'.
4977
4978 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4979
4980 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4981 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4982 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4983 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4984 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4985
4986 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4987 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4988 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4989 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4990
4991 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4992
4993 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4994 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4995 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4996 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4997 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4998
4999 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5000 that were added or redefined since that version.
5001
5002 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5003
5004 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5005 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5006 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5007 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5008
5009 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5010 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5011
5012 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5013
5014 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5015 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5016 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5017
5018 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5019 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5020
5021 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5022
5023 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5024 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5025
5026 \(fn)" t nil)
5027
5028 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5029 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5030
5031 \(fn)" t nil)
5032
5033 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5034 Customize all already saved user options.
5035
5036 \(fn)" t nil)
5037
5038 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5039 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5040 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5041 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5042 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5043 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5044 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5045 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5046
5047 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5048
5049 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5050 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5051 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5052 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5053
5054 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5055
5056 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5057 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5058
5059 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5060
5061 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5062 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5063
5064 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5065
5066 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5067 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5068 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5069 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5070 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5071 that option.
5072
5073 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5074
5075 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5076 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5077 The result includes selecting that window.
5078 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5079 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5080 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5081 that option.
5082
5083 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5084
5085 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5086 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5087
5088 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5089
5090 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5091 File used for storing customization information.
5092 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5093 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5094 it should be an absolute file name.
5095
5096 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5097 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5098 something like the following in your init file:
5099
5100 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5101 \(load custom-file)
5102
5103 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5104 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5105
5106 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5107 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5108 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5109 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5110 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5111
5112 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5113 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5114 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5115 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5116 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5117 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5118 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5119 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5120 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5121 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5122
5123 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5124
5125 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5126 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5127
5128 \(fn)" nil nil)
5129
5130 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5131 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5132
5133 \(fn)" t nil)
5134
5135 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5136 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5137 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5138
5139 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5140
5141 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5142 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5143 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5144 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5145 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5146
5147 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5148
5149 ;;;***
5150 \f
5151 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5152 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
5153 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5154
5155 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5156 Create a custom theme.
5157
5158 \(fn)" t nil)
5159
5160 ;;;***
5161 \f
5162 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5163 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
5164 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5165
5166 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5167 Mode used for cvs status output.
5168
5169 \(fn)" t nil)
5170
5171 ;;;***
5172 \f
5173 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5174 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19383 49279))
5175 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5176
5177 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5178 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5179
5180 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5181
5182 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5183 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5184 C++ modes are included.
5185
5186 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5187
5188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5189
5190 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5191 Turn on CWarn mode.
5192
5193 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5194 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5195
5196 \(fn)" nil nil)
5197
5198 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5199 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5200 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5201 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5202 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5203 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5204
5205 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5206
5207 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5208 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5209 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if
5210 ARG is positive.
5211 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5212 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5213 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5214
5215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5216
5217 ;;;***
5218 \f
5219 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5220 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5221 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
5222 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5223
5224 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5225 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5226
5227 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5228
5229 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5230 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5231
5232 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5233
5234 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5235 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5236 For readability, the table is slightly
5237 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5238
5239 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5240 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5241 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5242 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5243 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5244
5245 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5246
5247 ;;;***
5248 \f
5249 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5250 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
5251 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5252 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5253 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5254 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5255 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5256
5257 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5258 Completion on current word.
5259 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5260 and presents suggestions for completion.
5261
5262 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5263 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5264 completions.
5265
5266 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[prefix-argument] \\[prefix-argument]),
5267 then it searches *all* buffers.
5268
5269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5270
5271 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5272 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5273
5274 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5275 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5276 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5277 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5278 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5279
5280 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5281 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5282
5283 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5284 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5285 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5286
5287 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5288 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5289
5290 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5291
5292 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5293
5294 ;;;***
5295 \f
5296 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5297 ;;;;;; (19383 49276))
5298 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5299
5300 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5301 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5302
5303 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5304
5305 ;;;***
5306 \f
5307 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (19383
5308 ;;;;;; 49284))
5309 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5310
5311 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5312 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5313 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5314 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5315 If the HANDLER returns an `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5316
5317 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5318
5319 ;;;***
5320 \f
5321 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (19383
5322 ;;;;;; 49279))
5323 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5324
5325 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5326 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5327
5328 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5329 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5330 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5331
5332 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5333 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5334 Data lines are not indented.
5335
5336 Key bindings:
5337
5338 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5339 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5340
5341 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5342 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5343 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5344 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5345
5346 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5347
5348 dcl-basic-offset
5349 Extra indentation within blocks.
5350
5351 dcl-continuation-offset
5352 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5353
5354 dcl-margin-offset
5355 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5356
5357 dcl-margin-label-offset
5358 Indentation for a label.
5359
5360 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5361 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5362
5363 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5364 dcl-block-end-regexp
5365 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5366 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5367 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5368 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5369 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5370
5371 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5372 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5373 Two such functions are included in the package:
5374 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5375 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5376
5377 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5378 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5379 One such function is included in the package:
5380 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5381
5382 dcl-tab-always-indent
5383 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5384 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5385 margin.
5386
5387 dcl-electric-characters
5388 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5389 typed.
5390
5391 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5392 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5393 which words trigger electric indentation.
5394
5395 dcl-tempo-comma
5396 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5397 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5398 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5399
5400 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5401 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5402 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5403 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5404
5405 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5406 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5407 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5408 dcl-imenu-label-call
5409 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5410
5411 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5412 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5413 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5414 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5415
5416
5417 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5418
5419 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5420 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5421 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5422 $ i = 1
5423 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5424 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5425 $ label:
5426 $ if i.eq.1
5427 $ then
5428 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5429 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5430 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5431 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5432 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5433 \"lined up with the command line\"
5434 $ type sys$input
5435 Data lines are not indented at all.
5436 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5437 $ endif
5438 $
5439
5440
5441 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5442 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5443
5444 \(fn)" t nil)
5445
5446 ;;;***
5447 \f
5448 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5449 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (19383 49279))
5450 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5451
5452 (setq debugger 'debug)
5453
5454 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5455 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5456 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5457 of the evaluator.
5458
5459 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5460 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5461 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5462
5463 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5464
5465 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5466 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5467
5468 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5469
5470 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5471 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5472 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5473 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5474 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5475 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5476
5477 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5478 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5479
5480 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5481
5482 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5483 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5484 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5485 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5486 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5487
5488 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5489
5490 ;;;***
5491 \f
5492 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5493 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
5494 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5495
5496 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5497 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5498
5499 \(fn)" t nil)
5500
5501 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5502 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5503 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5504 Upper-case letters are commands.
5505
5506 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5507 modify it.
5508
5509 The most useful commands are:
5510 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5511 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5512 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5513 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5514 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5515 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5516
5517 \(fn)" t nil)
5518
5519 ;;;***
5520 \f
5521 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5522 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (19383
5523 ;;;;;; 49276))
5524 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5525
5526 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5527 Customization of `columns' group.
5528
5529 \(fn)" t nil)
5530
5531 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5532 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5533
5534 START and END delimits the text region.
5535
5536 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5537
5538 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5539 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5540
5541 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5542
5543 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5544
5545 ;;;***
5546 \f
5547 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19383
5548 ;;;;;; 49279))
5549 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5550
5551 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5552 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5553 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5554 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5555 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5556 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5557 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5558
5559 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5560
5561 Customization:
5562
5563 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5564 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5565 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5566 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5567 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5568 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5569 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5570 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5571 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5572 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5573 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5574 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5575 blank line.
5576 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5577 Directories to search when finding external units.
5578 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5579 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5580
5581 Coloring:
5582
5583 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5584 Face used to color delphi comments.
5585 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5586 Face used to color delphi strings.
5587 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5588 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5589 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5590 Face used to color everything else.
5591
5592 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5593 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5594
5595 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5596
5597 ;;;***
5598 \f
5599 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (19383
5600 ;;;;;; 49279))
5601 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5602
5603 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5604
5605 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5606 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5607 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5608 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5609 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5610 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5611
5612 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5613
5614 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5615 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5616 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5617 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5618
5619 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5620 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5621 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5622 any selection.
5623
5624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5625
5626 ;;;***
5627 \f
5628 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5629 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (19383 49279))
5630 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5631
5632 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5633 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5634
5635 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5636
5637 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5638 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5639 or nil if there is no parent.
5640 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5641 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5642 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5643 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5644 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5645
5646 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5647 arguments are currently understood:
5648 :group GROUP
5649 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5650 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5651 :syntax-table TABLE
5652 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5653 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5654 :abbrev-table TABLE
5655 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5656 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5657
5658 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5659
5660 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5661
5662 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5663 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5664 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5665
5666 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5667 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5668
5669 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5670 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5671 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5672
5673 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5674 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5675
5676 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5677 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5678
5679 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5680
5681 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5682
5683 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5684 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5685 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5686 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5687 the first time the mode is used.
5688
5689 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5690
5691 ;;;***
5692 \f
5693 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5694 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (19383 49279))
5695 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5696
5697 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5698 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5699 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5700 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5701 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5702 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5703 otherwise.
5704
5705 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5706
5707 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5708 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5709 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
5710 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5711 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5712 character composition information (if relevant),
5713 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5714
5715 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5716
5717 ;;;***
5718 \f
5719 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5720 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5721 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5722 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19383 49279))
5723 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5724
5725 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5726 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5727 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5728
5729 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5730
5731 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5732 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5733 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5734 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5735 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5736 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5737
5738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5739
5740 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5741 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5742 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5743 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5744
5745 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5746
5747 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5748 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5749 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5750
5751 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5752 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5753 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5754
5755 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5756 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5757
5758 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5759 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5760 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5761
5762 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5763 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5764 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5765 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5766
5767 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5768
5769 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5770 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5771
5772 Handlers are called with argument list
5773
5774 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5775
5776 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5777
5778 desktop-file-version
5779 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5780 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5781 desktop-buffer-point
5782 desktop-buffer-mark
5783 desktop-buffer-read-only
5784 desktop-buffer-locals
5785
5786 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5787 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5788
5789 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5790 code like
5791
5792 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5793 ...
5794 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5795 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5796
5797 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5798
5799 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5800
5801 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5802 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5803 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5804 List elements must have the form
5805
5806 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5807
5808 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5809 function.
5810
5811 Handlers are called with argument list
5812
5813 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5814
5815 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5816
5817 desktop-file-version
5818 desktop-buffer-file-name
5819 desktop-buffer-name
5820 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5821 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5822 desktop-buffer-point
5823 desktop-buffer-mark
5824 desktop-buffer-read-only
5825 desktop-buffer-misc
5826
5827 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5828 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5829 created and set.
5830
5831 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5832 code like
5833
5834 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5835 ...
5836 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5837 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5838
5839 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5840
5841 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5842
5843 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5844
5845 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5846 Empty the Desktop.
5847 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5848 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5849 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5850
5851 \(fn)" t nil)
5852
5853 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5854 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5855 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5856 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5857 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5858
5859 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5860
5861 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5862 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5863 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5864
5865 \(fn)" t nil)
5866
5867 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5868 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5869 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5870 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5871 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5872 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5873 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5874 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5875
5876 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5877
5878 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5879 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5880 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5881
5882 \(fn)" nil nil)
5883
5884 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5885 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5886 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5887 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5888 directory DIRNAME.
5889
5890 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5891
5892 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5893 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5894
5895 \(fn)" t nil)
5896
5897 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5898 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5899
5900 \(fn)" t nil)
5901
5902 ;;;***
5903 \f
5904 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5905 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5906 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (19383 49279))
5907 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5908
5909 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5910 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5911 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5912 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5913 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5914 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5915
5916 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5917
5918 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5919 Repair a broken attribution line.
5920 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5921
5922 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5923
5924 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5925 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5926 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5927 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5928
5929 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5930
5931 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5932 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5933
5934 \(fn)" t nil)
5935
5936 ;;;***
5937 \f
5938 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5939 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19383 49276))
5940 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5941
5942 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5943 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5944 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5945 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5946 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5947
5948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5949
5950 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5951 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5952 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5953 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5954
5955 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5956 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5957 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5958 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5959
5960 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5961 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5962
5963 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5964 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5965 calendar-date-style 'european
5966 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5967
5968 \(diary-mail-entries)
5969
5970 # diary-rem.el ends here
5971
5972 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5973
5974 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5975 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5976
5977 \(fn)" t nil)
5978
5979 ;;;***
5980 \f
5981 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5982 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (19383 49279))
5983 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5984
5985 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
5986 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5987
5988 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5989
5990 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
5991 The command to use to run diff.")
5992
5993 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
5994
5995 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
5996 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5997 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
5998 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
5999 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
6000 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6001
6002 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6003 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6004 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6005
6006 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6007
6008 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6009 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6010 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6011 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6012 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6013 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6014
6015 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6016
6017 ;;;***
6018 \f
6019 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6020 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
6021 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6022
6023 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6024 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6025 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6026 normal diffs.
6027
6028 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6029 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6030 headers for you on-the-fly.
6031
6032 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6033 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6034 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6035
6036 \\{diff-mode-map}
6037
6038 \(fn)" t nil)
6039
6040 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6041 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6042 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6043
6044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6045
6046 ;;;***
6047 \f
6048 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19383 49279))
6049 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6050
6051 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6052 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6053 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6054
6055 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6056
6057 ;;;***
6058 \f
6059 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-auto-revert-buffer dired-noselect
6060 ;;;;;; dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired dired-trivial-filenames
6061 ;;;;;; dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (19383 49276))
6062 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6063
6064 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6065 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6066 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6067 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6068 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6069 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6070 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6071 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6072
6073 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6074
6075 (defvar dired-chown-program (purecopy (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown"))) "\
6076 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6077
6078 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames (purecopy "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#") "\
6079 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6080 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6081 A value of t means move to first file.")
6082
6083 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6084
6085 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6086 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6087 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6088 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6089 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6090 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6091
6092 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6093 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6094 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6095 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6096 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6097 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6098 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6099 list of files to make directory entries for.
6100 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6101 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6102 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6103 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6104
6105 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6106
6107 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6108 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6109
6110 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6111 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6112
6113 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6114 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6115
6116 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6117 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6118
6119 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6120
6121 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6122 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6123
6124 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6125
6126 (defvar dired-auto-revert-buffer nil "\
6127 Automatically revert dired buffer on revisiting.
6128 If t, revisiting an existing dired buffer automatically reverts it.
6129 If its value is a function, call this function with the directory
6130 name as single argument and revert the buffer if it returns non-nil.
6131 Otherwise, a message offering to revert the changed dired buffer
6132 is displayed.
6133 Note that this is not the same as `auto-revert-mode' that
6134 periodically reverts at specified time intervals.")
6135
6136 (custom-autoload 'dired-auto-revert-buffer "dired" t)
6137
6138 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6139 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6140 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6141 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6142 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6143 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6144 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6145 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6146 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6147 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6148 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6149 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6150 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6151 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6152 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6153 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6154 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6155 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6156 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6157 to see why something went wrong.
6158 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6159 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6160 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6161 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6162 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6163 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6164 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6165 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6166 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6167 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6168 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6169 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6170 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6171
6172 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6173 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6174 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6175 again for the directory tree.
6176
6177 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6178 for more info):
6179
6180 `dired-listing-switches'
6181 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6182 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6183 `dired-marker-char'
6184 `dired-del-marker'
6185 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6186 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6187 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6188 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6189
6190 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6191
6192 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6193 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6194 `dired-mode-hook'
6195 `dired-load-hook'
6196
6197 Keybindings:
6198 \\{dired-mode-map}
6199
6200 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6201 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6202
6203 ;;;***
6204 \f
6205 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6206 ;;;;;; (19383 49276))
6207 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6208
6209 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6210 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6211 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6212 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6213 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6214 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6215 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6216
6217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6218
6219 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6220 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6221 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6222
6223 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6224
6225 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6226 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6227
6228 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6229
6230 ;;;***
6231 \f
6232 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (19383
6233 ;;;;;; 49279))
6234 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6235
6236 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6237 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6238 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6239 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6240 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6241 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6242
6243 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6244
6245 ;;;***
6246 \f
6247 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6248 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6249 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6250 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6251 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6252 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19383 49279))
6253 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6254
6255 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6256 Return a new, empty display table.
6257
6258 \(fn)" nil nil)
6259
6260 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6261 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6262 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6263 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6264 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6265
6266 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6267
6268 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6269 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6270 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6271 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6272 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6273
6274 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6275
6276 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6277 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6278
6279 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6280
6281 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6282 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6283
6284 \(fn)" t nil)
6285
6286 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6287 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6288
6289 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6290
6291 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6292 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6293
6294 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6295
6296 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6297 Display character C using printable string S.
6298
6299 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6300
6301 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6302 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6303 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6304 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6305
6306 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6307
6308 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6309 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6310 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6311 X frame.
6312
6313 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6314
6315 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6316 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6317
6318 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6319
6320 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6321 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6322
6323 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6324
6325 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6326 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6327
6328 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6329
6330 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6331 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6332
6333 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6334
6335 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6336 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6337
6338 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6339
6340 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6341 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6342
6343 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6344 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6345
6346 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6347 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6348
6349 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6350 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6351 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6352 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6353
6354 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6355 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6356 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6357 in `.emacs'.
6358
6359 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6360
6361 ;;;***
6362 \f
6363 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6364 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
6365 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6366
6367 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6368 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6369 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6370 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6371 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6372 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6373 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6374 Default is 2.
6375
6376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6377
6378 ;;;***
6379 \f
6380 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (19383 49279))
6381 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6382
6383 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6384 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6385 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6386 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6387 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6388 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6389 private or ask).
6390 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6391 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6392 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6393 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6394 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6395
6396 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6397
6398 ;;;***
6399 \f
6400 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6401 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19383 49279))
6402 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6403
6404 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6405 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6406 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6407 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6408 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6409 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6410 table and its own syntax table.
6411
6412 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6413
6414 \(fn)" t nil)
6415 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6416
6417 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6418 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6419
6420 \(fn)" t nil)
6421 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode)))
6422
6423 ;;;***
6424 \f
6425 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6426 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (19383 49276))
6427 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6428
6429 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6430 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6431 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6432
6433 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6434
6435 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6436 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6437
6438 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6439 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6440
6441 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6442 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6443 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6444
6445 \(fn)" t nil)
6446
6447 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6448 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6449 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6450 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6451
6452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6453
6454 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6455 Not documented
6456
6457 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6458
6459 ;;;***
6460 \f
6461 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (19383 49279))
6462 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6463
6464 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6465 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6466
6467 \(fn)" t nil)
6468
6469 ;;;***
6470 \f
6471 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (19383 49279))
6472 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6473
6474 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6475 Toggle Double mode.
6476 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6477 turn it off.
6478
6479 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6480 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6481
6482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6483
6484 ;;;***
6485 \f
6486 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (19383 49279))
6487 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6488
6489 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6490 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6491
6492 \(fn)" t nil)
6493
6494 ;;;***
6495 \f
6496 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6497 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
6498 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6499
6500 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6501 Play sounds in message buffers.
6502
6503 \(fn)" t nil)
6504
6505 ;;;***
6506 \f
6507 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6508 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6509 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19383 49279))
6510 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6511
6512 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6513
6514 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6515 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6516 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6517 and toggle command MODE.
6518
6519 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6520 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6521 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6522 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6523 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6524 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6525 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6526 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6527 used (see below).
6528
6529 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
6530 It is executed after toggling the mode,
6531 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
6532 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
6533 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
6534 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6535 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6536 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6537 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6538 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6539 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6540 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6541 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6542 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6543 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6544 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6545 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6546
6547 For example, you could write
6548 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6549 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6550 ...BODY CODE...)
6551
6552 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6553
6554 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6555
6556 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6557
6558 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6559 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6560 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6561 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6562 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6563 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6564 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6565 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6566 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6567 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6568 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6569 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6570
6571 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6572 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6573 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6574 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6575 call another major mode in their body.
6576
6577 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6578
6579 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6580 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6581 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6582 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6583 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6584 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6585 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6586
6587 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6588
6589 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6590 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6591 :inherit Parent keymap.
6592 :group Ignored.
6593 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6594 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6595
6596 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6597
6598 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6599 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6600 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6601 the constant's documentation.
6602
6603 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6604
6605 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6606 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6607 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6608
6609 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6610
6611 ;;;***
6612 \f
6613 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6614 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (19383
6615 ;;;;;; 49279))
6616 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6617
6618 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6619
6620 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6621 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6622
6623 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6624 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6625 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6626
6627 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6628 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6629
6630 :filter FUNCTION
6631
6632 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6633 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6634
6635 :visible INCLUDE
6636
6637 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6638 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6639
6640 :active ENABLE
6641
6642 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6643 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6644
6645 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6646
6647 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6648
6649 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6650
6651 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6652 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6653
6654 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6655 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6656
6657 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6658
6659 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6660
6661 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6662
6663 :keys KEYS
6664
6665 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6666 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6667 computed automatically.
6668 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6669
6670 :key-sequence KEYS
6671
6672 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6673 menu item.
6674 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6675 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6676 keyboard equivalent.
6677
6678 :active ENABLE
6679
6680 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6681 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6682
6683 :visible INCLUDE
6684
6685 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6686 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6687
6688 :label FORM
6689
6690 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6691 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6692
6693 :suffix FORM
6694
6695 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6696 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6697
6698 :style STYLE
6699
6700 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6701 defined:
6702
6703 toggle: A checkbox.
6704 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6705 radio: A radio button.
6706 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6707 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6708 menu bar itself.
6709 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6710
6711 :selected SELECTED
6712
6713 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6714 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6715
6716 :help HELP
6717
6718 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6719
6720 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6721 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6722 as a solid horizontal line.
6723
6724 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6725
6726 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6727
6728 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6729 Not documented
6730
6731 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6732
6733 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6734 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6735 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6736 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6737
6738 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6739
6740 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6741 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6742 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6743 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6744 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6745 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6746
6747 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6748 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6749 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6750
6751 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6752 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6753 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6754
6755 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6756 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
6757
6758 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
6759
6760 ;;;***
6761 \f
6762 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6763 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
6764 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
6765 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6766 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
6767 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6768 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
6769 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (19383 49279))
6770 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6771
6772 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
6773 Customization for ebnf group.
6774
6775 \(fn)" t nil)
6776
6777 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6778 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6779
6780 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6781
6782 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6783 processed.
6784
6785 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6786
6787 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6788
6789 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6790 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6791
6792 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6793 killed after process termination.
6794
6795 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6796
6797 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6798
6799 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6800 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6801
6802 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6803 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6804 it to the printer.
6805
6806 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6807 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6808 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6809 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6810
6811 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6812
6813 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6814 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6815 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6816
6817 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6818
6819 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6820 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6821
6822 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6823
6824 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6825 processed.
6826
6827 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6828
6829 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6830
6831 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6832 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6833
6834 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6835 killed after process termination.
6836
6837 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6838
6839 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6840
6841 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6842 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6843 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6844 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6845
6846 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6847
6848 \(fn)" t nil)
6849
6850 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6851 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6852 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6853
6854 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6855
6856 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6857
6858 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6859 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
6860
6861 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6862
6863 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6864 processed.
6865
6866 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6867
6868 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6869
6870 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6871 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
6872
6873 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6874 killed after EPS generation.
6875
6876 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6877
6878 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6879
6880 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6881 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
6882
6883 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
6884 The EPS file name has the following form:
6885
6886 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6887
6888 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6889 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6890
6891 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6892 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6893 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6894 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6895 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6896
6897 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6898 files.
6899
6900 \(fn)" t nil)
6901
6902 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6903 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
6904
6905 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
6906 The EPS file name has the following form:
6907
6908 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6909
6910 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6911 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6912
6913 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6914 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6915 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6916 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6917 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6918
6919 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6920 files.
6921
6922 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6923
6924 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
6925
6926 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6927 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
6928
6929 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
6930
6931 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
6932 are processed.
6933
6934 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6935
6936 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6937
6938 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6939 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
6940
6941 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6942 killed after syntax checking.
6943
6944 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6945
6946 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6947
6948 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6949 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6950
6951 \(fn)" t nil)
6952
6953 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6954 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
6955
6956 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6957
6958 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
6959 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6960
6961 \(fn)" nil nil)
6962
6963 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6964 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
6965
6966 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6967
6968 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
6969
6970 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6971 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6972
6973 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6974
6975 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6976
6977 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6978 Delete style NAME.
6979
6980 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6981
6982 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
6983
6984 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6985 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6986
6987 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6988
6989 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6990
6991 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6992 Set STYLE as the current style.
6993
6994 Returns the old style symbol.
6995
6996 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6997
6998 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
6999
7000 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7001 Reset current style.
7002
7003 Returns the old style symbol.
7004
7005 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7006
7007 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7008
7009 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7010 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7011
7012 Returns the old style symbol.
7013
7014 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7015
7016 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7017
7018 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7019
7020 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7021 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7022
7023 Returns the old style symbol.
7024
7025 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7026
7027 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7028
7029 \(fn)" t nil)
7030
7031 ;;;***
7032 \f
7033 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7034 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7035 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7036 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7037 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7038 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7039 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7040 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7041 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7042 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7043 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19383
7044 ;;;;;; 49279))
7045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7046
7047 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7048 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7049 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7050 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7051 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7052 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7053
7054 Tree mode key bindings:
7055 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7056
7057 \(fn)" t nil)
7058
7059 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7060 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7061
7062 \(fn)" t nil)
7063
7064 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7065 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7066
7067 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7068
7069 \(fn)" nil nil)
7070
7071 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7072 View declaration of member at point.
7073
7074 \(fn)" t nil)
7075
7076 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7077 Find declaration of member at point.
7078
7079 \(fn)" t nil)
7080
7081 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7082 View definition of member at point.
7083
7084 \(fn)" t nil)
7085
7086 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7087 Find definition of member at point.
7088
7089 \(fn)" t nil)
7090
7091 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7092 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7093
7094 \(fn)" t nil)
7095
7096 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7097 View definition of member at point in other window.
7098
7099 \(fn)" t nil)
7100
7101 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7102 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7103
7104 \(fn)" t nil)
7105
7106 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7107 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7108
7109 \(fn)" t nil)
7110
7111 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7112 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7113
7114 \(fn)" t nil)
7115
7116 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7117 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7118
7119 \(fn)" t nil)
7120
7121 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7122 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7123 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7124 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7125 completion.
7126
7127 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7128
7129 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7130 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7131 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7132 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7133
7134 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7135
7136 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7137 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7138 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7139 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7140
7141 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7142
7143 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7144 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7145 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7146
7147 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7148
7149 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7150 Search for call sites of a member.
7151 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7152 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7153 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7154 looks like a function call to the member.
7155
7156 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7157
7158 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7159 Move backward in the position stack.
7160 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7161
7162 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7163
7164 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7165 Move forward in the position stack.
7166 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7167
7168 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7169
7170 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7171 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7172
7173 \(fn)" t nil)
7174
7175 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7176 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7177
7178 \(fn)" t nil)
7179
7180 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7181 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7182 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7183 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7184
7185 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7186
7187 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7188 Display statistics for a class tree.
7189
7190 \(fn)" t nil)
7191
7192 ;;;***
7193 \f
7194 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7195 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
7196 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7197
7198 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7199 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7200 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7201 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7202
7203 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7204 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7205 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7206
7207 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7208 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7209 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7210
7211 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7212
7213 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7214
7215 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7216
7217 ;;;***
7218 \f
7219 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7220 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (19383 49279))
7221 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7222
7223 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7224 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7225 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7226
7227 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7228
7229 ;;;***
7230 \f
7231 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7232 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
7233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7234
7235 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7236 Not documented
7237
7238 \(fn)" nil nil)
7239
7240 ;;;***
7241 \f
7242 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19383 49276))
7243 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7244
7245 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7246 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7247 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7248 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7249 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7250 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7251
7252 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7253
7254 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7255 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7256 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7257 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7258
7259 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7260 an EDE controlled project.
7261
7262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7263
7264 ;;;***
7265 \f
7266 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7267 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7268 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (19383 49279))
7269 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7270
7271 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7272 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7273 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7274 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7275 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7276
7277 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7278 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7279 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7280 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7281
7282 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7283
7284 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7285 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7286 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7287 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7288
7289 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7290
7291 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7292 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7293 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7294 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7295
7296 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7297
7298 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7299
7300 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7301 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7302 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7303 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7304 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7305
7306 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7307 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7308 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7309 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7310 instrumented for Edebug.
7311
7312 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7313 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7314 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7315 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7316 already is one.)
7317
7318 \(fn)" t nil)
7319
7320 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7321 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7322
7323 \(fn)" t nil)
7324
7325 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7326 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7327
7328 \(fn)" t nil)
7329
7330 ;;;***
7331 \f
7332 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7333 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7334 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7335 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7336 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7337 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7338 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7339 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7340 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7341 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (19383 49279))
7342 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7343
7344 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7345 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7346
7347 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7348
7349 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7350 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7351
7352 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7353
7354 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7355
7356 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7357
7358 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7359 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7360 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7361 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7362
7363 \(fn)" t nil)
7364
7365 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7366 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7367 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7368 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7369
7370 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7371
7372 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7373 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7374
7375 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7376
7377 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7378
7379 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7380 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7381
7382 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7383
7384 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7385
7386 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7387 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7388 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7389 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7390
7391 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7392
7393 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7394
7395 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7396 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7397 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7398 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7399
7400 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7401
7402 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7403
7404 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7405 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7406 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7407 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7408
7409 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7410
7411 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7412
7413 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7414 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7415 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7416 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7417
7418 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7419
7420 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7421
7422 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7423 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7424 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7425 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7426 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7427 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7428
7429 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7430
7431 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7432 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7433 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7434 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7435
7436 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7437
7438 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7439
7440 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7441 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7442 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7443 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7444
7445 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7446
7447 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7448
7449 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7450
7451 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7452 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7453 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7454 follows:
7455 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7456 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7457
7458 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7459
7460 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7461 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7462 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7463 follows:
7464 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7465 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7466
7467 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7468
7469 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7470 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7471 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7472 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7473 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7474
7475 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7476
7477 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7478 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7479 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7480 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7481 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7482 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7483
7484 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7485
7486 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7487
7488 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7489 Merge two files without ancestor.
7490
7491 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7492
7493 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7494 Merge two files with ancestor.
7495
7496 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7497
7498 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7499
7500 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7501 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7502
7503 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7504
7505 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7506 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7507
7508 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7509
7510 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7511 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7512 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7513 buffer.
7514
7515 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7516
7517 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7518 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7519 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7520 buffer.
7521
7522 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7523
7524 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7525 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7526 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7527 and don't ask the user.
7528 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7529 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7530
7531 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7532
7533 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7534 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7535 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7536 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7537 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7538 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7539 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7540 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7541
7542 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7543
7544 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7545
7546 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7547
7548 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7549 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7550 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7551 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7552 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7553
7554 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7555
7556 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7557
7558 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7559 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7560 When called interactively, displays the version.
7561
7562 \(fn)" t nil)
7563
7564 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7565 Display Ediff's manual.
7566 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7567
7568 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7569
7570 ;;;***
7571 \f
7572 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7573 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
7574 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7575
7576 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7577 Not documented
7578
7579 \(fn)" t nil)
7580
7581 ;;;***
7582 \f
7583 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7584 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
7585 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7586
7587 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7588 Display Ediff's registry.
7589
7590 \(fn)" t nil)
7591
7592 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7593
7594 ;;;***
7595 \f
7596 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7597 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (19383 49276))
7598 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7599
7600 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7601 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7602 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7603 which see.
7604
7605 \(fn)" t nil)
7606
7607 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7608 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7609 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7610 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7611
7612 \(fn)" t nil)
7613
7614 ;;;***
7615 \f
7616 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7617 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7618 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
7619 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7620
7621 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7622 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7623 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7624
7625 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7626 Edit a keyboard macro.
7627 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7628 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7629 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7630 its command name.
7631 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7632
7633 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7634
7635 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7636 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7637
7638 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7639
7640 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7641 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7642
7643 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7644
7645 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7646 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7647 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7648 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7649 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7650 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7651
7652 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7653 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7654 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7655 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7656
7657 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7658
7659 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7660 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7661 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7662 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7663 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7664 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7665
7666 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7667
7668 ;;;***
7669 \f
7670 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7671 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19383 49279))
7672 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7673
7674 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7675 Set scroll margins.
7676 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7677 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7678
7679 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7680
7681 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7682 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7683
7684 \(fn)" t nil)
7685
7686 ;;;***
7687 \f
7688 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7689 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
7690 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7691
7692 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7693 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7694 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7695 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7696 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7697 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7698 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7699
7700 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7701 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7702
7703 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7704 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7705 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7706 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7707
7708 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7709 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7710 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7711
7712 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7713 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7714 BUFFER is put into default `major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
7715
7716 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7717
7718 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7719 Not documented
7720
7721 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7722
7723 ;;;***
7724 \f
7725 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7726 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19383 49279))
7727 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7728
7729 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
7730 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7731
7732 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7733
7734 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7735 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7736 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7737 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7738 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7739 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7740 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7741
7742 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7743
7744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7745
7746 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7747 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
7748
7749 \(fn)" t nil)
7750
7751 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
7752 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
7753 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
7754 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
7755 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
7756 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
7757 arg list.
7758
7759 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
7760 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
7761 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
7762 effect.
7763
7764 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
7765 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
7766
7767 ;;;***
7768 \f
7769 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19383
7770 ;;;;;; 49279))
7771 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7772
7773 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
7774 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7775
7776 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7777 an elided material again.
7778
7779 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7780
7781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7782
7783 ;;;***
7784 \f
7785 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
7786 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7787 ;;;;;; (19383 49284))
7788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7789
7790 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
7791 Lint the file FILE.
7792
7793 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7794
7795 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
7796 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
7797 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
7798
7799 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7800
7801 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
7802 Lint the current buffer.
7803 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7804
7805 \(fn)" t nil)
7806
7807 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
7808 Lint the function at point.
7809 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7810
7811 \(fn)" t nil)
7812
7813 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
7814 Initialize elint.
7815 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
7816 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
7817
7818 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
7819
7820 ;;;***
7821 \f
7822 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7823 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19383
7824 ;;;;;; 49279))
7825 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7826
7827 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
7828 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7829 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7830
7831 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7832
7833 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
7834 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7835 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7836 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
7837
7838 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7839
7840 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
7841 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7842 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7843
7844 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7845
7846 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7847
7848 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
7849 Display current profiling results.
7850 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7851 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
7852 displayed.
7853
7854 \(fn)" t nil)
7855
7856 ;;;***
7857 \f
7858 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7859 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
7860 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7861
7862 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
7863 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7864 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7865
7866 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7867
7868 ;;;***
7869 \f
7870 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7871 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7872 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7873 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7874 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (19383 49279))
7875 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7876
7877 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
7878 Run Emerge on two files.
7879
7880 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7881
7882 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7883 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7884
7885 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7886
7887 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
7888 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7889
7890 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7891
7892 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7893 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7894
7895 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7896
7897 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
7898 Not documented
7899
7900 \(fn)" nil nil)
7901
7902 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
7903 Not documented
7904
7905 \(fn)" nil nil)
7906
7907 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
7908 Not documented
7909
7910 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7911
7912 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
7913 Not documented
7914
7915 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7916
7917 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
7918 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7919
7920 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7921
7922 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7923 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7924
7925 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7926
7927 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
7928 Not documented
7929
7930 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7931
7932 ;;;***
7933 \f
7934 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7935 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (19383 49279))
7936 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7937
7938 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
7939 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7940 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7941 text/enriched format.
7942 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7943
7944 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7945 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7946
7947 Commands:
7948
7949 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7950
7951 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7952
7953 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
7954 Not documented
7955
7956 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7957
7958 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
7959 Not documented
7960
7961 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7962
7963 ;;;***
7964 \f
7965 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
7966 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
7967 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
7968 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
7969 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
7970 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (19383
7971 ;;;;;; 49279))
7972 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
7973
7974 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
7975 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
7976
7977 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7978
7979 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
7980 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
7981
7982 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7983
7984 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
7985 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
7986 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
7987 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
7988 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
7989 the keys are listed.
7990 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
7991
7992 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
7993
7994 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
7995 Decrypt FILE.
7996
7997 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7998
7999 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8000 Verify FILE.
8001
8002 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8003
8004 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8005 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8006
8007 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8008
8009 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8010 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8011
8012 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8013
8014 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8015 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8016
8017 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8018 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8019 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8020 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8021 should consider using the string based counterpart
8022 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8023 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8024
8025 For example:
8026
8027 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8028 (decode-coding-string
8029 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8030 'utf-8))
8031
8032 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8033
8034 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8035 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8036
8037 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8038 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8039
8040 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8041
8042 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8043 Verify the current region between START and END.
8044
8045 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8046 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8047 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8048 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8049 should consider using the string based counterpart
8050 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8051 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8052
8053 For example:
8054
8055 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8056 (decode-coding-string
8057 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8058 'utf-8))
8059
8060 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8061
8062 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8063 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8064 between START and END.
8065
8066 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8067 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8068
8069 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8070
8071 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8072 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8073
8074 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8075 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8076 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8077 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8078 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8079 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8080
8081 For example:
8082
8083 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8084 (epg-sign-string
8085 context
8086 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8087
8088 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8089
8090 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8091 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8092
8093 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8094 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8095 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8096 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8097 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8098 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8099
8100 For example:
8101
8102 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8103 (epg-encrypt-string
8104 context
8105 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8106 nil))
8107
8108 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8109
8110 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8111 Delete selected KEYS.
8112
8113 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8114
8115 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8116 Import keys from FILE.
8117
8118 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8119
8120 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8121 Import keys from the region.
8122
8123 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8124
8125 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8126 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8127 between START and END.
8128
8129 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8130
8131 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8132 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8133
8134 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8135
8136 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8137 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8138
8139 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8140
8141 ;;;***
8142 \f
8143 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8144 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (19383 49279))
8145 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8146
8147 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8148 Decrypt marked files.
8149
8150 \(fn)" t nil)
8151
8152 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8153 Verify marked files.
8154
8155 \(fn)" t nil)
8156
8157 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8158 Sign marked files.
8159
8160 \(fn)" t nil)
8161
8162 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8163 Encrypt marked files.
8164
8165 \(fn)" t nil)
8166
8167 ;;;***
8168 \f
8169 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8170 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (19383 49279))
8171 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8172
8173 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8174 Not documented
8175
8176 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8177
8178 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8179 Not documented
8180
8181 \(fn)" t nil)
8182
8183 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8184 Not documented
8185
8186 \(fn)" t nil)
8187
8188 ;;;***
8189 \f
8190 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8191 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8192 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (19383 49279))
8193 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8194
8195 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8196 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8197
8198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8199
8200 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8201 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8202 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8203
8204 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8205
8206 \(fn)" t nil)
8207
8208 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8209 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8210 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8211
8212 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8213
8214 \(fn)" t nil)
8215
8216 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8217 Sign the current buffer.
8218 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8219
8220 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8221
8222 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8223
8224 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8225 Encrypt the current buffer.
8226 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8227
8228 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8229
8230 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8231
8232 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8233 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8234 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8235
8236 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8237
8238 \(fn)" t nil)
8239
8240 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8241 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8242 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8243 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8244 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8245 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8246
8247 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8248
8249 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8250 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8251
8252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8253
8254 ;;;***
8255 \f
8256 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (19383 49279))
8257 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8258
8259 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8260 Return a context object.
8261
8262 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8263
8264 ;;;***
8265 \f
8266 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8267 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (19383 49279))
8268 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8269
8270 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8271 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8272
8273 \(fn)" nil nil)
8274
8275 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8276 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8277
8278 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8279
8280 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8281 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8282
8283 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8284
8285 ;;;***
8286 \f
8287 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8288 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19383 49276))
8289 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8290
8291 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8292 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8293
8294 \(fn)" nil nil)
8295
8296 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8297 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8298 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8299
8300 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8301
8302 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8303 (server (erc-compute-server))
8304 (port (erc-compute-port))
8305 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8306 password
8307 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8308
8309 That is, if called with
8310
8311 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8312
8313 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8314 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8315 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8316
8317 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8318
8319 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8320
8321 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8322 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8323 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8324 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8325
8326 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8327
8328 ;;;***
8329 \f
8330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (19383
8331 ;;;;;; 49279))
8332 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8333 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8334
8335 ;;;***
8336 \f
8337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (19383 49279))
8338 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8339 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8340
8341 ;;;***
8342 \f
8343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (19383 49279))
8344 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8345 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8346
8347 ;;;***
8348 \f
8349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (19383 49279))
8350 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8351 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8352
8353 ;;;***
8354 \f
8355 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8356 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (19383 49279))
8357 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8358 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8359
8360 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8361 Parser for /dcc command.
8362 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8363 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8364 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8365
8366 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8367
8368 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8369 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8370
8371 \(fn)" nil nil)
8372
8373 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8374 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8375
8376 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8377 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8378 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8379 that subcommand.
8380
8381 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8382
8383 ;;;***
8384 \f
8385 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8386 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8387 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8388 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8389 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
8390 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8391
8392 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8393 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8394
8395 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8396
8397 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8398 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8399 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8400 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8401
8402 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8403
8404 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8405 Not documented
8406
8407 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8408
8409 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8410 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8411
8412 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8413
8414 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8415 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8416
8417 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8418
8419 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8420 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8421
8422 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8423
8424 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8425 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8426
8427 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8428
8429 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8430 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8431
8432 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8433
8434 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8435 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8436
8437 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8438
8439 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8440 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8441
8442 \(fn)" nil nil)
8443
8444 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8445 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8446
8447 \(fn)" nil nil)
8448
8449 ;;;***
8450 \f
8451 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (19383
8452 ;;;;;; 49279))
8453 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8454 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8455
8456 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8457 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8458 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8459
8460 \(fn)" nil nil)
8461
8462 ;;;***
8463 \f
8464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (19383
8465 ;;;;;; 49279))
8466 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
8467 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
8468
8469 ;;;***
8470 \f
8471 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8472 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (19383 49279))
8473 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8474 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8475
8476 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8477 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8478 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8479 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8480 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8481 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8482 system.
8483
8484 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8485
8486 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8487 Not documented
8488
8489 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8490
8491 ;;;***
8492 \f
8493 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8494 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
8495 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8496
8497 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8498 Not documented
8499
8500 \(fn)" nil nil)
8501
8502 ;;;***
8503 \f
8504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (19383 49279))
8505 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8506 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8507
8508 ;;;***
8509 \f
8510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (19383 49279))
8511 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8512 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8513
8514 ;;;***
8515 \f
8516 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8517 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (19383 49279))
8518 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8519 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8520
8521 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8522 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8523 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8524 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8525 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8526 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8527
8528 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8529
8530 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8531 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8532 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8533 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8534
8535 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8536 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8537 automatically.
8538
8539 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8540 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8541
8542 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8543
8544 ;;;***
8545 \f
8546 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8547 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8548 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8549 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
8550 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8551 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8552
8553 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8554 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8555
8556 \(fn)" t nil)
8557
8558 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8559 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8560
8561 \(fn)" t nil)
8562
8563 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8564 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8565
8566 \(fn)" t nil)
8567
8568 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8569 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8570
8571 \(fn)" t nil)
8572
8573 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8574 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8575
8576 \(fn)" t nil)
8577
8578 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8579 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8580
8581 \(fn)" t nil)
8582
8583 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8584 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8585
8586 \(fn)" t nil)
8587
8588 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8589 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8590
8591 \(fn)" t nil)
8592
8593 ;;;***
8594 \f
8595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (19383 49279))
8596 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8597 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8598
8599 ;;;***
8600 \f
8601 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8602 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
8603 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8604 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8605
8606 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8607 Show who's gone.
8608
8609 \(fn)" nil nil)
8610
8611 ;;;***
8612 \f
8613 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8614 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (19383 49279))
8615 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8616
8617 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8618 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8619 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8620 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8621
8622 \(fn)" nil nil)
8623
8624 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8625 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8626
8627 \(fn)" t nil)
8628
8629 ;;;***
8630 \f
8631 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8632 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (19383 49279))
8633 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8634 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8635
8636 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8637 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8638 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8639 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8640
8641 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8642
8643 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8644 Not documented
8645
8646 \(fn)" nil nil)
8647
8648 ;;;***
8649 \f
8650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (19383 49279))
8651 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8652 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8653
8654 ;;;***
8655 \f
8656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (19383
8657 ;;;;;; 49279))
8658 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8659 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8660
8661 ;;;***
8662 \f
8663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (19383 49279))
8664 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
8665 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
8666
8667 ;;;***
8668 \f
8669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (19383 49279))
8670 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
8671 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
8672
8673 ;;;***
8674 \f
8675 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
8676 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (19383 49276))
8677 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
8678 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
8679
8680 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
8681 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
8682
8683 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
8684
8685 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
8686 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
8687 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
8688
8689 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
8690
8691 ;;;***
8692 \f
8693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (19383 49279))
8694 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
8695 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
8696
8697 ;;;***
8698 \f
8699 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
8700 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
8701 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
8702
8703 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
8704 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
8705 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
8706
8707 \(fn)" t nil)
8708
8709 ;;;***
8710 \f
8711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (19383
8712 ;;;;;; 49279))
8713 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
8714 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
8715
8716 ;;;***
8717 \f
8718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (19383 49279))
8719 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
8720 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
8721
8722 ;;;***
8723 \f
8724 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
8725 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
8726 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
8727
8728 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
8729 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
8730 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
8731
8732 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
8733
8734 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
8735 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
8736 mode line.
8737
8738 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
8739 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
8740 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
8741
8742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8743 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
8744
8745 ;;;***
8746 \f
8747 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
8748 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19383 49279))
8749 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
8750 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
8751
8752 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
8753 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
8754 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
8755 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8756
8757 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8758
8759 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
8760 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
8761 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8762
8763 \(fn)" t nil)
8764
8765 ;;;***
8766 \f
8767 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
8768 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
8769 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
8770 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
8771
8772 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
8773 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
8774
8775 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8776
8777 ;;;***
8778 \f
8779 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19383
8780 ;;;;;; 49279))
8781 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8782
8783 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
8784 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8785
8786 \\{eshell-mode-map}
8787
8788 \(fn)" nil nil)
8789
8790 ;;;***
8791 \f
8792 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (19383
8793 ;;;;;; 49279))
8794 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8795
8796 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
8797 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8798
8799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8800
8801 ;;;***
8802 \f
8803 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
8804 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (19383 49284))
8805 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8806
8807 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
8808 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8809 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8810 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8811 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8812 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8813 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8814 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8815 buffer selected (or created).
8816
8817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8818
8819 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
8820 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8821 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8822
8823 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8824
8825 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
8826 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8827 The result might be any Lisp object.
8828 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8829 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8830 corresponding to a successful execution.
8831
8832 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8833
8834 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
8835
8836 ;;;***
8837 \f
8838 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8839 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8840 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8841 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8842 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
8843 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
8844 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
8845 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8847
8848 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8849 *File name of tags table.
8850 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8851 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8852 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8853 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
8854
8855 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
8856 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8857 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8858 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8859
8860 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
8861
8862 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8863 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8864 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8865 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8866 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8867 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8868
8869 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
8870
8871 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
8872 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8873 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8874 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8875 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8876 `auto-compression-mode').")
8877
8878 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
8879
8880 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
8881 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8882 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8883 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8884 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8885
8886 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
8887
8888 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8889 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8890 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8891 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8892
8893 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
8894
8895 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8896 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8897 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8898 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8899 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8900
8901 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
8902
8903 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
8904 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
8905
8906 \(fn)" t nil)
8907
8908 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
8909 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8910 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8911 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8912
8913 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8914 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8915 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8916 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8917 file the tag was in.
8918
8919 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8920
8921 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
8922 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8923 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8924 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8925 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8926 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8927 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8928 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8929 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8930
8931 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8932
8933 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
8934 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
8935 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
8936 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
8937 without directory names.
8938
8939 \(fn)" nil nil)
8940
8941 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
8942 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8943 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
8944 but does not select the buffer.
8945 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
8946
8947 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8948 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8949 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8950 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8951 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8952
8953 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8954
8955 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8956 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8957 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8958
8959 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8960
8961 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8962
8963 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
8964 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8965 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
8966 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
8967
8968 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8969 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8970 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8971 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8972 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8973
8974 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8975
8976 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8977 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8978 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8979
8980 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8981
8982 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8983 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
8984
8985 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
8986 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8987 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
8988 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8989 around or before point.
8990
8991 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8992 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8993 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8994 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8995 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8996
8997 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8998
8999 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9000 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9001 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9002
9003 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9004
9005 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9006 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9007
9008 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9009 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9010 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9011 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9012 around or before point.
9013
9014 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9015 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9016 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9017 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9018 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9019
9020 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9021
9022 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9023 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9024 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9025
9026 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9027
9028 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9029 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9030
9031 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9032 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9033 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9034
9035 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9036 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9037 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9038 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9039 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9040
9041 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9042
9043 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9044 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9045 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9046
9047 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9048
9049 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9050 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9051 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9052
9053 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9054 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9055
9056 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9057 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9058 where they were found.
9059
9060 \(fn)" t nil)
9061
9062 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9063 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9064
9065 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9066 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9067 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9068
9069 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9070 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9071
9072 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9073 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9074
9075 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9076
9077 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9078 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9079 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9080 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9081
9082 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9083 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9084 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9085 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9086 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9087
9088 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9089 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9090
9091 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9092 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9093 Stops when a match is found.
9094 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9095
9096 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9097
9098 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9099
9100 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9101 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9102 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9103 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9104 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9105 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9106 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9107 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9108
9109 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9110 produce the list of files to search.
9111
9112 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9113
9114 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9115
9116 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9117 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9118 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9119 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9120 directory specification.
9121
9122 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9123
9124 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9125 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9126
9127 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9128
9129 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9130 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9131 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9132 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9133
9134 \(fn)" t nil)
9135
9136 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9137 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9138 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9139 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9140 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9141
9142 \(fn)" t nil)
9143
9144 ;;;***
9145 \f
9146 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9147 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9148 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9149 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9150 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9151 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9152 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9153 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
9154 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9155
9156 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9157 Not documented
9158
9159 \(fn)" nil nil)
9160
9161 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9162 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9163
9164 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9165 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9166
9167 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9168 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9169 primary language.
9170
9171 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9172 even if the buffer is read-only.
9173
9174 See also the descriptions of the variables
9175 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9176
9177 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9178
9179 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9180 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9181
9182 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9183 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9184
9185 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9186 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9187 primary language.
9188
9189 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9190 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9191
9192 See also the descriptions of the variables
9193 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9194
9195 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9196
9197 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9198 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9199 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9200 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9201
9202 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9203
9204 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9205 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9206 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9207 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9208
9209 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9210 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9211 primary language.
9212
9213 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9214 buffer is read-only.
9215
9216 See also the descriptions of the variables
9217 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9218 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9219
9220 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9221
9222 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9223 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9224
9225 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9226 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9227
9228 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9229 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9230 the primary language.
9231
9232 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9233 buffer is read-only.
9234
9235 See also the descriptions of the variables
9236 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9237 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9238
9239 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9240
9241 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9242 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9243 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9244
9245 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9246
9247 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9248 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9249
9250 \(fn)" t nil)
9251
9252 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9253 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9254
9255 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9256 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9257 be 1, 2, or 3.
9258
9259 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9260 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9261 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9262
9263 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9264
9265 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9266
9267 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9268 This function is deprecated.
9269
9270 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9271
9272 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9273 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9274
9275 \(fn)" t nil)
9276
9277 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9278 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9279
9280 \(fn)" t nil)
9281
9282 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9283 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9284
9285 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9286 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9287
9288 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9289 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9290
9291 \(fn)" nil nil)
9292
9293 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9294 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9295
9296 \(fn)" nil nil)
9297
9298 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9299 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9300
9301 \(fn)" nil nil)
9302
9303 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9304 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9305
9306 \(fn)" nil nil)
9307
9308 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9309 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9310 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9311
9312 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9313
9314 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9315 Not documented
9316
9317 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9318
9319 ;;;***
9320 \f
9321 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9322 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9323 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
9324 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9325
9326 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9327 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9328 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9329 server for future sessions.
9330
9331 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9332
9333 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9334 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9335 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9336
9337 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9338
9339 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9340 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9341 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9342
9343 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9344
9345 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9346 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9347 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9348 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9349 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9350 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9351 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9352 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9353 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9354 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9355 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9356 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9357
9358 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9359
9360 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9361 Display a form to query the directory server.
9362 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9363 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9364
9365 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9366
9367 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9368 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9369 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9370
9371 \(fn)" t nil)
9372
9373 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9374
9375 ;;;***
9376 \f
9377 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9378 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9379 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19383 49279))
9380 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9381
9382 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9383 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9384
9385 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9386
9387 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9388 Display URL and make it clickable.
9389
9390 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9391
9392 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9393 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9394
9395 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9396
9397 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9398 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9399
9400 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9401
9402 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9403 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9404
9405 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9406
9407 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9408 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9409
9410 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9411
9412 ;;;***
9413 \f
9414 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9415 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (19383 49279))
9416 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9417
9418 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9419 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9420 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9421
9422 \(fn)" t nil)
9423
9424 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9425 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9426
9427 \(fn)" t nil)
9428
9429 ;;;***
9430 \f
9431 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9432 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
9433 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9434
9435 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9436 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9437
9438 \(fn)" t nil)
9439
9440 ;;;***
9441 \f
9442 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (19383
9443 ;;;;;; 49279))
9444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9445
9446 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9447 Create an empty ewoc.
9448
9449 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9450
9451 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9452 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9453 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9454 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9455 `insert-before-markers'.
9456
9457 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9458 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9459 respectively, of the ewoc.
9460
9461 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9462 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9463 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9464
9465 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9466
9467 ;;;***
9468 \f
9469 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9470 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9471 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9472 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
9473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9474
9475 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9476 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9477 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9478
9479 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9480
9481 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9482 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9483 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9484 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9485 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9486
9487 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9488
9489 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9490 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9491 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9492 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9493 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9494 executable.
9495
9496 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9497
9498 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9499 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9500 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9501
9502 \(fn)" t nil)
9503
9504 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9505 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9506 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9507 file modes.
9508
9509 \(fn)" nil nil)
9510
9511 ;;;***
9512 \f
9513 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9514 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9515 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
9516 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9517
9518 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9519 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9520 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9521 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9522
9523 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9524
9525 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9526 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9527 to generate such functions.
9528
9529 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9530 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9531 beginning of the expanded text.
9532
9533 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9534 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9535 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9536 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9537
9538 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9539
9540 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9541
9542 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
9543 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9544 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9545
9546 \(fn)" nil nil)
9547
9548 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
9549 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9550 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9551
9552 \(fn)" t nil)
9553
9554 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
9555 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9556 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9557
9558 \(fn)" t nil)
9559 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9560 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9561
9562 ;;;***
9563 \f
9564 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (19383 49276))
9565 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9566
9567 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
9568 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9569 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9570
9571 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9572 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9573 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9574
9575 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9576
9577 Key definitions:
9578 \\{f90-mode-map}
9579
9580 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9581
9582 `f90-do-indent'
9583 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9584 `f90-if-indent'
9585 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9586 `f90-type-indent'
9587 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9588 `f90-program-indent'
9589 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9590 (default 2).
9591 `f90-continuation-indent'
9592 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9593 `f90-comment-region'
9594 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9595 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9596 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9597 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9598 (default \"!\").
9599 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9600 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9601 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9602 `f90-break-delimiters'
9603 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9604 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9605 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9606 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9607 (default t).
9608 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9609 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9610 `f90-smart-end'
9611 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9612 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9613 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9614 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9615 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9616 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9617 `f90-leave-line-no'
9618 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9619
9620 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9621 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9622
9623 \(fn)" t nil)
9624
9625 ;;;***
9626 \f
9627 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
9628 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
9629 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
9630 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19383
9631 ;;;;;; 49279))
9632 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
9633
9634 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
9635 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
9636
9637 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
9638 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
9639
9640 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9641 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9642 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
9643 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
9644 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
9645 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
9646 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
9647
9648 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
9649 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
9650 using `face-remap-set-base'.
9651
9652 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9653
9654 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
9655 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
9656
9657 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
9658
9659 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
9660 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
9661 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
9662 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
9663 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
9664 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
9665
9666 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9667
9668 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
9669 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
9670 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
9671
9672 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
9673 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9674 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
9675 the same amount).
9676
9677 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
9678
9679 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
9680 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
9681 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
9682
9683 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9684 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9685 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9686 will remove any scaling currently active.
9687
9688 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9689
9690 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
9691 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
9692 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
9693
9694 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
9695 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9696 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9697 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9698 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9699
9700 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
9701 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
9702
9703 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
9704 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
9705
9706 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
9707 - Decrease the default face height by one step
9708 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
9709
9710 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
9711 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
9712 is one of the above.
9713
9714 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9715 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9716 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9717 will remove any scaling currently active.
9718
9719 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
9720 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
9721 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
9722 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
9723 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
9724
9725 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9726
9727 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
9728 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
9729 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
9730 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
9731
9732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9733
9734 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
9735 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9736 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9737 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9738 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
9739
9740 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9741 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
9742
9743 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9744
9745 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
9746 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9747 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9748 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9749
9750 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
9751 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
9752 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
9753 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
9754
9755 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9756 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
9757
9758 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9759
9760 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
9761 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
9762 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
9763 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
9764
9765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9766
9767 ;;;***
9768 \f
9769 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9770 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9771 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19383 49279))
9772 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9773
9774 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
9775 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9776 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9777 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9778
9779 \(fn)" nil nil)
9780
9781 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
9782 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
9783
9784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9785
9786 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
9787 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
9788 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9789 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9790
9791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9792
9793 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
9794 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9795 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9796 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9797 backup file names and the like).
9798
9799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9800
9801 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
9802 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9803 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9804 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9805 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
9806 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9807 internally by feedmail):
9808
9809 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9810 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9811 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9812 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9813
9814 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
9815 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9816 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9817 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
9818 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
9819
9820 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
9821
9822 ;;;***
9823 \f
9824 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9825 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19383 49276))
9826 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9827
9828 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
9829 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9830 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9831 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9832 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9833 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9834 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9835
9836 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
9837
9838 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
9839 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9840 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9841 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9842 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9843 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9844 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9845
9846 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9847
9848 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
9849
9850 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
9851 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
9852 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9853 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9854 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9855 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9856
9857 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
9858
9859 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
9860 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
9861 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9862 Return value:
9863 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9864 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9865 * otherwise, nil
9866
9867 \(fn E)" t nil)
9868
9869 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
9870 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9871 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9872
9873 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9874
9875 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil "\
9876 Try to get a file name at point.
9877 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess (if (or (not guess) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p)) (ffap-url-p guess)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess))) guess (abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess)))) (when guess (if (file-directory-p guess) (file-name-as-directory guess) guess)))))
9878
9879 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
9880 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9881
9882 \(fn)" t nil)
9883
9884 ;;;***
9885 \f
9886 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
9887 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
9888 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
9889 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19383 49279))
9890 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9891
9892 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
9893 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
9894 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
9895 be added to the cache.
9896
9897 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9898
9899 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
9900 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
9901 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9902 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
9903 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9904
9905 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9906
9907 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
9908 Add FILE to the file cache.
9909
9910 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9911
9912 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
9913 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
9914 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
9915
9916 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9917
9918 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
9919 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
9920 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
9921
9922 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
9923
9924 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
9925 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
9926 This function does not use any external programs
9927 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9928 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
9929 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9930
9931 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9932
9933 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
9934 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
9935 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
9936 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
9937 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
9938 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
9939 \(directories) is done.
9940
9941 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9942
9943 ;;;***
9944 \f
9945 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
9946 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
9947 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
9948 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
9949 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19383 49279))
9950 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
9951
9952 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
9953 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
9954
9955 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9956 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
9957 Local Variables list.
9958
9959 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
9960 then this function adds the first line containing the string
9961 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
9962
9963 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9964
9965 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
9966 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
9967
9968 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9969
9970 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
9971 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
9972
9973 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9974 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
9975 the -*- line.
9976
9977 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
9978 then this function adds it.
9979
9980 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9981
9982 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
9983 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
9984
9985 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9986
9987 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
9988 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
9989
9990 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9991
9992 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
9993 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
9994
9995 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
9996
9997 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
9998 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
9999
10000 \(fn)" t nil)
10001
10002 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10003 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10004
10005 \(fn)" t nil)
10006
10007 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10008 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10009
10010 \(fn)" t nil)
10011
10012 ;;;***
10013 \f
10014 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19383
10015 ;;;;;; 49279))
10016 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10017
10018 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10019 Filesets initialization.
10020 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10021
10022 \(fn)" nil nil)
10023
10024 ;;;***
10025 \f
10026 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (19383 49279))
10027 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10028
10029 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10030 Initiate the building of a find command.
10031 For example:
10032
10033 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10034 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10035 (mtime \"+1\"))
10036 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10037
10038 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10039 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10040
10041 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10042
10043 ;;;***
10044 \f
10045 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10046 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10047 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
10048 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10049
10050 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (purecopy '("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (purecopy '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10051 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10052 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10053 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10054 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10055
10056 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10057
10058 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
10059 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10060 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10061 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10062 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10063
10064 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10065
10066 (defvar find-grep-options (purecopy (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q")) "\
10067 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10068 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10069 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10070
10071 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10072
10073 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10074 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10075 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10076
10077 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10078
10079 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10080 as the final argument.
10081
10082 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10083
10084 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10085 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10086 and run dired on those files.
10087 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10088 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10089
10090 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10091
10092 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10093
10094 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10095 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10096 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10097
10098 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10099
10100 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10101
10102 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10103
10104 ;;;***
10105 \f
10106 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10107 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10108 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
10109 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10110
10111 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10112 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10113 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10114 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10115 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10116 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10117 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10118
10119 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10120 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10121 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10122
10123 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10124
10125 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10126
10127 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10128
10129 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10130 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10131 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10132
10133 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10134 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10135
10136 Variables of interest include:
10137
10138 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10139 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10140 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10141
10142 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10143 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10144 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10145
10146 - `ff-ignore-include'
10147 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10148
10149 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10150 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10151
10152 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10153 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10154
10155 - `ff-special-constructs'
10156 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10157 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10158 extracting the filename from that construct.
10159
10160 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10161 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10162
10163 - `ff-search-directories'
10164 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10165 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10166
10167 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10168 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10169
10170 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10171 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10172
10173 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10174 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10175
10176 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10177 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10178
10179 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10180 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10181
10182 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10183
10184 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10185 Visit the file you click on.
10186
10187 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10188
10189 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10190 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10191
10192 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10193
10194 ;;;***
10195 \f
10196 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10197 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10198 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10199 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10200 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10201 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10202 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (19383 49279))
10203 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10204
10205 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10206 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10207 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10208
10209 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10210
10211 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10212 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10213 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10214 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10215
10216 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10217 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10218 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10219 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10220
10221 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10222
10223 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10224 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10225
10226 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10227 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10228 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10229 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10230
10231 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10232 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10233 in `load-path'.
10234
10235 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10236
10237 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10238 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10239
10240 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10241 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10242 places point before the definition.
10243 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10244
10245 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10246 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10247 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10248
10249 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10250
10251 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10252 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10253
10254 See `find-function' for more details.
10255
10256 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10257
10258 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10259 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10260
10261 See `find-function' for more details.
10262
10263 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10264
10265 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10266 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10267
10268 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10269 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10270 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10271
10272 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10273 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10274
10275 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10276
10277 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10278 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10279
10280 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10281 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10282 places point before the definition.
10283
10284 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10285
10286 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10287 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10288 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10289
10290 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10291
10292 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10293 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10294
10295 See `find-variable' for more details.
10296
10297 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10298
10299 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10300 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10301
10302 See `find-variable' for more details.
10303
10304 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10305
10306 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10307 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10308 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10309 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10310 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10311 buffer nor display it.
10312
10313 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10314 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10315
10316 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10317
10318 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10319 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10320
10321 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10322 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10323 places point before the definition.
10324
10325 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10326
10327 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10328 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10329 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10330
10331 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10332
10333 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10334 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10335 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10336
10337 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10338
10339 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10340 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10341
10342 \(fn)" t nil)
10343
10344 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10345 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10346
10347 \(fn)" t nil)
10348
10349 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10350 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10351
10352 \(fn)" nil nil)
10353
10354 ;;;***
10355 \f
10356 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10357 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (19383 49279))
10358 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10359
10360 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10361 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10362
10363 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10364
10365 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10366 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10367
10368 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10369
10370 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10371 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10372
10373 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10374
10375 ;;;***
10376 \f
10377 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10378 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19383 49279))
10379 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10380
10381 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10382 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10383
10384 \(fn)" t nil)
10385
10386 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10387 Display FILE's commentary section.
10388 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10389
10390 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10391
10392 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10393 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10394
10395 \(fn)" t nil)
10396
10397 ;;;***
10398 \f
10399 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10400 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (19383 49279))
10401 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10402
10403 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10404 Toggle flow control handling.
10405 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10406 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10407
10408 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10409
10410 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10411 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10412 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10413 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10414 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10415 to get the effect of a C-q.
10416
10417 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10418
10419 ;;;***
10420 \f
10421 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10422 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
10423 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10424
10425 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10426 Not documented
10427
10428 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10429
10430 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10431 Not documented
10432
10433 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10434
10435 ;;;***
10436 \f
10437 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10438 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19383 49276))
10439 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10440
10441 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10442 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10443 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10444 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10445
10446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10447
10448 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10449 Turn flymake mode on.
10450
10451 \(fn)" nil nil)
10452
10453 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10454 Turn flymake mode off.
10455
10456 \(fn)" nil nil)
10457
10458 ;;;***
10459 \f
10460 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10461 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10462 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19383 49284))
10463 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10464
10465 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10466 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10467
10468 \(fn)" t nil)
10469 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10470
10471 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10472 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10473 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10474 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10475 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10476 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10477 otherwise turn it off.
10478
10479 Bindings:
10480 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10481 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10482 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10483 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10484
10485 Hooks:
10486 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10487
10488 Remark:
10489 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10490 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10491 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10492
10493 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10494 consider adding:
10495 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10496 in your .emacs file.
10497
10498 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10499 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10500
10501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10502
10503 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10504 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10505
10506 \(fn)" nil nil)
10507
10508 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10509 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10510
10511 \(fn)" nil nil)
10512
10513 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10514 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10515
10516 \(fn)" nil nil)
10517
10518 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10519 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10520
10521 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10522
10523 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
10524 Flyspell whole buffer.
10525
10526 \(fn)" t nil)
10527
10528 ;;;***
10529 \f
10530 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10531 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10532 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
10533 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10534
10535 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
10536 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10537
10538 \(fn)" nil nil)
10539
10540 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
10541 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10542
10543 \(fn)" nil nil)
10544
10545 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
10546 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10547
10548 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10549 of two major techniques:
10550
10551 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10552 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10553 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10554
10555 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10556 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10557 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10558 movement commands.
10559
10560 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10561 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10562 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10563 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10564 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10565 mileage may vary).
10566
10567 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10568 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10569
10570 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10571
10572 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10573 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10574 \(This is the default.)
10575
10576 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10577
10578 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10579 \\{follow-mode-map}
10580
10581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10582
10583 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
10584 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10585
10586 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10587 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10588 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10589 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
10590 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10591 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10592
10593 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
10594 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10595 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10596
10597 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10598 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10599 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10600
10601 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10602
10603 ;;;***
10604 \f
10605 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19383
10606 ;;;;;; 49279))
10607 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10608
10609 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
10610 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10611 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
10612 started, play around with the following keys:
10613 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
10614
10615 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10616
10617 ;;;***
10618 \f
10619 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10620 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (19383 49279))
10621 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10622
10623 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
10624 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10625
10626 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10627 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10628 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10629 C-c < forms-first-record <
10630 C-c > forms-last-record >
10631 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10632 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10633 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10634 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10635 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10636 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10637 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10638 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10639 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10640 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10641
10642 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10643
10644 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
10645 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10646
10647 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10648
10649 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
10650 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10651
10652 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10653
10654 ;;;***
10655 \f
10656 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
10657 ;;;;;; (19392 38041))
10658 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10659
10660 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
10661 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10662 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10663
10664 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10665 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10666
10667 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10668
10669 Key definitions:
10670 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10671
10672 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10673
10674 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10675 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10676 `fortran-do-indent'
10677 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10678 `fortran-if-indent'
10679 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10680 `fortran-structure-indent'
10681 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10682 (default 3)
10683 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10684 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10685 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10686 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10687 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10688 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10689 nil don't change the indentation
10690 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10691 value of either
10692 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10693 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10694 depending on the continuation format in use.
10695 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10696 indentation for a line of code.
10697 (default 'fixed)
10698 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10699 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10700 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10701 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10702 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10703 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10704 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10705 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10706 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10707 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10708 column 5.
10709 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10710 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10711 statements (default nil).
10712 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10713 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10714 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10715 `fortran-continuation-string'
10716 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10717 line (default \"$\").
10718 `fortran-comment-region'
10719 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10720 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10721 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10722 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10723 as typed (default t).
10724 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10725 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10726
10727 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10728 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10729
10730 \(fn)" t nil)
10731
10732 ;;;***
10733 \f
10734 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10735 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (19383 49279))
10736 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10737
10738 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
10739 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10740
10741 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10742 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10743
10744 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10745
10746 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
10747 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10748
10749 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10750 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10751
10752 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10753
10754 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
10755 Compile fortune file.
10756
10757 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10758 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10759
10760 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10761
10762 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
10763 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10764
10765 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10766 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10767 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10768 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10769
10770 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10771
10772 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
10773 Display a fortune cookie.
10774
10775 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10776 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10777 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10778 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10779
10780 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10781
10782 ;;;***
10783 \f
10784 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
10785 ;;;;;; (19383 49284))
10786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
10787
10788 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
10789 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10790 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
10791 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
10792
10793 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10794 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10795 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10796 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10797
10798 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10799 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
10800 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
10801 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
10802 some of the buffers.
10803
10804 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10805
10806 The following commands help control operation :
10807
10808 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10809 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10810
10811 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10812 detailed description of this mode.
10813
10814 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
10815 | GDB Toolbar |
10816 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10817 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
10818 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10819 | | |
10820 | Source buffer | I/O buffer for debugged program |
10821 | | |
10822 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10823 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints/threads buffer |
10824 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10825
10826 The option \"--annotate=3\" must be included in this value. To
10827 run GDB in text command mode, use `gud-gdb'. You need to use
10828 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
10829 session.
10830
10831 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10832
10833 (defalias 'gdba 'gdb)
10834
10835 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
10836 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10837
10838 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
10839
10840 ;;;***
10841 \f
10842 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
10843 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (19383
10844 ;;;;;; 49279))
10845 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
10846
10847 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
10848 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10849 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10850 instead (which see).")
10851
10852 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
10853 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10854
10855 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
10856 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
10857 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
10858 documentation string instead.
10859
10860 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
10861 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
10862 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
10863 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
10864 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
10865 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
10866 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
10867 enders are actually possible.
10868
10869 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10870 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10871
10872 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
10873 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
10874 `font-lock-keywords'.
10875
10876 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10877 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
10878 runs the macro expansion.
10879
10880 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
10881 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
10882 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
10883
10884 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10885
10886 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
10887
10888 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
10889 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10890
10891 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
10892
10893 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
10894 Enter generic mode MODE.
10895
10896 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10897 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10898 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10899
10900 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10901 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10902
10903 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10904
10905 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
10906 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
10907 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
10908 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
10909 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
10910 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
10911 regular expression that can be used as an element of
10912 `font-lock-keywords'.
10913
10914 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
10915
10916 ;;;***
10917 \f
10918 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
10919 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
10920 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
10921
10922 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
10923 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
10924 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
10925 at places they belong to.
10926
10927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10928
10929 ;;;***
10930 \f
10931 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
10932 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
10933 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
10934 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
10935
10936 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
10937 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
10938 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
10939
10940 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
10941
10942 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
10943 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
10944
10945 Guideline for numbers:
10946 1 - error messages
10947 3 - non-serious error messages
10948 5 - messages for things that take a long time
10949 7 - not very important messages on stuff
10950 9 - messages inside loops.
10951
10952 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10953
10954 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
10955 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
10956 ARGS are passed to `message'.
10957
10958 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10959
10960 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
10961 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
10962
10963 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
10964
10965 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
10966 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
10967
10968 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
10969 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
10970 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
10971 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
10972 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
10973 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
10974
10975 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
10976 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
10977 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
10978 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
10979 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
10980
10981 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
10982
10983 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
10984
10985 ;;;***
10986 \f
10987 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
10988 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (19383 49279))
10989 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
10990 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
10991 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
10992
10993 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
10994 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
10995
10996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10997
10998 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
10999 Read network news.
11000 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11001 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11002 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11003 name of an NNTP server to use.
11004 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11005 server.
11006
11007 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11008
11009 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11010 Read news as a slave.
11011
11012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11013
11014 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11015 Pop up a frame to read news.
11016 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11017 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11018 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11019 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11020 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11021 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11022 current display is used.
11023
11024 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11025
11026 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11027 Read network news.
11028 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11029 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11030 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11031
11032 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11033
11034 ;;;***
11035 \f
11036 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11037 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11038 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11039 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11040 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11041 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (19383 49279))
11042 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11043
11044 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11045 Start Gnus unplugged.
11046
11047 \(fn)" t nil)
11048
11049 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11050 Start Gnus plugged.
11051
11052 \(fn)" t nil)
11053
11054 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11055 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11056
11057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11058
11059 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11060 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11061
11062 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11063 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11064 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11065
11066 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11067 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11068 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11069
11070 \(fn)" t nil)
11071
11072 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11073 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11074
11075 \(fn)" nil nil)
11076
11077 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11078 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11079 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11080 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11081 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11082 supported.
11083
11084 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11085
11086 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11087 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11088 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11089 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11090 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11091 supported.
11092
11093 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11094
11095 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11096 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11097
11098 \(fn)" nil nil)
11099
11100 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11101 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11102 downloaded into the agent.
11103
11104 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11105
11106 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11107 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11108 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11109 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11110
11111 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11112
11113 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11114 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11115
11116 \(fn)" t nil)
11117
11118 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11119 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11120
11121 \(fn)" t nil)
11122
11123 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11124 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11125 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11126
11127 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11128
11129 ;;;***
11130 \f
11131 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11132 ;;;;;; (19383 49284))
11133 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11134
11135 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11136 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11137
11138 \(fn)" nil nil)
11139
11140 ;;;***
11141 \f
11142 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11143 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
11144 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11145
11146 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11147 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11148
11149 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11150
11151 ;;;***
11152 \f
11153 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11154 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (19383 49279))
11155 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11156
11157 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11158 Set a bookmark for this article.
11159
11160 \(fn)" t nil)
11161
11162 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11163 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11164
11165 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11166
11167 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11168 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11169 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11170 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11171 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11172
11173 \(fn)" t nil)
11174
11175 ;;;***
11176 \f
11177 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11178 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11179 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (19383
11180 ;;;;;; 49279))
11181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11182
11183 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11184 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11185
11186 Usage:
11187 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11188
11189 \(fn)" t nil)
11190
11191 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11192 Generate the cache active file.
11193
11194 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11195
11196 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11197 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11198
11199 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11200
11201 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11202 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11203 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11204 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11205 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11206 supported.
11207
11208 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11209
11210 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11211 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11212 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11213 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11214 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11215 supported.
11216
11217 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11218
11219 ;;;***
11220 \f
11221 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11222 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19383 49279))
11223 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11224
11225 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11226 Delay this article by some time.
11227 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11228
11229 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11230 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11231
11232 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11233 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11234
11235 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11236 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11237
11238 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11239
11240 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11241 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11242
11243 \(fn)" t nil)
11244
11245 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11246 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11247 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11248 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11249
11250 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11251 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11252
11253 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11254
11255 ;;;***
11256 \f
11257 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11258 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19383 49279))
11259 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11260
11261 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11262 Not documented
11263
11264 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11265
11266 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11267 Not documented
11268
11269 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11270
11271 ;;;***
11272 \f
11273 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11274 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
11275 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11276
11277 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11278 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11279
11280 \(fn)" t nil)
11281
11282 ;;;***
11283 \f
11284 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11285 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
11286 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11287
11288 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11289 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11290
11291 \(fn)" t nil)
11292
11293 ;;;***
11294 \f
11295 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11296 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11297 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (19383
11298 ;;;;;; 49279))
11299 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11300
11301 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11302 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11303
11304 \(fn)" t nil)
11305
11306 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11307 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11308
11309 \(fn)" t nil)
11310
11311 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11312 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11313
11314 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11315 different input formats.
11316
11317 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11318
11319 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11320 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11321
11322 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11323 different input formats.
11324
11325 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11326
11327 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11328 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11329 The PNG is returned as a string.
11330
11331 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11332
11333 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11334 Convert FILE to a Face.
11335 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11336 726 bytes.
11337
11338 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11339
11340 ;;;***
11341 \f
11342 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11343 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (19383 49279))
11344 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11345
11346 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11347 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11348 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11349 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11350
11351 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11352
11353 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11354 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11355
11356 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11357
11358 ;;;***
11359 \f
11360 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11361 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
11362 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11363
11364 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11365
11366 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11367 Run batched scoring.
11368 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11369
11370 \(fn)" t nil)
11371
11372 ;;;***
11373 \f
11374 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11375 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11376 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
11377 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11378
11379 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11380 Not documented
11381
11382 \(fn)" nil nil)
11383
11384 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
11385 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11386 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11387
11388 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11389
11390 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11391 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11392
11393 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11394
11395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11396
11397 ;;;***
11398 \f
11399 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11400 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11401 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
11402 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11403
11404 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
11405 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11406 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11407 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11408 group parameters.
11409
11410 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11411 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11412 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11413 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11414
11415 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11416 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11417 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11418 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11419 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11420 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11421 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11422 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11423 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11424 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11425
11426 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11427
11428 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
11429 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11430 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11431 nil CATCH-ALL).
11432
11433 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11434 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11435
11436 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11437
11438 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
11439 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11440 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11441
11442 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11443
11444 \(fn)" nil nil)
11445
11446 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
11447 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11448 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11449
11450 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11451
11452 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11453 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11454 existing groups are considered.
11455
11456 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11457 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11458 returned.
11459
11460 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11461 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11462 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11463 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11464 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11465 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11466 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11467 clauses will be generated.
11468
11469 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11470 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11471 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11472 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11473 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11474 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11475
11476 For example, given the following group parameters:
11477
11478 nnml:mail.bar:
11479 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11480 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11481 nnml:mail.foo:
11482 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11483 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11484 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11485 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11486 nnml:mail.others:
11487 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11488
11489 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11490
11491 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11492 \"mail.bar\")
11493 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11494 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11495 \"mail.others\")
11496
11497 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11498
11499 ;;;***
11500 \f
11501 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11502 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
11503 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11504
11505 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
11506 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11507 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11508
11509 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
11510
11511 ;;;***
11512 \f
11513 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11514 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (19383 49279))
11515 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11516
11517 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
11518 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11519 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11520 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11521
11522 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11523
11524 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
11525 Mail to ADDRESS.
11526
11527 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11528
11529 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
11530 Like `message-reply'.
11531
11532 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11533
11534 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
11535
11536 ;;;***
11537 \f
11538 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
11539 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (19383 49279))
11540 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
11541
11542 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
11543 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
11544
11545 \(fn)" t nil)
11546
11547 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
11548 Load the NoCeM cache.
11549
11550 \(fn)" t nil)
11551
11552 ;;;***
11553 \f
11554 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11555 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11556 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
11557 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11558
11559 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11560 Display picons in the From header.
11561 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11562
11563 \(fn)" t nil)
11564
11565 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11566 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11567 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11568
11569 \(fn)" t nil)
11570
11571 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11572 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11573 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11574
11575 \(fn)" t nil)
11576
11577 ;;;***
11578 \f
11579 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11580 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11581 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11582 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11583 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (19383 49279))
11584 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11585
11586 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
11587 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11588 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11589 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11590
11591 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11592
11593 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
11594 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11595 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11596 LIST1 is modified.
11597
11598 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11599
11600 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
11601 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11602 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11603
11604 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11605
11606 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11607 Not documented
11608
11609 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11610
11611 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11612 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11613 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11614
11615 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11616
11617 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11618 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11619 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11620
11621 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11622
11623 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
11624
11625 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
11626 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11627 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11628
11629 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11630
11631 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
11632 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11633 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11634
11635 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11636
11637 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
11638 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11639 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11640
11641 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11642
11643 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
11644 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11645
11646 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11647
11648 ;;;***
11649 \f
11650 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11651 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (19383 49279))
11652 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11653
11654 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
11655 Initialize the Gnus registry.
11656
11657 \(fn)" t nil)
11658
11659 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
11660 Install the registry hooks.
11661
11662 \(fn)" t nil)
11663
11664 ;;;***
11665 \f
11666 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11667 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (19383
11668 ;;;;;; 49279))
11669 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11670
11671 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
11672 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11673 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11674 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11675 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11676 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11677
11678 \(fn)" t nil)
11679
11680 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
11681 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11682 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11683 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11684 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11685
11686 \(fn)" t nil)
11687
11688 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
11689 Not documented
11690
11691 \(fn)" t nil)
11692
11693 ;;;***
11694 \f
11695 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
11696 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
11697 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
11698
11699 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
11700 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
11701 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
11702 for matching on group names.
11703
11704 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
11705 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
11706
11707 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
11708
11709 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
11710
11711 \(fn)" t nil)
11712
11713 ;;;***
11714 \f
11715 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11716 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
11717 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11718
11719 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
11720 Update the format specification near point.
11721
11722 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
11723
11724 ;;;***
11725 \f
11726 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
11727 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (19383
11728 ;;;;;; 49279))
11729 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11730
11731 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
11732 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11733
11734 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11735
11736 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
11737 Not documented
11738
11739 \(fn)" nil nil)
11740
11741 ;;;***
11742 \f
11743 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11744 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
11745 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11746
11747 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
11748 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11749
11750 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11751
11752 ;;;***
11753 \f
11754 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19383 49279))
11755 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11756
11757 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
11758 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11759
11760 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
11761 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11762 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11763
11764 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11765 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11766 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11767
11768 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11769 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11770
11771 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11772 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11773
11774 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11775
11776 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11777
11778 ;;;***
11779 \f
11780 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
11781 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (19383
11782 ;;;;;; 49279))
11783 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11784
11785 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
11786
11787 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
11788 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11789 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11790 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11791 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11792
11793 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
11794
11795 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
11796 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11797 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11798 or to send e-mail.
11799 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
11800 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
11801
11802 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11803 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11804
11805 \(fn)" t nil)
11806 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
11807
11808 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
11809 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
11810
11811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11812
11813 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
11814 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
11815
11816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11817
11818 ;;;***
11819 \f
11820 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
11821 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11822 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (19397 57330))
11823 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11824
11825 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
11826 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11827
11828 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
11829
11830 (defvar grep-command nil "\
11831 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11832 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11833 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11834 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11835
11836 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11837 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11838 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11839
11840 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
11841
11842 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
11843 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11844 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11845 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11846 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11847
11848 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
11849
11850 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
11851 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11852
11853 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
11854
11855 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
11856 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11857
11858 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
11859 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11860 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11861
11862 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
11863 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11864 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11865
11866 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
11867 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
11868 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
11869 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11870
11871 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
11872 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11873 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
11874 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
11875 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
11876
11877 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11878
11879 (defvar grep-history nil)
11880
11881 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
11882
11883 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
11884 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11885 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11886
11887 \(fn)" nil nil)
11888
11889 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
11890 Not documented
11891
11892 \(fn)" nil nil)
11893
11894 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
11895 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
11896
11897 \(fn)" nil nil)
11898
11899 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
11900 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11901 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11902 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
11903 found matches.
11904
11905 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
11906 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
11907
11908 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
11909 can easily repeat a grep command.
11910
11911 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11912 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11913 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
11914 list is empty).
11915
11916 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11917
11918 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
11919 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
11920 Collect output in a buffer.
11921 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11922 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11923
11924 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11925 easily repeat a find command.
11926
11927 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11928
11929 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
11930
11931 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
11932 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
11933 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11934 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11935 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11936
11937 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11938 before it is executed.
11939 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
11940
11941 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
11942 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11943 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11944
11945 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
11946
11947 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
11948
11949 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
11950 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
11951 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11952 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11953 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11954
11955 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11956 before it is executed.
11957 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
11958
11959 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
11960 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11961 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11962
11963 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
11964
11965 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
11966
11967 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
11968 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
11969 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
11970 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
11971
11972 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
11973
11974 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
11975
11976 ;;;***
11977 \f
11978 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (19383 49279))
11979 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
11980
11981 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
11982 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
11983 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
11984 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
11985 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
11986
11987 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
11988
11989 ;;;***
11990 \f
11991 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
11992 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (19383 49279))
11993 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
11994
11995 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
11996 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11997 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11998 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11999
12000 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12001
12002 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12003 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12004 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12005 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12006
12007 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12008
12009 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12010 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12011 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12012 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12013
12014 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12015
12016 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12017 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12018 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12019 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12020
12021 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12022 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12023
12024 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12025
12026 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12027 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12028 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12029 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12030
12031 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12032
12033 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12034 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12035 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12036 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12037
12038 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12039
12040 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12041 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12042 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12043 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12044 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12045
12046 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12047 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12048 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12049 original source file access method.
12050
12051 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12052 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12053
12054 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12055 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
12056
12057 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit") 'gdb-script-mode))
12058
12059 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12060 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12061
12062 \(fn)" t nil)
12063
12064 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12065 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12066 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12067 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12068 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12069 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12070
12071 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12072
12073 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12074 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12075
12076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12077
12078 ;;;***
12079 \f
12080 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19383
12081 ;;;;;; 49279))
12082 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12083
12084 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12085 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12086 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12087 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12088
12089 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12090 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12091 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12092 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12093
12094 \(fn)" t nil)
12095
12096 ;;;***
12097 \f
12098 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12099 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
12100 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12101
12102 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12103 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12104
12105 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12106
12107 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12108 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12109 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12110 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12111
12112 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12113
12114 \(fn)" t nil)
12115
12116 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12117 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12118 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12119 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12120 to be updated.
12121
12122 \(fn)" t nil)
12123
12124 ;;;***
12125 \f
12126 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12127 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12128 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19383 49279))
12129 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12130
12131 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12132 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12133
12134 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12135
12136 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12137 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12138 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12139
12140 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12141
12142 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12143 Verify a hashcash payment
12144
12145 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12146
12147 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12148 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12149 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12150 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12151 `mail-add-payment-async').
12152
12153 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12154
12155 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12156 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12157 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12158 Calculation is asynchronous.
12159
12160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12161
12162 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12163 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12164 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12165
12166 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12167
12168 ;;;***
12169 \f
12170 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12171 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12172 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12173 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (19383 49279))
12174 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12175
12176 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12177 Return the help-echo string at point.
12178 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12179 property, or nil, is returned.
12180 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12181 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12182 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12183
12184 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12185
12186 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12187 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12188 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12189 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12190 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12191
12192 \(fn)" nil nil)
12193
12194 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12195 Display local help in the echo area.
12196 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12197 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12198 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12199 printed instead.
12200
12201 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12202 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12203 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12204
12205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12206
12207 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12208 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12209 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12210
12211 \(fn)" t nil)
12212
12213 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12214 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12215 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12216
12217 \(fn)" t nil)
12218
12219 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12220 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12221 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12222 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12223 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12224 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12225 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12226 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12227 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12228 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12229 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12230
12231 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12232 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12233 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12234 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12235 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12236
12237 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12238 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12239 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12240 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12241 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12242 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12243 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12244 The default is `never'.")
12245
12246 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12247
12248 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12249 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12250 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12251 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12252 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12253 considered different regions.
12254
12255 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12256 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12257 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12258 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12259 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12260 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12261 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12262 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12263 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12264
12265 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12266
12267 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12268 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12269 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12270 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12271 different regions.
12272
12273 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12274 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12275 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12276 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12277 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12278 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12279 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12280 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12281
12282 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12283 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12284 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12285 rarely happens in practice.
12286
12287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12288
12289 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12290 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12291 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12292 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12293 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12294 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12295
12296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12297
12298 ;;;***
12299 \f
12300 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12301 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 find-lisp-object-file-name
12302 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12303 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
12304 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12305
12306 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12307 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12308
12309 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12310
12311 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12312 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12313 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12314
12315 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12316
12317 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12318 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12319 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12320 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12321 If TYPE is `variable', search for a variable definition.
12322 If TYPE is `face', search for a face definition.
12323 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12324 search for a function definition.
12325
12326 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12327 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12328 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12329 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12330 suitable file is found, return nil.
12331
12332 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12333
12334 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12335 Not documented
12336
12337 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12338
12339 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12340 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12341 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12342 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12343
12344 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12345
12346 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12347 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12348 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12349 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12350 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12351 it is displayed along with the global value.
12352
12353 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12354
12355 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12356 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12357 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12358 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12359
12360 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12361
12362 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12363 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12364 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12365 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12366 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12367
12368 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12369
12370 ;;;***
12371 \f
12372 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12373 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
12374 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12375
12376 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12377 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12378 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12379 window listing and describing the options.
12380 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12381 gives the window that lists the options.")
12382
12383 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12384
12385 ;;;***
12386 \f
12387 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12388 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12389 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (19383
12390 ;;;;;; 49279))
12391 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12392
12393 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12394 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12395 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12396 Commands:
12397 \\{help-mode-map}
12398
12399 \(fn)" t nil)
12400
12401 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
12402 Not documented
12403
12404 \(fn)" nil nil)
12405
12406 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
12407 Not documented
12408
12409 \(fn)" nil nil)
12410
12411 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
12412 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12413
12414 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12415 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12416 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12417 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12418
12419 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12420 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12421 restore it properly when going back.
12422
12423 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12424
12425 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
12426 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12427 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12428 current buffer.
12429 Otherwise, it is *Help*; if no buffer with that name currently
12430 exists, it is created.
12431
12432 \(fn)" nil nil)
12433
12434 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
12435 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12436
12437 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12438 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12439 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12440 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12441 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12442 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12443 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12444 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12445
12446 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12447 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12448 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12449 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12450
12451 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12452 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12453 that.
12454
12455 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12456
12457 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12458 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12459 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12460 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12461 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12462 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12463
12464 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12465
12466 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12467 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12468 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12469 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12470 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12471
12472 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12473
12474 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
12475 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12476
12477 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12478
12479 ;;;***
12480 \f
12481 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12482 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (19383 49279))
12483 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12484
12485 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
12486 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12487
12488 \(fn)" t nil)
12489
12490 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
12491 Provide help for current mode.
12492
12493 \(fn)" t nil)
12494
12495 ;;;***
12496 \f
12497 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12498 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19383 49279))
12499 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12500
12501 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
12502 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12503 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12504 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12505 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12506
12507 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12508 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12509
12510 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12511 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12512 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12513 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12514
12515 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12516 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12517 periods.
12518
12519 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12520 in hexl format.
12521
12522 A sample format:
12523
12524 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12525 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12526 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12527 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12528 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12529 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12530 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12531 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12532 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12533 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12534 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12535 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12536 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12537 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12538 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12539
12540 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12541 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12542 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12543
12544 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12545 also supported.
12546
12547 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12548
12549 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12550 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12551 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12552
12553 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12554 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12555 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12556
12557 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12558 into the buffer at the current point.
12559
12560 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12561 into the buffer at the current point.
12562
12563 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12564 into the buffer at the current point.
12565
12566 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12567
12568 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12569 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12570
12571 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12572
12573 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12574
12575 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12576
12577 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
12578 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
12579 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
12580 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
12581
12582 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12583
12584 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
12585 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12586 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12587
12588 \(fn)" t nil)
12589
12590 ;;;***
12591 \f
12592 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12593 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12594 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12595 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
12596 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12597
12598 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12599 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12600
12601 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12602 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12603 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12604 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12605 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12606 called interactively, are:
12607
12608 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12609 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12610
12611 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12612 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12613 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12614 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12615
12616 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12617 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12618
12619 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12620 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12621
12622 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12623 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
12624 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12625 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12626 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12627 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
12628 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
12629 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
12630 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
12631 function returns t.
12632
12633 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12634 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12635
12636 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
12637 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
12638 form:
12639 Hi-lock: FOO
12640 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12641 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12642 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12643 Patterns will be read until
12644 Hi-lock: end
12645 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12646
12647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12648
12649 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
12650 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12651 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12652 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12653 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12654 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12655
12656 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
12657
12658 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12659 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
12660 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if
12661 ARG is positive.
12662 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
12663 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
12664 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
12665
12666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12667
12668 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
12669
12670 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12671 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12672
12673 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12674 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12675 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12676 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12677 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12678
12679 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12680
12681 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
12682
12683 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12684 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12685
12686 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12687 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12688 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12689 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12690 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12691
12692 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12693
12694 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
12695
12696 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12697 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12698
12699 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12700 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12701
12702 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12703
12704 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
12705
12706 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12707 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12708
12709 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12710 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12711 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12712 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12713 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12714
12715 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12716
12717 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
12718 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12719
12720 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12721 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12722 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12723
12724 \(fn)" t nil)
12725
12726 ;;;***
12727 \f
12728 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
12729 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
12730 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12731
12732 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
12733 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12734 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12735 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12736 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12737 how the hiding is done:
12738
12739 `hide-ifdef-env'
12740 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12741 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12742 is used.
12743
12744 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12745 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12746 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12747 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12748 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12749
12750 `hide-ifdef-lines'
12751 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12752 #endif lines when hiding.
12753
12754 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12755 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12756 is activated.
12757
12758 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12759 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12760 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12761
12762 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12763
12764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12765
12766 ;;;***
12767 \f
12768 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12769 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
12770 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12771
12772 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
12773 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12774 Each element has the form
12775 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12776
12777 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12778 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12779
12780 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12781 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12782
12783 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12784 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12785 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12786 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12787 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12788 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12789
12790 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12791 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12792
12793 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12794 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12795
12796 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12797 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12798 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12799
12800 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
12801 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
12802 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12803 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12804 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12805
12806 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12807 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12808 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12809
12810 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12811 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12812
12813 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12814
12815 Key bindings:
12816 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12817
12818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12819
12820 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
12821 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
12822
12823 \(fn)" nil nil)
12824
12825 ;;;***
12826 \f
12827 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
12828 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12829 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12830 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
12831 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19383
12832 ;;;;;; 49279))
12833 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12834
12835 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12836 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
12837
12838 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12839
12840 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
12841 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
12842 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
12843 on and off.
12844
12845 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
12846 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12847 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12848 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12849 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
12850 through various faces.
12851 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12852 buffer with the contents of a file
12853 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
12854
12855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12856
12857 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12858 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
12859
12860 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
12861 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
12862 in a distinctive face.
12863
12864 The default value can be customized with variable
12865 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
12866
12867 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
12868
12869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12870
12871 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
12872 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12873 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12874
12875 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
12876
12877 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
12878 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12879
12880 \(fn)" t nil)
12881
12882 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
12883 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12884
12885 \(fn)" t nil)
12886
12887 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
12888 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
12889
12890 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12891 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12892 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12893 shown in the last face in the list.
12894
12895 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12896 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12897 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12898
12899 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12900
12901 \(fn)" t nil)
12902
12903 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
12904 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12905
12906 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12907
12908 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12909 to save the file.
12910
12911 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12912 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12913
12914 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12915 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12916 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12917
12918 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
12919
12920 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
12921 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12922
12923 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12924 this function is called interactively.
12925
12926 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12927 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12928 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12929
12930 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12931 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12932 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12933
12934 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
12935
12936 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
12937 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
12938 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12939 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12940 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12941 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
12942
12943 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
12944
12945 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12946 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
12947 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if
12948 ARG is positive.
12949 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
12950 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
12951 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
12952
12953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12954
12955 ;;;***
12956 \f
12957 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12958 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12959 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12960 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12961 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19383 49279))
12962 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12963
12964 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
12965 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12966 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12967 or insert functions in this list.")
12968
12969 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
12970
12971 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
12972 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
12973
12974 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
12975
12976 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
12977 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
12978
12979 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
12980
12981 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
12982 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
12983
12984 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
12985
12986 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
12987 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
12988
12989 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
12990
12991 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
12992 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
12993 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
12994
12995 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
12996
12997 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode) "\
12998 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
12999 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13000 \(as atoms)")
13001
13002 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13003
13004 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13005 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13006 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13007 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13008 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13009
13010 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13011
13012 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13013 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13014 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13015 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13016 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13017 expansions.
13018 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13019 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13020 undoes the expansion.
13021
13022 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13023
13024 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13025 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13026 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13027 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13028
13029 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13030
13031 ;;;***
13032 \f
13033 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13034 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
13035 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13036
13037 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13038 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13039 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13040
13041 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13042 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13043 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13044 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13045 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13046
13047 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13048 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13049 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13050 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13051
13052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13053
13054 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13055 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13056 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13057 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13058 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13059 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13060
13061 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13062
13063 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13064 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13065 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13066
13067 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13068 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13069
13070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13071
13072 ;;;***
13073 \f
13074 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13075 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13076 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13077 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13078 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (19383 49279))
13079 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13080
13081 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13082 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13083 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13084
13085 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13086
13087 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13088
13089 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13090
13091 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13092 Oriental holidays.
13093 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13094
13095 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13096
13097 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13098
13099 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13100
13101 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13102 Local holidays.
13103 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13104
13105 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13106
13107 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13108
13109 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13110
13111 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13112 User defined holidays.
13113 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13114
13115 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13116
13117 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13118
13119 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13120
13121 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13122 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13123
13124 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13125
13126 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13127 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13128
13129 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13130
13131 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13132 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13133
13134 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13135
13136 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13137 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13138
13139 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13140
13141 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13142 Jewish holidays.
13143 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13144
13145 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13146
13147 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13148
13149 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13150
13151 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13152 Christian holidays.
13153 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13154
13155 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13156
13157 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13158
13159 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13160
13161 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13162 Islamic holidays.
13163 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13164
13165 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13166
13167 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13168
13169 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13170
13171 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13172 Baha'i holidays.
13173 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13174
13175 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13176
13177 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13178
13179 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13180
13181 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
13182 Sun-related holidays.
13183 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13184
13185 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13186
13187 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13188
13189 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13190
13191 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13192
13193 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13194 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13195 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13196 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13197
13198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13199
13200 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13201 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13202 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13203 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13204 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13205
13206 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13207 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13208
13209 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13210 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13211
13212 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13213 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13214 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13215 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13216 of a holiday list.
13217
13218 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13219
13220 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13221
13222 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13223
13224 ;;;***
13225 \f
13226 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (19383
13227 ;;;;;; 49279))
13228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13229
13230 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13231 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13232
13233 \(fn)" t nil)
13234
13235 ;;;***
13236 \f
13237 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
13238 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (19401 55581))
13239 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13240
13241 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
13242 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13243 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13244 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13245 as possible.
13246
13247 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13248 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13249 fontified display.
13250
13251 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13252 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13253
13254 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13255 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13256 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13257
13258 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
13259
13260 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
13261 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13262 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13263
13264 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13265
13266 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
13267
13268 ;;;***
13269 \f
13270 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13271 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (19383
13272 ;;;;;; 49279))
13273 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13274
13275 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
13276 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13277
13278 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13279 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13280 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13281
13282 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13283 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13284 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13285 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13286 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13287 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13288
13289 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13290 title of the column.
13291
13292 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13293 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13294 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13295 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13296 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13297
13298 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13299
13300 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
13301 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13302 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13303 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13304 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13305
13306 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13307 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13308 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13309
13310 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13311
13312 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
13313 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13314 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13315 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13316 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13317 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13318
13319 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13320 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13321 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13322 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13323 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13324 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13325 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13326 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13327 values are:
13328 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13329 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13330 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13331 buffer's modification flag.
13332 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13333 prompted before performing this operation.
13334 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13335 operation is complete, in the form:
13336 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13337 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13338 confirmation message, in the form:
13339 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13340 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13341 macro for exactly what it does.
13342
13343 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13344
13345 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
13346 Define a filter named NAME.
13347 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13348 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13349 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13350
13351 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13352 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13353 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13354 bound to the current value of the filter.
13355
13356 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13357
13358 ;;;***
13359 \f
13360 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13361 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (19383 49279))
13362 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13363
13364 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
13365 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13366 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13367 buffers which are visiting a file.
13368
13369 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13370
13371 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
13372 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13373 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13374 buffers which are visiting a file.
13375
13376 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13377
13378 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
13379 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13380 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13381
13382 All arguments are optional.
13383 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13384 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13385 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13386 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13387 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13388 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13389 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13390 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13391 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13392 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13393 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13394 that value locally in this buffer.
13395
13396 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13397
13398 ;;;***
13399 \f
13400 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13401 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13402 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (19383 49284))
13403 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13404
13405 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
13406 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13407 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13408 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13409
13410 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13411
13412 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
13413 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13414 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13415 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13416 ICAL-FILENAME.
13417 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13418 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13419 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13420
13421 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13422
13423 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
13424 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13425 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13426 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13427 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13428 non-marking or not.
13429
13430 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13431
13432 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
13433 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13434
13435 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13436 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13437 DIARY-FILE.
13438
13439 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13440 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13441 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13442
13443 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13444 non-marking.
13445
13446 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13447 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13448 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13449
13450 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13451
13452 ;;;***
13453 \f
13454 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (19383
13455 ;;;;;; 49279))
13456 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13457
13458 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13459 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13460 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13461 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13462 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13463 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13464
13465 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
13466
13467 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
13468 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13469 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13470 otherwise turn it off.
13471
13472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13473
13474 ;;;***
13475 \f
13476 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (19383 49279))
13477 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13478
13479 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
13480 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13481 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13482 Tab indents for Icon code.
13483 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13484 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13485 \\{icon-mode-map}
13486 Variables controlling indentation style:
13487 icon-tab-always-indent
13488 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13489 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13490 icon-auto-newline
13491 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13492 inserted in Icon code.
13493 icon-indent-level
13494 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13495 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13496 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13497 icon-continued-statement-offset
13498 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13499 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13500 icon-continued-brace-offset
13501 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13502 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13503 icon-brace-offset
13504 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13505 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13506 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13507 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13508
13509 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13510 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13511
13512 \(fn)" t nil)
13513
13514 ;;;***
13515 \f
13516 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13517 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
13518 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13519
13520 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
13521 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13522 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13523 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13524
13525 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13526 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13527 separate frames.
13528
13529 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13530 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13531
13532 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13533 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13534 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13535
13536 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13537
13538 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13539
13540 ;;;***
13541 \f
13542 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13543 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
13544 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13545
13546 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
13547 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
13548
13549 The main features of this mode are
13550
13551 1. Indentation and Formatting
13552 --------------------------
13553 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13554 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13555
13556 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13557 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13558 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13559 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13560
13561 Comments are indented as follows:
13562
13563 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13564 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13565 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13566
13567 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13568
13569 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13570 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13571 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13572 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13573 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13574 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13575
13576 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13577 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13578 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13579 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13580
13581 2. Routine Info
13582 ------------
13583 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13584 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13585 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13586 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13587 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13588 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13589 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13590 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13591 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13592 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13593
13594 3. Online IDL Help
13595 ---------------
13596
13597 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13598 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
13599 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
13600 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13601
13602 4. Completion
13603 ----------
13604 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13605 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13606 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13607 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13608 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13609 upper case.
13610
13611 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13612 --------------------------------
13613 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13614 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
13615
13616 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13617 \\fu FUNCTION template
13618 \\c CASE statement template
13619 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13620 \\f FOR loop template
13621 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13622 \\w WHILE loop template
13623 \\i IF statement template
13624 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13625 \\b BEGIN
13626
13627 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13628 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13629
13630 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13631 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13632 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13633 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13634
13635 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13636 -------------------------
13637 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13638 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13639
13640 7. Automatic END completion
13641 ------------------------
13642 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13643 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13644
13645 8. Hooks
13646 -----
13647 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13648 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13649
13650 9. Documentation and Customization
13651 -------------------------------
13652 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13653 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13654 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13655 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
13656 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13657
13658 10.Keybindings
13659 -----------
13660 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13661 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13662 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13663
13664 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13665
13666 \(fn)" t nil)
13667
13668 ;;;***
13669 \f
13670 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13671 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13672 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13673 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13674 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13675 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13676 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13677 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19397
13678 ;;;;;; 64530))
13679 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13680
13681 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
13682 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13683 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13684 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13685 displaying...)
13686 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13687 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13688 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13689
13690 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13691 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13692
13693 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
13694
13695 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
13696 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13697 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13698 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13699 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13700 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13701 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13702 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13703 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13704
13705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13706
13707 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
13708 Switch to another buffer.
13709 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13710 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13711 in another frame.
13712
13713 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13714 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13715 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13716 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13717 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
13718
13719 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13720 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13721
13722 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13723 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13724
13725 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13726 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13727 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13728 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13729 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13730 in a separate window.
13731 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13732 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13733 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13734 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13735 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13736 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13737 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
13738 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13739 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13740
13741 \(fn)" t nil)
13742
13743 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
13744 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13745 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13746 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13747
13748 \(fn)" t nil)
13749
13750 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
13751 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13752 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13753 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13754
13755 \(fn)" t nil)
13756
13757 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
13758 Kill a buffer.
13759 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13760 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13761
13762 \(fn)" t nil)
13763
13764 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
13765 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13766 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13767 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13768
13769 \(fn)" t nil)
13770
13771 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
13772 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13773 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13774 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13775
13776 \(fn)" t nil)
13777
13778 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
13779 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13780
13781 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
13782
13783 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
13784 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13785 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13786 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13787 visible in another frame.
13788
13789 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13790 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13791 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13792 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13793 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13794 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
13795
13796 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13797 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13798
13799 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13800 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13801
13802 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13803 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13804 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13805 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13806 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13807 in a separate window.
13808 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13809 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13810 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13811 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13812 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13813 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13814 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13815 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13816 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13817 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13818 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13819 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13820 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13821 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13822 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13823
13824 \(fn)" t nil)
13825
13826 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
13827 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13828 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13829 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13830
13831 \(fn)" t nil)
13832
13833 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
13834 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13835 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13836 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13837
13838 \(fn)" t nil)
13839
13840 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
13841 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13842 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13843 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13844
13845 \(fn)" t nil)
13846
13847 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
13848 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13849 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13850 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13851
13852 \(fn)" t nil)
13853
13854 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
13855 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13856 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13857 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13858
13859 \(fn)" t nil)
13860
13861 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
13862 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13863 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13864 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13865
13866 \(fn)" t nil)
13867
13868 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
13869 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13870 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13871 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13872
13873 \(fn)" t nil)
13874
13875 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
13876 Write current buffer to a file.
13877 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13878 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13879
13880 \(fn)" t nil)
13881
13882 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
13883 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13884 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13885 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13886
13887 \(fn)" t nil)
13888
13889 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
13890 Call `dired' the ido way.
13891 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13892 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13893
13894 \(fn)" t nil)
13895
13896 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
13897 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13898 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13899 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13900 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13901 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
13902
13903 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13904
13905 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
13906 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
13907 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13908 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
13909
13910 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
13911
13912 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
13913 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
13914 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13915 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
13916
13917 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
13918
13919 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
13920 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
13921 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
13922 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
13923 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
13924 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
13925 with `completing-read'.
13926 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
13927 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
13928 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
13929 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
13930 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
13931 with point positioned at the end.
13932 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
13933 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
13934
13935 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
13936
13937 ;;;***
13938 \f
13939 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (19383 49279))
13940 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
13941 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*ielm*"))
13942
13943 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
13944 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
13945 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
13946
13947 \(fn)" t nil)
13948
13949 ;;;***
13950 \f
13951 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
13952 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
13953 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
13954
13955 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
13956 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
13957
13958 \(fn)" t nil)
13959
13960 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
13961 Toggle inline image minor mode.
13962
13963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13964
13965 ;;;***
13966 \f
13967 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
13968 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
13969 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
13970 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
13971 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (19383 49279))
13972 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
13973
13974 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
13975 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
13976 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13977 be determined.
13978
13979 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
13980
13981 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
13982 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
13983 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13984 be determined.
13985
13986 \(fn)" nil nil)
13987
13988 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
13989 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
13990 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
13991 be determined.
13992
13993 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13994
13995 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
13996 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
13997 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
13998 be determined.
13999
14000 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14001
14002 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14003 Determine and return image type.
14004 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14005 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14006 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14007 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14008 use its file extension as image type.
14009 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14010
14011 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14012
14013 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14014 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14015 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14016
14017 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14018
14019 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14020 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14021 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14022
14023 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14024 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14025 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14026 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14027 must be available.
14028
14029 \(fn)" nil nil)
14030
14031 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14032 Create an image.
14033 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14034 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14035 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14036 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14037 use its file extension as image type.
14038 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14039 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14040 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14041 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14042
14043 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14044
14045 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14046 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14047 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14048
14049 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14050
14051 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14052 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14053 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14054 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14055 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14056 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14057 POS may be an integer or marker.
14058 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14059 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14060 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14061 means display it in the right marginal area.
14062
14063 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14064
14065 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14066 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14067 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14068 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14069 defaulted if you omit it.
14070 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14071 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14072 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14073 means display it in the right marginal area.
14074 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14075 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14076 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14077 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14078 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14079
14080 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14081
14082 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14083 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14084 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14085 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14086 defaulted if you omit it.
14087 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14088 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14089 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14090 means display it in the right marginal area.
14091 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14092
14093 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14094
14095 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14096 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14097 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14098 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14099
14100 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14101
14102 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14103 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14104
14105 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14106
14107 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14108 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14109 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14110 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14111 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14112 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14113 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14114 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14115 satisfied.
14116
14117 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14118
14119 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14120
14121 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14122
14123 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14124 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14125
14126 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14127 documentation string.
14128
14129 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14130 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14131 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14132 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14133 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14134 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14135 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14136 define SYMBOL.
14137
14138 Example:
14139
14140 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14141 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14142
14143 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14144
14145 ;;;***
14146 \f
14147 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14148 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14149 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14150 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14151 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14152 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14153 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
14154 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (19383 49285))
14155 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14156
14157 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14158 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
14159
14160 \(fn)" t nil)
14161
14162 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
14163 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14164
14165 Convenience command that:
14166
14167 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14168 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14169 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14170
14171 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14172 image files in dired and type
14173 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14174
14175 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14176
14177 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14178 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14179
14180 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
14181
14182 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14183 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14184 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14185 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14186 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14187 another one).
14188
14189 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14190 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14191 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14192
14193 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14194 instead of erasing it first.
14195
14196 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14197 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14198 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14199 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14200 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14201 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14202
14203 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
14204
14205 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
14206 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14207 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14208 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14209 displayed.
14210
14211 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14212
14213 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14214
14215 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14216
14217 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
14218 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14219
14220 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14221
14222 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
14223 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14224 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14225
14226 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14227
14228 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
14229 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14230
14231 \(fn)" t nil)
14232
14233 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
14234 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14235 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14236 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14237
14238 \(fn)" t nil)
14239
14240 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
14241 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14242
14243 \(fn)" t nil)
14244
14245 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
14246 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14247
14248 \(fn)" t nil)
14249
14250 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
14251 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14252
14253 \(fn)" t nil)
14254
14255 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
14256 Display current image file.
14257 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14258 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14259
14260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14261
14262 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
14263 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14264
14265 \(fn)" t nil)
14266
14267 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
14268 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14269 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14270 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14271 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14272 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14273 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14274
14275 \(fn)" t nil)
14276
14277 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
14278 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14279 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14280 easy-to-use form.
14281
14282 \(fn)" t nil)
14283
14284 ;;;***
14285 \f
14286 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14287 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14288 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (19383 49279))
14289 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14290
14291 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14292 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14293 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14294 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14295
14296 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14297 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14298 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14299 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14300
14301 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
14302
14303 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14304 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14305 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14306 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14307
14308 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14309 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14310 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14311 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14312
14313 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
14314
14315 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
14316 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14317
14318 \(fn)" nil nil)
14319
14320 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
14321 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14322 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14323 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14324
14325 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14326
14327 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14328 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14329 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14330 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14331 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14332 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14333
14334 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
14335
14336 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
14337 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14338 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14339 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14340
14341 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14342 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14343 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14344
14345 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14346
14347 ;;;***
14348 \f
14349 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14350 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (19383 49276))
14351 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14352 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.jpe?g\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14353 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.png\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14354 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.gif\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14355 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.tiff?\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14356 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.p[bpgn]m\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14357 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.x[bp]m\\'") 'c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14358 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.x[bp]m\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14359 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.svgz?\\'") 'xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14360 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.svgz?\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14361
14362 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
14363 Major mode for image files.
14364 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14365 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14366
14367 \(fn)" t nil)
14368
14369 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
14370 Toggle Image minor mode.
14371 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14372 It provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14373 to display an image file as the actual image.
14374
14375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14376
14377 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
14378 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14379 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14380 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14381 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14382 to display an image file as the actual image.
14383
14384 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
14385 to display an image file as text inititally.
14386
14387 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
14388 on these modes.
14389
14390 \(fn)" t nil)
14391
14392 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
14393 Not documented
14394
14395 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14396
14397 ;;;***
14398 \f
14399 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14400 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19383 49279))
14401 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14402
14403 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14404 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14405
14406 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14407
14408 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14409 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14410 in the buffer.
14411
14412 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14413
14414 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14415 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14416 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14417
14418 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
14419
14420 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14421 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14422
14423 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14424 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14425 pattern's structure.
14426
14427 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14428 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14429 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14430 during matching.")
14431 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
14432
14433 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
14434
14435 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
14436 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14437
14438 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14439 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14440 called within a `save-excursion'.
14441
14442 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14443
14444 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
14445
14446 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
14447 Function for finding the next index position.
14448
14449 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14450 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14451 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14452 file.
14453
14454 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14455 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14456
14457 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
14458
14459 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14460 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14461
14462 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14463 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14464 It should return the name for that index item.")
14465
14466 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
14467
14468 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14469 Function to compare string with index item.
14470
14471 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14472 non-nil if they match.
14473
14474 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14475 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14476 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14477 arguments match\".")
14478
14479 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
14480
14481 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
14482 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14483 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14484
14485 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
14486 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
14487
14488 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
14489
14490 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
14491
14492 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
14493 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14494 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14495 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14496
14497 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14498
14499 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
14500 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14501
14502 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14503
14504 \(fn)" t nil)
14505
14506 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
14507 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14508 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14509 for more information.
14510
14511 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14512
14513 ;;;***
14514 \f
14515 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14516 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14517 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (19383 49279))
14518 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14519
14520 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
14521 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14522
14523 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14524
14525 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
14526 Not documented
14527
14528 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14529
14530 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
14531 Not documented
14532
14533 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14534
14535 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
14536 Not documented
14537
14538 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14539
14540 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
14541 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
14542
14543 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14544
14545 ;;;***
14546 \f
14547 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14548 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14549 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (19383 49279))
14550 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14551
14552 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp (purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
14553 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14554 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14555 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14556 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14557
14558 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
14559
14560 (defvar inferior-lisp-program (purecopy "lisp") "\
14561 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14562
14563 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
14564
14565 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command (purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
14566 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14567 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14568 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14569 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14570 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14571 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14572 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14573
14574 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
14575
14576 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt (purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
14577 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14578 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14579 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14580 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14581
14582 This variable is only used if the variable
14583 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14584
14585 More precise choices:
14586 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14587 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14588 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
14589
14590 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14591
14592 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
14593
14594 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
14595 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
14596
14597 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
14598 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14599 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14600 to that buffer.
14601 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14602 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14603 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14604 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14605
14606 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
14607 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*inferior-lisp*"))
14608
14609 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
14610
14611 ;;;***
14612 \f
14613 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14614 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-finder info-apropos
14615 ;;;;;; Info-index Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone
14616 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
14617 ;;;;;; (19387 20299))
14618 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14619
14620 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
14621 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14622
14623 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
14624 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
14625 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14626
14627 (autoload 'info "info" "\
14628 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14629 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
14630 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14631 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
14632 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14633 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14634 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14635 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14636 with the top-level Info directory.
14637
14638 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14639 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14640 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14641 appended to the Info buffer name.
14642
14643 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14644 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14645 in all the directories in that path.
14646
14647 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
14648
14649 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
14650
14651 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
14652 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14653
14654 \(fn)" t nil)
14655
14656 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
14657 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14658 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14659 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14660
14661 \(fn)" nil nil)
14662
14663 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
14664 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
14665 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
14666 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
14667
14668 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
14669
14670 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
14671 Go to the Info directory node.
14672
14673 \(fn)" t nil)
14674
14675 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
14676 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
14677 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14678 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14679 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14680 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14681
14682 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
14683
14684 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
14685 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14686 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14687
14688 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
14689
14690 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
14691 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
14692
14693 \(fn)" t nil)
14694
14695 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
14696 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14697 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14698 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14699 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14700
14701 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14702 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14703
14704 Selecting other nodes:
14705 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14706 Follow a node reference you click on.
14707 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14708 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14709 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14710 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14711 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14712 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14713 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14714 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14715 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14716 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14717 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14718 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14719 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14720 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14721 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14722 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14723 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14724 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14725 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14726 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14727
14728 Moving within a node:
14729 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14730 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14731 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14732 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14733 move up to the parent node.
14734 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14735 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14736 if there is none.
14737 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14738
14739 Advanced commands:
14740 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14741 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14742 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14743 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
14744 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
14745 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14746 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
14747 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14748 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14749 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14750 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14751 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14752 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14753 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14754 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14755 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14756
14757 \(fn)" nil nil)
14758 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14759
14760 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
14761 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14762 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14763 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14764 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14765 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14766
14767 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
14768 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14769
14770 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
14771 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14772 KEY is a string.
14773 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14774 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14775 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14776 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14777
14778 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
14779
14780 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
14781 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14782 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14783
14784 \(fn)" t nil)
14785
14786 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
14787 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
14788 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
14789
14790 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14791
14792 ;;;***
14793 \f
14794 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14795 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14796 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
14797 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14798
14799 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
14800 Throw away all cached data.
14801 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14802 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14803 system.
14804
14805 \(fn)" t nil)
14806 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
14807
14808 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
14809 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14810 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
14811 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
14812 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
14813 one found at point.
14814
14815 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14816
14817 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
14818 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
14819
14820 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
14821 Display the documentation of a file.
14822 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14823 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14824 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14825 The default file name is the one found at point.
14826
14827 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14828
14829 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
14830
14831 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
14832 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14833
14834 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14835
14836 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
14837 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14838
14839 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14840
14841 ;;;***
14842 \f
14843 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14844 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (19383 49279))
14845 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14846
14847 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
14848 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14849
14850 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
14851
14852 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
14853 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14854 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14855
14856 \(fn)" t nil)
14857
14858 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
14859 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14860 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14861
14862 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14863 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14864 quite a while.
14865
14866 \(fn)" t nil)
14867
14868 ;;;***
14869 \f
14870 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
14871 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (19383 49279))
14872 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14873
14874 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
14875 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14876
14877 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
14878
14879 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
14880 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
14881
14882 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
14883
14884 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
14885 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14886 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
14887 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
14888
14889 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14890 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14891 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14892
14893 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14894 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14895 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14896 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14897
14898 \(fn)" t nil)
14899
14900 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
14901 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14902 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14903
14904 \(fn)" t nil)
14905
14906 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
14907 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14908 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14909 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14910 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14911
14912 \(fn)" nil nil)
14913
14914 ;;;***
14915 \f
14916 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14917 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14918 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
14919 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14920
14921 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
14922 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14923
14924 \(fn)" t nil)
14925
14926 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
14927 Toggle input method in interactive search.
14928
14929 \(fn)" t nil)
14930
14931 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
14932 Not documented
14933
14934 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
14935
14936 ;;;***
14937 \f
14938 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (19383
14939 ;;;;;; 49279))
14940 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
14941
14942 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
14943 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
14944 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
14945 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
14946 accessed via isearchb.
14947
14948 \(fn)" t nil)
14949
14950 ;;;***
14951 \f
14952 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
14953 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
14954 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
14955 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (19383 49279))
14956 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
14957
14958 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
14959 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
14960 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14961 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
14962 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14963
14964 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14965
14966 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
14967 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
14968 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
14969 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
14970 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14971
14972 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14973
14974 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
14975 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
14976 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14977 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
14978 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14979
14980 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14981
14982 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
14983 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14984 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14985 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
14986 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14987
14988 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14989
14990 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
14991 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14992 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14993 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
14994 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14995
14996 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14997
14998 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
14999 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15000 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15001 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15002 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15003
15004 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15005
15006 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15007 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15008 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15009 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15010 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15011
15012 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15013
15014 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15015 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15016 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15017 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15018
15019 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15020
15021 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15022 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15023 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15024 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15025
15026 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15027
15028 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15029 Warn that format is read-only.
15030
15031 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15032
15033 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15034 Warn that format is write-only.
15035
15036 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15037
15038 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15039 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15040
15041 \(fn)" t nil)
15042
15043 ;;;***
15044 \f
15045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15046 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
15047 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15048 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15049 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15050 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15051
15052 ;;;***
15053 \f
15054 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15055 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15056 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15057 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15058 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (19383 49276))
15059 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15060 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15061
15062 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15063 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15064 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15065 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15066 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15067
15068 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15069 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15070
15071 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15072 Key map for ispell menu.")
15073
15074 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15075 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15076 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15077 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15078
15079 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15080
15081 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15082
15083 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15084
15085 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15086
15087 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15088 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15089 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15090 Valid forms include:
15091 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15092 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15093 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15094 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15095
15096 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15097 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15098 First list is used raw.
15099 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15100
15101 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15102 for skipping in latex mode.")
15103
15104 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15105 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15106 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15107 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15108 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15109 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
15110 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15111
15112 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
15113 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15114 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15115 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15116
15117 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15118 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15119 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15120 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15121 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15122
15123 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15124 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15125
15126 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15127 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15128
15129 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15130 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15131
15132 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15133 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15134
15135 Return values:
15136 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15137 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15138 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15139 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15140 quit spell session exited.
15141
15142 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
15143
15144 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
15145 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15146 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15147
15148 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15149
15150 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
15151 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15152
15153 Selections are:
15154
15155 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15156 SPC: Accept word this time.
15157 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15158 `a': Accept word for this session.
15159 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15160 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15161 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15162 `?': Show these commands.
15163 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15164 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15165 the aborted check to be completed later.
15166 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15167 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15168 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15169 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15170 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15171 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15172 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15173
15174 \(fn)" nil nil)
15175
15176 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
15177 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15178 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15179
15180 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15181
15182 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
15183 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15184 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15185 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15186
15187 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15188
15189 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15190
15191 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
15192 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15193 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15194 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15195
15196 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15197
15198 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
15199 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15200
15201 \(fn)" t nil)
15202
15203 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
15204 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15205
15206 \(fn)" t nil)
15207
15208 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
15209 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15210
15211 \(fn)" t nil)
15212
15213 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
15214 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15215 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15216 sequence inside of a word.
15217
15218 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15219
15220 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15221
15222 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
15223 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15224
15225 \(fn)" t nil)
15226
15227 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
15228 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15229 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15230 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15231
15232 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15233 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15234 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15235 available on the net.
15236
15237 \(fn)" t nil)
15238
15239 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
15240 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15241 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
15242 otherwise turn it off.
15243
15244 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15245 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15246
15247 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15248 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15249
15250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15251
15252 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
15253 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15254 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15255 Don't check included messages.
15256
15257 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15258 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15259 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15260
15261 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15262 in your .emacs file:
15263 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15264 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15265 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15266 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15267
15268 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15269 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15270 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15271
15272 \(fn)" t nil)
15273
15274 ;;;***
15275 \f
15276 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19383
15277 ;;;;;; 49276))
15278 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15279
15280 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15281 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15282 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15283 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15284 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15285 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15286
15287 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
15288
15289 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
15290 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15291 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15292 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15293 `iswitchb' for details.
15294
15295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15296
15297 ;;;***
15298 \f
15299 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15300 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15301 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15302 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19383 49279))
15303 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15304
15305 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
15306 Not documented
15307
15308 \(fn)" nil nil)
15309
15310 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
15311 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15312 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15313 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15314 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15315 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15316 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15317 necessary to represent OBJ.
15318
15319 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15320
15321 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
15322 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15323 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15324 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15325
15326 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15327
15328 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
15329 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15330 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15331 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15332 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15333
15334 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15335
15336 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
15337 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15338 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15339 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15340
15341 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15342
15343 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
15344 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15345 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15346 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15347
15348 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15349
15350 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
15351 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15352
15353 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15354
15355 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
15356 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15357 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15358 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15359 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15360
15361 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15362
15363 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
15364 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15365 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15366 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15367 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15368
15369 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15370
15371 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
15372 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15373 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15374
15375 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15376
15377 ;;;***
15378 \f
15379 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15380 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (19383 49279))
15381 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15382
15383 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15384 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15385 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15386 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15387
15388 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
15389 Not documented
15390
15391 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15392
15393 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
15394 Uninstall jka-compr.
15395 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15396 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15397 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15398
15399 \(fn)" nil nil)
15400
15401 ;;;***
15402 \f
15403 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19383 49284))
15404 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15405
15406 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
15407 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15408
15409 Key bindings:
15410
15411 \\{js-mode-map}
15412
15413 \(fn)" t nil)
15414
15415 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
15416
15417 ;;;***
15418 \f
15419 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15420 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15421 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
15422 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15423
15424 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15425 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15426 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15427 decimal key must be specified.")
15428
15429 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
15430
15431 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15432 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15433 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15434 decimal key must be specified.")
15435
15436 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
15437
15438 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15439 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15440 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15441 decimal key must be specified.")
15442
15443 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15444
15445 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15446 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15447 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15448 decimal key must be specified.")
15449
15450 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15451
15452 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
15453 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15454 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15455 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15456 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15457 keys are bound.
15458
15459 Setup Binding
15460 -------------------------------------------------------------
15461 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15462 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15463 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15464 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15465 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15466 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15467 in the global and local keymaps.
15468
15469 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15470 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15471
15472 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15473
15474 ;;;***
15475 \f
15476 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15477 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
15478 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15479
15480 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
15481 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15482 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15483
15484 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15485 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15486 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15487 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15488 shorter.
15489
15490 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15491 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15492 the context of text formatting.
15493
15494 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15495
15496 ;;;***
15497 \f
15498 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (19383
15499 ;;;;;; 49279))
15500 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15501
15502 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15503 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15504 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15505 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15506 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15507 positions that contains the current selection.")
15508
15509 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
15510 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15511 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15512 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15513 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15514 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15515 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15516
15517 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15518
15519 ;;;***
15520 \f
15521 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15522 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15523 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
15524 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (19383 49279))
15525 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15526 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15527 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15528 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15529 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15530 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15531 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15532 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15533
15534 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
15535 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
15536
15537 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
15538
15539 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
15540 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15541 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15542 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15543 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15544
15545 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15546
15547 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15548 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15549 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15550
15551 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15552 defining the macro.
15553
15554 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15555 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15556 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15557
15558 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15559 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15560
15561 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15562
15563 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
15564 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15565 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15566 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15567 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15568 under that name.
15569
15570 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15571 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15572 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15573
15574 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15575
15576 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15577 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15578 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15579
15580 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15581 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15582 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15583 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15584
15585 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15586 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15587
15588 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15589
15590 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
15591 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15592 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15593
15594 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15595 macro.
15596
15597 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15598 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15599
15600 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15601 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15602 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
15603
15604 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15605 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15606
15607 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15608
15609 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15610 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15611 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15612 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15613
15614 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15615
15616 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15617 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15618 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15619 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15620
15621 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15622 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15623
15624 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15625
15626 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
15627 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15628 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15629
15630 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15631
15632 ;;;***
15633 \f
15634 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15635 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19383 49279))
15636 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15637
15638 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
15639 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15640 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15641
15642 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
15643 Not documented
15644
15645 \(fn)" nil nil)
15646
15647 ;;;***
15648 \f
15649 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15650 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
15651 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15652
15653 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
15654
15655 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
15656 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15657
15658 \(fn)" t nil)
15659
15660 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
15661
15662 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
15663 Start or resume an Lm game.
15664 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15665 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15666
15667 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15668 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15669 none / 1 | yes | no
15670 2 | yes | yes
15671 3 | no | yes
15672 4 | no | no
15673
15674 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15675 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15676 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15677
15678 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
15679
15680 ;;;***
15681 \f
15682 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
15683 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
15684 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (19383 49279))
15685 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15686
15687 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
15688 Not documented
15689
15690 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15691
15692 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
15693 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15694 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15695 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15696 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15697 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15698
15699 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15700 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15701
15702 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15703
15704 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
15705 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15706
15707 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15708
15709 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
15710 Not documented
15711
15712 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
15713
15714 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
15715 Not documented
15716
15717 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15718
15719 ;;;***
15720 \f
15721 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15722 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15723 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19383 49279))
15724 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15725
15726 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15727 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15728 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
15729 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15730
15731 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
15732
15733 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15734 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15735 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15736
15737 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15738
15739 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
15740 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15741 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15742
15743 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
15744
15745 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15746 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15747 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15748 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15749
15750 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15751
15752 ;;;***
15753 \f
15754 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15755 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (19383 49279))
15756 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15757
15758 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15759 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15760 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15761 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15762 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15763 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15764 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15765 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15766
15767 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15768 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15769
15770 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15771 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15772
15773 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
15774
15775 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
15776 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15777 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15778 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15779 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15780 `latin1-display-setup'.
15781
15782 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15783
15784 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15785 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15786 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15787 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15788
15789 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15790 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15791
15792 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
15793
15794 ;;;***
15795 \f
15796 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15797 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
15798 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15799
15800 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
15801
15802 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("ld\\.?script\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
15803
15804 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
15805
15806 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
15807 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15808
15809 \(fn)" t nil)
15810
15811 ;;;***
15812 \f
15813 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15814 ;;;;;; (19383 49279))
15815 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15816
15817 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15818 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15819
15820 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15821 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15822
15823 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15824 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15825
15826 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
15827 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15828 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15829 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15830 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15831 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15832 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15833 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15834 and transmit saved text.
15835
15836 \\{ledit-mode-map}
15837 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15838 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15839
15840 \(fn)" t nil)
15841
15842 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
15843 Not documented
15844
15845 \(fn)" nil nil)
15846
15847 ;;;***
15848 \f
15849 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (19383 49279))
15850 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15851
15852 (autoload 'life "life" "\
15853 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15854 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15855 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15856 generations (this defaults to 1).
15857
15858 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15859
15860 ;;;***
15861 \f
15862 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
15863 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19383 49279))
15864 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
15865
15866 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
15867 Format used to display line numbers.
15868 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
15869 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
15870 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
15871 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
15872
15873 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
15874
15875 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
15876 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
15877
15878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15879
15880 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
15881 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
15882 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15883 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15884 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15885 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
15886
15887 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
15888
15889 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
15890 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
15891 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if
15892 ARG is positive.
15893 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
15894 `linum-on' would do it.
15895 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
15896
15897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15898
15899 ;;;***
15900 \f
15901 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (19383
15902 ;;;;;; 49279))
15903 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15904
15905 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
15906 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
15907 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15908 is nil, raise an error.
15909
15910 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
15911 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
15912 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
15913 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
15914 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
15915 defined by the library.
15916
15917 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
15918 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
15919 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
15920 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
15921 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
15922 proceeds.
15923
15924 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
15925 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
15926 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
15927 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
15928
15929 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
15930
15931 ;;;***
15932 \f
15933 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
15934 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19383 49279))
15935 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
15936
15937 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
15938 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
15939 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
15940
15941 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
15942
15943 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
15944 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
15945 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
15946 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
15947
15948 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
15949 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
15950 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
15951 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
15952 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
15953 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
15954 the version.)
15955
15956 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
15957 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
15958
15959 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
15960 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
15961
15962 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
15963
15964 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
15965
15966 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
15967 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
15968 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
15969 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
15970 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
15971 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
15972 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
15973 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
15974 to constrain a big search.
15975
15976 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
15977
15978 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
15979 except that FILTER is not optional.
15980
15981 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
15982
15983 ;;;***
15984 \f
15985 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (19383 49276))
15986 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
15987
15988 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
15989 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
15990 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
15991 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
15992 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
15993 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
15994 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
15995 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
15996
15997 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
15998 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
15999 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16000 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16001 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16002
16003 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16004 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16005 uses the current buffer.
16006
16007 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16008
16009 ;;;***
16010 \f
16011 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (19383
16012 ;;;;;; 49279))
16013 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16014
16015 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16016 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16017
16018 \(fn)" t nil)
16019
16020 ;;;***
16021 \f
16022 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (19383
16023 ;;;;;; 49279))
16024 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16025
16026 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16027 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16028 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16029 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16030 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16031
16032 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16033 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16034 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16035
16036 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16037 are indicated with a symbol.
16038
16039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16040
16041 ;;;***
16042 \f
16043 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16044 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19383
16045 ;;;;;; 49279))
16046 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16047
16048 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
16049
16050 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16051
16052 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16053 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16054 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16055
16056 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16057 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16058
16059 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16060 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16061 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16062 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16063 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16064 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16065 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16066
16067 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16068
16069 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16070 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16071 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16072 switch on this list.
16073 See `lpr-command'.")
16074
16075 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16076
16077 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16078 Name of program for printing a file.
16079
16080 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16081 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16082 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16083 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16084 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16085 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16086 argument.")
16087
16088 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16089
16090 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16091 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16092 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16093 for customization of the printer command.
16094
16095 \(fn)" t nil)
16096
16097 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16098 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16099
16100 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16101 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16102 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16103 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16104
16105 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16106 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16107
16108 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16109 for further customization of the printer command.
16110
16111 \(fn)" t nil)
16112
16113 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16114 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16115 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16116 for customization of the printer command.
16117
16118 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16119
16120 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16121 Paginate and print the region contents.
16122
16123 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16124 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16125 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16126 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16127
16128 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16129 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16130
16131 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16132 for further customization of the printer command.
16133
16134 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16135
16136 ;;;***
16137 \f
16138 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16139 ;;;;;; (19383 49276))
16140 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16141
16142 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16143 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16144 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16145
16146 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16147
16148 ;;;***
16149 \f
16150 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19383
16151 ;;;;;; 49279))
16152 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16153
16154 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16155 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16156 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16157 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16158
16159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16160
16161 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16162
16163 ;;;***
16164 \f
16165 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (19383
16166 ;;;;;; 49280))
16167 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16168
16169 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16170 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16171 \\{m4-mode-map}
16172
16173 \(fn)" t nil)
16174
16175 ;;;***
16176 \f
16177 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16178 ;;;;;; (19383 49280))
16179 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16180
16181 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16182 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16183 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16184 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16185 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16186
16187 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16188
16189 ;;;***
16190 \f
16191 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16192 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (19383 49277))
16193 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16194
16195 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16196 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16197 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16198 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16199 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16200
16201 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16202
16203 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16204 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16205 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16206 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16207
16208 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16209 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16210 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16211 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16212 bindings.
16213
16214 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16215 use this command, and then save the file.
16216
16217 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16218
16219 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16220 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16221 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16222 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16223 each time the macro executes.
16224 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16225 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16226 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16227 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16228 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16229 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16230 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16231
16232 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16233
16234 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16235 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16236 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16237 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16238
16239 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16240 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16241 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16242 execute.
16243
16244 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16245 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16246
16247 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16248 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16249 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16250 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16251 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16252
16253 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16254 looked like this:
16255
16256 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16257 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16258 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16259
16260 You could enter the names in this format:
16261
16262 foo
16263 bar
16264 baz
16265
16266 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16267
16268 \\C-x (
16269 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16270 \\C-x )
16271
16272 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16273 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16274
16275 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16276 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16277
16278 ;;;***
16279 \f
16280 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16281 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (19383 49280))
16282 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16283
16284 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16285 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16286 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16287 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16288 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16289 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16290
16291 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16292 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16293 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16294 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16295 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16296
16297 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16298 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16299 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16300 consing a string.)
16301
16302 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16303
16304 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16305 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16306
16307 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16308
16309 ;;;***
16310 \f
16311 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16312 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16313 ;;;;;; (19383 49280))
16314 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16315
16316 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16317 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16318
16319 \(fn)" nil nil)
16320
16321 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16322 Not documented
16323
16324 \(fn)" nil nil)
16325
16326 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16327 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16328
16329 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16330
16331 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16332 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16333 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16334 message.
16335
16336 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16337
16338 \(fn)" nil nil)
16339
16340 ;;;***
16341 \f
16342 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16343 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16344 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
16345 ;;;;;; (19383 49276))
16346 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16347
16348 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16349 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16350 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16351 often correct parser.")
16352
16353 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16354
16355 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16356 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16357
16358 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16359
16360 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16361 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16362 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16363 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16364
16365 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16366
16367 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16368 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16369 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16370 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16371
16372 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16373
16374 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16375 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16376 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16377 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16378
16379 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16380
16381 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16382 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16383 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16384 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16385 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
16386 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
16387 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
16388 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16389 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16390 as Rmail does.
16391
16392 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16393
16394 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16395 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16396 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16397 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16398 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16399 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16400 matches may be returned from the message body.
16401
16402 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16403
16404 ;;;***
16405 \f
16406 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16407 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (19383
16408 ;;;;;; 49280))
16409 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16410
16411 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16412 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16413 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16414 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16415 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16416 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16417
16418 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16419
16420 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16421 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16422
16423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16424
16425 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16426 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16427
16428 \(fn)" nil nil)
16429
16430 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16431 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16432 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16433
16434 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16435
16436 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16437 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16438 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16439
16440 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16441 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16442 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16443 double-quotes.
16444
16445 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16446
16447 ;;;***
16448 \f
16449 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16450 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19383
16451 ;;;;;; 49280))
16452 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16453
16454 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16455 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16456 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16457 king@grassland.com
16458 If `parens', they look like:
16459 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16460 If `angles', they look like:
16461 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16462
16463 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
16464
16465 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
16466 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16467 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16468 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16469 their `Resent-' variants.
16470
16471 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16472 removed from alias expansions.
16473
16474 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16475
16476 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
16477 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16478 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16479
16480 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16481 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16482 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16483 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16484
16485 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16486
16487 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
16488 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16489 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16490 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16491
16492 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16493
16494 ;;;***
16495 \f
16496 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16497 ;;;;;; (19383 49280))
16498 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16499
16500 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
16501 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16502 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16503 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16504
16505 \(fn)" nil nil)
16506
16507 ;;;***
16508 \f
16509 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16510 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16511 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19383 49284))
16512 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16513
16514 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
16515 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16516
16517 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16518 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16519 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16520 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
16521 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
16522 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
16523
16524 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16525 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16526 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16527 dependency, despite the colon.
16528
16529 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16530
16531 In the browser, use the following keys:
16532
16533 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16534
16535 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16536
16537 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16538 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16539
16540 `makefile-target-colon':
16541 The string that gets appended to all target names
16542 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16543 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16544
16545 `makefile-macro-assign':
16546 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16547 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16548 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16549 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16550 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16551 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16552
16553 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16554 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16555 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16556
16557 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16558 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16559
16560 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16561 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16562 up or down in the browser.
16563
16564 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16565 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16566
16567 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16568 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16569
16570 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16571 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16572 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16573 has been selected in the browser.
16574
16575 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16576 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16577 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16578 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16579 filenames are omitted.
16580
16581 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16582 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16583 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16584 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16585 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16586 the backslash itself intact.
16587 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16588 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16589
16590 `makefile-browser-hook':
16591 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16592 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16593
16594 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16595 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16596 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16597 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16598
16599 \(fn)" t nil)
16600
16601 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
16602 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16603
16604 \(fn)" t nil)
16605
16606 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16607 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16608
16609 \(fn)" t nil)
16610
16611 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
16612 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16613
16614 \(fn)" t nil)
16615
16616 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16617 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16618
16619 \(fn)" t nil)
16620
16621 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
16622 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
16623
16624 \(fn)" t nil)
16625
16626 ;;;***
16627 \f
16628 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (19383
16629 ;;;;;; 49280))
16630 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16631
16632 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
16633 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16634 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16635
16636 \(fn)" t nil)
16637
16638 ;;;***
16639 \f
16640 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (19383 49278))
16641 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16642
16643 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
16644
16645 (autoload 'man "man" "\
16646 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16647 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
16648 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
16649 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
16650 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
16651 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
16652 page, it will display immediately.
16653
16654 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
16655 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
16656 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
16657
16658 cat(1)
16659 1 cat
16660
16661 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
16662 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
16663 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
16664 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
16665
16666 -a chmod
16667
16668 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
16669 otherwise look like a page name.
16670
16671 /my/file/name.1.gz
16672 -l somefile.1
16673
16674 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
16675 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
16676 \"egrep\" style regexp.
16677
16678 -k pattern
16679
16680 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16681
16682 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
16683 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16684
16685 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16686
16687 ;;;***
16688 \f
16689 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (19383 49280))
16690 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16691
16692 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
16693 Toggle Master mode.
16694 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16695 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16696 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16697
16698 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16699 following commands:
16700
16701 \\{master-mode-map}
16702
16703 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16704 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16705 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16706
16707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16708
16709 ;;;***
16710 \f
16711 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
16712 ;;;;;; (19383 49280))
16713 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
16714
16715 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
16716 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
16717 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16720 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
16721
16722 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
16723
16724 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
16725 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
16726 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
16727 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
16728 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
16729
16730 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16731 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16732
16733 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16734
16735 ;;;***
16736 \f
16737 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
16738 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16739 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16740 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16741 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16742 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
16743 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19383 49284))
16744 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16745
16746 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
16747
16748 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
16749 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16750 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16751 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16752 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16753 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16754 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16755 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16756 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16757 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16758 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16759 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16760 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16761 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16762 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
16763 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16764 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16765 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16766 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16767 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16768 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16769 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16770 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16771 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16772 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16773 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16774 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16775 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16776 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16777 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16778 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16779 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16780 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16781 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16782 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16783 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16784 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16785 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16786
16787 \(fn)" t nil)
16788
16789 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
16790 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16791 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
16792 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
16793 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
16794
16795 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16796
16797 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
16798 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16799
16800 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16801
16802 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
16803 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16804
16805 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16806
16807 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
16808 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16809
16810 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16811
16812 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
16813 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16814 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16815
16816 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16817
16818 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
16819 Cancel an article you posted.
16820 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16821
16822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16823
16824 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
16825 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16826 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16827 header line with the old Message-ID.
16828
16829 \(fn)" t nil)
16830
16831 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
16832 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16833
16834 \(fn)" t nil)
16835
16836 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
16837 Forward the current message via mail.
16838 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16839 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16840
16841 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16842
16843 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
16844 Not documented
16845
16846 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16847
16848 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
16849 Not documented
16850
16851 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16852
16853 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
16854 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16855
16856 \(fn)" t nil)
16857
16858 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
16859 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16860
16861 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16862
16863 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
16864 Re-mail the current message.
16865 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16866 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16867 you.
16868
16869 \(fn)" t nil)
16870
16871 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
16872 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16873
16874 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16875
16876 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
16877 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16878
16879 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16880
16881 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
16882 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16883
16884 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16885
16886 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
16887 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16888
16889 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16890
16891 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
16892 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16893 Works by overstriking characters.
16894 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16895 which specify the range to operate on.
16896
16897 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16898
16899 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
16900 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16901 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16902 which specify the range to operate on.
16903
16904 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16905
16906 ;;;***
16907 \f
16908 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16909 ;;;;;; (19383 49280))
16910 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16911
16912 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
16913 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16914 Special commands:
16915 \\{meta-mode-map}
16916
16917 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
16918 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16919
16920 \(fn)" t nil)
16921
16922 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
16923 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
16924 Special commands:
16925 \\{meta-mode-map}
16926
16927 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
16928 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16929
16930 \(fn)" t nil)
16931
16932 ;;;***
16933 \f
16934 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
16935 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
16936 ;;;;;; (19383 49280))
16937 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
16938
16939 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
16940 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16941 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
16942
16943 \(fn)" t nil)
16944
16945 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
16946 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16947 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16948 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16949 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16950 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16951 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
16952
16953 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16954
16955 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
16956 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
16957 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16958 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16959 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16960 means current).
16961 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16962 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16963
16964 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16965
16966 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
16967 Process current region through 'metamail'.
16968 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16969 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16970 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16971 means current).
16972 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16973 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16974
16975 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16976
16977 ;;;***
16978 \f
16979 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
16980 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
16981 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19383 49280))
16982 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
16983
16984 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
16985 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
16986 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16987
16988 \(fn)" t nil)
16989
16990 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
16991 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
16992 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16993
16994 \(fn)" t nil)
16995
16996 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
16997 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
16998
16999 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17000 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17001 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17002
17003 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17004 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17005
17006 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17007 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17008
17009 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17010
17011 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17012
17013 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17014 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17015 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17016 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17017 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17018 as `compose-mail'.
17019
17020 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17021 initial Subject field, respectively.
17022
17023 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17024 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17025 are strings.
17026
17027 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17028 ignored.
17029
17030 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17031
17032 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17033 Save draft and send message.
17034
17035 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17036 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17037 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17038 Mail Delivery*\".
17039
17040 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17041 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17042 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17043
17044 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17045 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17046 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17047 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17048 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17049 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17050
17051 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17052 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17053
17054 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17055 message and scan line.
17056
17057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17058
17059 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17060 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17061
17062 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17063 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17064 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17065 delete the draft message.
17066
17067 \(fn)" t nil)
17068
17069 ;;;***
17070 \f
17071 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (19383 49280))
17072 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17073
17074 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17075
17076 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17077
17078 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17079
17080 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17081 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17082
17083 \(fn)" t nil)
17084
17085 ;;;***
17086 \f
17087 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17088 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (19383 49280))
17089 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17090
17091 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17092 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17093 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17094
17095 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17096 the MH mail system.
17097
17098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17099
17100 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17101 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17102 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17103
17104 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17105 the MH mail system.
17106
17107 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17108
17109 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17110 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17111
17112 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17113 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17114 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17115 separate command.
17116
17117 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17118 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17119 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17120 format.
17121
17122 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17123
17124 Ranges
17125 ======
17126 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17127 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17128 can be used in several ways.
17129
17130 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17131 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17132 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17133 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17134 page):
17135
17136 <num1>-<num2>
17137 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17138 The range must be nonempty.
17139
17140 <num>:N
17141 <num>:+N
17142 <num>:-N
17143 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17144 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17145 last.
17146
17147 first:N
17148 prev:N
17149 next:N
17150 last:N
17151 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17152
17153 all
17154 All of the messages.
17155
17156 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17157 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17158
17159 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17160 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17161 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17162
17163 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17164
17165 \(fn)" t nil)
17166
17167 ;;;***
17168 \f
17169 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17170 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (19383 49280))
17171 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17172
17173 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17174 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17175 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17176 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17177 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17178 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17179 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17180 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17181 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17182 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17183 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17184
17185 \(fn)" t nil)
17186
17187 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17188 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17189 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17190 to its second argument TM.
17191
17192 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17193
17194 ;;;***
17195 \f
17196 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17197 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (19383 49280))
17198 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17199
17200 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17201 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17202 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17203 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17204 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17205 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17206
17207 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17208
17209 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17210 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17211 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17212 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17213 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17214 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17215 default indication.
17216
17217 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17218 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17219
17220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17221
17222 ;;;***
17223 \f
17224 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (19383 49280))
17225 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17226
17227 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17228 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17229 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17230 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17231 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17232 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17233 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17234 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17235 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17236
17237 \(fn)" t nil)
17238
17239 ;;;***
17240 \f
17241 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17242 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17243 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (19383 49280))
17244 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17245 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17246
17247 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17248 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17249
17250 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17251 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17252 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17253 next occurrence.
17254
17255 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17256 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17257 end of the search space).
17258
17259 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17260 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17261 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17262 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17263 should return the previous buffer to search.
17264
17265 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17266 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17267 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17268
17269 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17270 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
17271 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
17272 Isearch starts.")
17273
17274 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
17275 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
17276 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17277
17278 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17279 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17280 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
17281
17282 \(fn)" nil nil)
17283
17284 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
17285 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17286 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17287 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17288 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17289 whose names match the specified regexp.
17290
17291 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17292
17293 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17294 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17295 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17296 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17297 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17298 whose names match the specified regexp.
17299
17300 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17301
17302 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17303 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17304 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17305 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17306 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17307 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17308 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17309
17310 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17311
17312 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17313 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17314 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17315 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17316 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17317 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17318 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17319
17320 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17321
17322 ;;;***
17323 \f
17324 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17325 ;;;;;; (19383 49280))
17326 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17327
17328 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17329 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17330 \\{mixal-mode-map}
17331
17332 \(fn)" t nil)
17333
17334 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
17335
17336 ;;;***
17337 \f
17338 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17339 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (19383 49280))
17340 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17341
17342 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17343 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17344
17345 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17346
17347 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17348 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17349 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17350 the entire message.
17351 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17352
17353 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17354
17355 ;;;***
17356 \f
17357 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17358 ;;;;;; (19383 49280))
17359 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17360
17361 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17362 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17363 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17364 the entire message.
17365 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17366
17367 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17368
17369 ;;;***
17370 \f
17371 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17372 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (19383 49280))
17373 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17374
17375 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17376 Insert file contents of URL.
17377 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17378
17379 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17380
17381 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17382 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17383
17384 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17385
17386 ;;;***
17387 \f
17388 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17389 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19383 49283))
17390 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17391
17392 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17393 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17394 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17395 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17396 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17397
17398 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17399
17400 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17401 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17402 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17403
17404 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17405
17406 ;;;***
17407 \f
17408 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17409 ;;;;;; (19383 49280))
17410 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17411
17412 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
17413 Not documented
17414
17415 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17416
17417 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
17418 Not documented
17419
17420 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17421
17422 ;;;***
17423 \f
17424 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17425 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17426 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (19383 49280))
17427 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17428
17429 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
17430 Not documented
17431
17432 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17433
17434 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
17435 Not documented
17436
17437 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17438
17439 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
17440 Not documented
17441
17442 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17443
17444 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
17445 Not documented
17446
17447 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17448
17449 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17450 Not documented
17451
17452 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17453
17454 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
17455 Not documented
17456
17457 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17458
17459 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17460 Not documented
17461
17462 \(fn)" nil nil)
17463
17464 ;;;***
17465 \f
17466 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17467 ;;;;;; (19352 21355))
17468 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17469
17470 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
17471 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17472 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17473 followed by the first character of the construct.
17474 \\<m2-mode-map>
17475 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17476 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17477 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17478 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17479 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17480 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17481 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17482 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17483 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17484 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17485 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17486 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17487 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17488 \\[m2-link] link
17489
17490 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17491 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17492 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17493
17494 \(fn)" t nil)
17495
17496 ;;;***
17497 \f
17498 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17499 ;;;;;; (19383 49280))
17500 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17501
17502 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
17503 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17504
17505 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17506
17507 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
17508 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17509
17510 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17511
17512 ;;;***
17513 \f
17514 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
17515 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (19383 49280))
17516 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
17517
17518 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
17519 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17520
17521 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
17522 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
17523 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
17524
17525 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17526 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
17527 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17528
17529 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
17530 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
17531
17532 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
17533 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
17534 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
17535 hemisphere you're in.)
17536
17537 To test this function, evaluate:
17538 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
17539
17540 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17541
17542 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
17543 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17544
17545 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
17546 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
17547
17548 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17549 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
17550 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17551
17552 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
17553 middle button in Tk text widgets.
17554
17555 To test this function, evaluate:
17556 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
17557
17558 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17559
17560 ;;;***
17561 \f
17562 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (19383
17563 ;;;;;; 49280))
17564 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17565
17566 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17567 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17568 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17569 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17570 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17571 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17572
17573 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
17574
17575 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
17576 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17577 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17578 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17579
17580 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17581
17582 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17583
17584 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17585
17586 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17587 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17588 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17589 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17590 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17591 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17592
17593 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17594 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17595 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17596 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17597 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17598
17599 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17600 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17601
17602 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17603 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17604
17605 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17606
17607 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17608 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17609 primary selection and region.
17610
17611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17612
17613 ;;;***
17614 \f
17615 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (19383 49280))
17616 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
17617
17618 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
17619 Main entry point for MPC.
17620
17621 \(fn)" t nil)
17622
17623 ;;;***
17624 \f
17625 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19383 49280))
17626 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17627
17628 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
17629 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17630
17631 \(fn)" t nil)
17632
17633 ;;;***
17634 \f
17635 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (19383 49280))
17636 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17637
17638 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17639 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17640 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17641 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17642 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17643 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
17644
17645 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
17646
17647 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
17648 Toggle Msb mode.
17649 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17650 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17651 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17652
17653 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17654
17655 ;;;***
17656 \f
17657 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
17658 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17659 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17660 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17661 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17662 ;;;;;; (19383 49280))
17663 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17664
17665 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
17666 Display a list of all character sets.
17667
17668 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17669 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17670 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
17671 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
17672 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17673
17674 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17675 but still shows the full information.
17676
17677 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17678
17679 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
17680 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17681 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
17682
17683 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17684 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17685 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17686 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
17687 meanings of these arguments.
17688
17689 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17690
17691 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
17692 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
17693
17694 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17695
17696 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
17697 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17698
17699 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17700
17701 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17702 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17703
17704 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17705
17706 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
17707 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17708
17709 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17710 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17711 in place of `..':
17712 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17713 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17714 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17715 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17716 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17717 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17718 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17719 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17720 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17721 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17722 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17723 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17724 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17725 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17726 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17727 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17728
17729 \(fn)" t nil)
17730
17731 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17732 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17733
17734 \(fn)" t nil)
17735
17736 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
17737 Display a list of all coding systems.
17738 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17739
17740 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17741 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17742
17743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17744
17745 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
17746 Display a list of all coding categories.
17747
17748 \(fn)" nil nil)
17749
17750 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
17751 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
17752 The font must be already used by Emacs.
17753
17754 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17755
17756 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
17757 Display information about FONTSET.
17758 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17759
17760 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17761
17762 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
17763 Display a list of all fontsets.
17764 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17765 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17766 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17767
17768 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17769
17770 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
17771 Display information about all input methods.
17772
17773 \(fn)" t nil)
17774
17775 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
17776 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17777
17778 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17779 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17780 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17781 system which uses fontsets).
17782
17783 \(fn)" t nil)
17784
17785 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
17786 Show log of font listing and opening.
17787 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
17788 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
17789
17790 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
17791
17792 ;;;***
17793 \f
17794 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17795 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17796 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17797 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17798 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17799 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (19383 49276))
17800 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17801
17802 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
17803 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17804 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17805
17806 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17807
17808 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17809
17810 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17811 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17812
17813 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17814 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17815
17816 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
17817 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17818
17819 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17820
17821 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
17822 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17823 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17824 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17825 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17826 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17827 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17828
17829 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17830 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17831 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17832 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17833 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17834 middle of a character in STR.
17835
17836 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17837 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17838
17839 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17840 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17841 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17842 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17843 defaults to \"...\".
17844
17845 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17846
17847 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17848 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17849
17850 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17851 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17852 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17853
17854 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17855 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17856 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17857
17858 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17859 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17860 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17861 are considered.
17862 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17863 longer than KEYSEQ.
17864 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17865
17866 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17867
17868 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17869 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17870 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17871 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17872 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17873 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17874 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17875 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17876 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17877 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17878 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17879
17880 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17881
17882 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
17883 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17884
17885 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17886
17887 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
17888 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17889
17890 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17891
17892 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
17893 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
17894
17895 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17896
17897 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
17898 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
17899
17900 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17901
17902 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
17903 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
17904 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
17905 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
17906 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
17907
17908 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
17909 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
17910
17911 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
17912 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17913 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17914 coding systems ordered by priority.
17915
17916 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17917
17918 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
17919 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17920 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17921 language environment LANG-ENV.
17922
17923 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
17924
17925 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
17926 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
17927 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
17928 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
17929 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
17930 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
17931
17932 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
17933
17934 ;;;***
17935 \f
17936 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
17937 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
17938 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
17939 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19383
17940 ;;;;;; 49280))
17941 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
17942
17943 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
17944 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
17945
17946 \(fn)" t nil)
17947
17948 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
17949 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
17950
17951 \(fn)" t nil)
17952
17953 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
17954 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
17955
17956 \(fn)" t nil)
17957
17958 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
17959 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
17960
17961 \(fn)" t nil)
17962
17963 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
17964 Run route and display diagnostic output.
17965
17966 \(fn)" t nil)
17967
17968 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
17969 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
17970
17971 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
17972
17973 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
17974 Ping HOST.
17975 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
17976 `ping-program-options'.
17977
17978 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17979
17980 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
17981 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
17982
17983 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17984
17985 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
17986 Run nslookup program.
17987
17988 \(fn)" t nil)
17989
17990 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
17991 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
17992
17993 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17994
17995 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
17996 Run dig program.
17997
17998 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17999
18000 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18001 Run ftp program.
18002
18003 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18004
18005 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18006 Finger USER on HOST.
18007
18008 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18009
18010 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18011 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18012 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18013 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18014
18015 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18016
18017 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18018 Not documented
18019
18020 \(fn)" t nil)
18021
18022 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18023 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18024
18025 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18026
18027 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18028 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18029
18030 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18031
18032 ;;;***
18033 \f
18034 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18035 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18036 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18037 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18038 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18039 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (19383 49280))
18040 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18041
18042 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18043
18044 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18045
18046 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18047
18048 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18049
18050 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18051 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18052 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18053 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18054 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18055 Major modes should set this variable.")
18056
18057 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18058 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18059 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18060 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18061 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18062 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18063
18064 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18065 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18066
18067 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18068 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18069 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18070
18071 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18072 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18073 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18074 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18075 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18076
18077 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18078 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18079 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18080
18081 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18082 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18083 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18084 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18085
18086 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18087 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18088 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18089 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18090 column indentation or nil.
18091 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18092
18093 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18094 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18095 The function has no args.
18096
18097 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18098 comments always start in column zero.")
18099
18100 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18101 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18102 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18103
18104 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18105
18106 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
18107 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18108 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18109 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18110
18111 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18112 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18113
18114 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18115
18116 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18117 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18118 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18119 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18120 customize this variable.
18121
18122 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18123 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18124
18125 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18126
18127 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18128 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18129 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18130 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18131 the variables are properly set.
18132
18133 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18134
18135 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18136 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18137
18138 \(fn)" nil nil)
18139
18140 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
18141 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18142 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18143
18144 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18145
18146 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
18147 Set the comment column based on point.
18148 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18149 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18150 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18151 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18152
18153 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18154
18155 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
18156 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
18157 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18158
18159 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18160
18161 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18162 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18163 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18164 comment markers.
18165
18166 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18167
18168 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
18169 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18170 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18171 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18172 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18173
18174 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
18175 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
18176 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
18177
18178 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
18179 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
18180 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
18181 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
18182 changed with `comment-style'.
18183
18184 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18185
18186 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
18187 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18188 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18189 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18190
18191 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18192
18193 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18194 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18195 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18196 is passed on to the respective function.
18197
18198 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18199
18200 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
18201 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18202 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18203 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18204 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18205 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
18206 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
18207 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18208 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18209 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18210
18211 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18212
18213 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18214 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18215 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18216
18217 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
18218
18219 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
18220 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18221 This indents the body of the continued comment
18222 under the previous comment line.
18223
18224 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18225 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18226 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18227
18228 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18229 or comment indentation.
18230
18231 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18232 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18233
18234 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18235
18236 ;;;***
18237 \f
18238 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
18239 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19383 49280))
18240 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18241
18242 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18243 Check whether newsticker is running.
18244 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18245 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18246
18247 \(fn)" nil nil)
18248
18249 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18250 Start the newsticker.
18251 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18252 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18253 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18254 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18255
18256 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18257
18258 ;;;***
18259 \f
18260 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
18261 ;;;;;; (19383 49280))
18262 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
18263
18264 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
18265 Start newsticker plainview.
18266
18267 \(fn)" t nil)
18268
18269 ;;;***
18270 \f
18271 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
18272 ;;;;;; (19383 49280))
18273 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
18274
18275 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
18276 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18277
18278 \(fn)" t nil)
18279
18280 ;;;***
18281 \f
18282 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18283 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (19383 49280))
18284 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18285
18286 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18287 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18288 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18289 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18290 empty.
18291
18292 \(fn)" nil nil)
18293
18294 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18295 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18296 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18297 running already.
18298
18299 \(fn)" t nil)
18300
18301 ;;;***
18302 \f
18303 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18304 ;;;;;; (19383 49280))
18305 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
18306
18307 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
18308 Start newsticker treeview.
18309
18310 \(fn)" t nil)
18311
18312 ;;;***
18313 \f
18314 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18315 ;;;;;; (19383 49280))
18316 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18317
18318 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18319 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18320
18321 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18322
18323 ;;;***
18324 \f
18325 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (19383
18326 ;;;;;; 49280))
18327 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18328
18329 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18330 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18331 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18332 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18333 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18334 symbol in the alist.
18335
18336 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18337
18338 ;;;***
18339 \f
18340 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18341 ;;;;;; (19383 49280))
18342 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18343
18344 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
18345 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18346 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18347
18348 \(fn)" t nil)
18349
18350 ;;;***
18351 \f
18352 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18353 ;;;;;; (19383 49280))
18354 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18355
18356 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
18357 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18358 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18359
18360 \(fn)" t nil)
18361
18362 ;;;***
18363 \f
18364 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18365 ;;;;;; (19383 49280))
18366 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18367
18368 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
18369 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18370
18371 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18372
18373 ;;;***
18374 \f
18375 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18376 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (19383 49280))
18377 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18378
18379 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
18380 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18381
18382 \(fn)" t nil)
18383
18384 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
18385 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18386
18387 \(fn)" t nil)
18388
18389 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
18390 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18391
18392 \(fn)" t nil)
18393
18394 ;;;***
18395 \f
18396 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18397 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (19383 49280))
18398 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18399
18400 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
18401 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18402 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18403
18404 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
18405
18406 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
18407 Not documented
18408
18409 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
18410
18411 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
18412 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18413 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18414 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18415 to future sessions.
18416
18417 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18418
18419 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
18420 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18421 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18422 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18423 to future sessions.
18424
18425 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18426
18427 ;;;***
18428 \f
18429 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18430 ;;;;;; (19383 49280))
18431 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18432
18433 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
18434 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18435 \\{nroff-mode-map}
18436 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18437 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18438 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18439
18440 \(fn)" t nil)
18441
18442 ;;;***
18443 \f
18444 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
18445 ;;;;;; (19383 49280))
18446 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
18447
18448 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
18449 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
18450 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
18451 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
18452
18453 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
18454
18455 ;;;***
18456 \f
18457 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19383
18458 ;;;;;; 49276))
18459 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
18460
18461 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
18462 Major mode for editing XML.
18463
18464 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
18465 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
18466 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
18467 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
18468 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
18469 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
18470 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
18471
18472 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
18473
18474 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
18475 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
18476
18477 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
18478 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
18479 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
18480 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
18481 instead of C-c.
18482
18483 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
18484 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
18485 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
18486 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
18487 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
18488 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
18489
18490 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
18491 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
18492 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
18493
18494 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
18495 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
18496 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
18497
18498 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
18499 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
18500 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
18501 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
18502 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
18503 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
18504 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
18505 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
18506 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
18507
18508 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
18509
18510 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
18511 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
18512
18513 \(fn)" t nil)
18514
18515 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
18516
18517 ;;;***
18518 \f
18519 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
18520 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (19383 49280))
18521 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
18522
18523 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
18524 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
18525 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
18526 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
18527
18528 \(fn)" t nil)
18529
18530 ;;;***
18531 \f
18532 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18533 ;;;;;; (19383 49280))
18534 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18535
18536 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
18537 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18538 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18539
18540 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18541
18542 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18543 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18544
18545 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18546 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18547 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18548
18549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18550
18551 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
18552
18553 ;;;***
18554 \f
18555 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18556 ;;;;;; (19383 49280))
18557 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18558
18559 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
18560 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18561
18562 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18563 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18564 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18565 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18566
18567 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18568 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18569 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18570 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18571 is why you need this mode!).
18572
18573 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18574 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18575 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18576
18577 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18578
18579 Keybindings
18580 ===========
18581
18582 \\{octave-mode-map}
18583
18584 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18585 ==============================================
18586
18587 `octave-auto-indent'
18588 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18589 Default is nil.
18590
18591 `octave-auto-newline'
18592 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18593 Default is nil.
18594
18595 `octave-blink-matching-block'
18596 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18597 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18598
18599 `octave-block-offset'
18600 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18601 Default is 2.
18602
18603 `octave-continuation-offset'
18604 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18605 Default is 4.
18606
18607 `octave-continuation-string'
18608 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18609 Default is a backslash.
18610
18611 `octave-send-echo-input'
18612 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18613 command to the inferior Octave process.
18614
18615 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
18616 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18617 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18618
18619 `octave-send-echo-input'
18620 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18621
18622 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18623
18624 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18625 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18626
18627 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
18628
18629 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
18630 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18631
18632 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18633 (lambda ()
18634 (abbrev-mode 1)
18635 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
18636
18637 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18638 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18639 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18640 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18641
18642 \(fn)" t nil)
18643
18644 ;;;***
18645 \f
18646 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
18647 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-iswitchb
18648 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
18649 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
18650 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
18651 ;;;;;; org-mode) "org" "org/org.el" (19383 49280))
18652 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
18653
18654 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
18655 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18656 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18657
18658 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18659 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18660 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18661 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18662 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18663 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18664 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18665 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18666 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18667 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18668
18669 The following commands are available:
18670
18671 \\{org-mode-map}
18672
18673 \(fn)" t nil)
18674
18675 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
18676
18677 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
18678 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
18679 With C-u prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
18680 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
18681
18682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18683
18684 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
18685 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
18686 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
18687 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
18688 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
18689 of Org-mode).
18690
18691 M-up Move entry/item up
18692 M-down Move entry/item down
18693 M-left Promote
18694 M-right Demote
18695 M-S-up Move entry/item up
18696 M-S-down Move entry/item down
18697 M-S-left Promote subtree
18698 M-S-right Demote subtree
18699 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
18700 C-c ^ Sort entries
18701 C-c - Cycle list bullet
18702 TAB Cycle item visibility
18703 M-RET Insert new heading/item
18704 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
18705 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
18706
18707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18708
18709 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
18710 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
18711
18712 \(fn)" nil nil)
18713
18714 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
18715 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
18716
18717 \(fn)" nil nil)
18718
18719 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
18720 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
18721 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
18722 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
18723 call CMD.
18724
18725 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
18726
18727 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
18728 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
18729 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
18730 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
18731
18732 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
18733 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
18734 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
18735
18736 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18737
18738 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
18739 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
18740 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
18741
18742 \(fn)" t nil)
18743
18744 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
18745 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
18746 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
18747 Org-mode syntax.
18748
18749 \(fn)" t nil)
18750
18751 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
18752 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
18753
18754 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
18755
18756 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
18757 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
18758
18759 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
18760 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
18761 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
18762 returned as a list.
18763
18764 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
18765 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
18766 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
18767 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
18768 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
18769 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
18770 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
18771 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
18772 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
18773 position.
18774
18775 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
18776 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
18777 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
18778 visited by the iteration.
18779
18780 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
18781
18782 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
18783 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
18784 file The current buffer, without restriction
18785 file-with-archives
18786 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
18787 agenda All agenda files
18788 agenda-with-archives
18789 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
18790 \(file1 file2 ...)
18791 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
18792
18793 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
18794 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
18795
18796 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
18797 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
18798 function or Emacs Lisp form:
18799 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
18800 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
18801 entry and search will continue from the point where the
18802 function leaves it.
18803
18804 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
18805 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
18806 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
18807 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
18808 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
18809 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
18810 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
18811 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
18812
18813 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
18814
18815 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
18816 Use `org-icompleting-read' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
18817 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
18818 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
18819
18820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18821
18822 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-iswitchb)
18823
18824 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
18825 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
18826 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
18827 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
18828
18829 \(fn)" t nil)
18830
18831 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
18832 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
18833
18834 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
18835
18836 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
18837 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
18838 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
18839
18840 \(fn)" t nil)
18841
18842 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
18843 Not documented
18844
18845 \(fn)" t nil)
18846
18847 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
18848 Reload all org lisp files.
18849 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
18850
18851 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
18852
18853 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
18854 Call the customize function with org as argument.
18855
18856 \(fn)" t nil)
18857
18858 ;;;***
18859 \f
18860 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
18861 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
18862 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
18863 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
18864 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (19383 49280))
18865 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
18866
18867 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18868 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
18869 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
18870 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
18871
18872 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
18873 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
18874 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
18875 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
18876 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
18877 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
18878 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
18879 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
18880 e Export views to associated files.
18881 s Search entries for keywords.
18882 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
18883 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
18884 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
18885 Press several times to get the desired effect.
18886 > Remove a previous restriction.
18887 # List \"stuck\" projects.
18888 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
18889 C Configure custom agenda commands.
18890
18891 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
18892 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
18893 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
18894
18895 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
18896 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
18897 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
18898 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
18899 \(if active).
18900
18901 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
18902
18903 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18904 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18905 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18906 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18907 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18908 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18909 before running the agenda command.
18910
18911 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18912
18913 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
18914 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18915 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18916 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18917 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18918 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18919 before running the agenda command.
18920
18921 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
18922 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
18923
18924 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
18925
18926 category The category of the item
18927 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
18928 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
18929 todo selected in TODO match
18930 tagsmatch selected in tags match
18931 diary imported from diary
18932 deadline a deadline on given date
18933 scheduled scheduled on given date
18934 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
18935 closed entry was closed on given date
18936 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
18937 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
18938 block entry has date block including g. date
18939 todo The todo keyword, if any
18940 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
18941 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
18942 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
18943 extra Sting with extra planning info
18944 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
18945 priority-n The computed numerical priority
18946 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
18947
18948 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18949
18950 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18951 Not documented
18952
18953 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
18954
18955 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18956 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
18957
18958 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18959
18960 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
18961 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
18962 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
18963 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
18964
18965 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
18966 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
18967 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
18968 agenda instead.
18969
18970 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
18971 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
18972 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
18973
18974 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
18975 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
18976
18977 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
18978
18979 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
18980 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
18981 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
18982 search only the headlines.
18983
18984 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
18985 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
18986 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
18987 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
18988 EDIT-AT.
18989
18990 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
18991 Depending on the variable `org-agenda-search-view-search-words-only'
18992 and on whether the first character in the search string is \"+\" or \"-\",
18993 The string is then interpreted either as a substring with variable amounts
18994 of whitespace, or as a list or individual words that should be matched.
18995
18996 The default is a substring match, where each space in the search string
18997 can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace, including newlines.
18998
18999 If matching individual words, these words are then interpreted as a
19000 boolean expression with logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must
19001 not occur in the entry. Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus
19002 must occur in the entry. Matching is case-insensitive and the words
19003 are enclosed by word delimiters.
19004
19005 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
19006 that must or must not match in the entry.
19007
19008 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19009 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19010 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19011 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19012
19013 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19014 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19015
19016 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19017
19018 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19019 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19020 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19021 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19022 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19023 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19024
19025 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19026
19027 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19028 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19029 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19030
19031 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19032
19033 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19034 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19035 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19036 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19037 `org-stuck-projects'.
19038 MATCH is being ignored.
19039
19040 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19041
19042 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19043 Return diary information from org-files.
19044 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19045 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19046 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19047 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19048
19049 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19050 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19051 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19052
19053 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
19054
19055 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19056 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19057 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19058 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19059
19060 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19061 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19062 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19063
19064 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19065 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19066 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19067 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19068
19069 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19070
19071 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19072
19073 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19074 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19075
19076 &%%(org-diary)
19077
19078 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19079 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19080 So the example above may also be written as
19081
19082 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19083
19084 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19085 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19086 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19087
19088 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19089
19090 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19091 Do we have a reason to ignore this todo entry because it has a time stamp?
19092
19093 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19094
19095 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19096 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19097 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19098
19099 \(fn)" t nil)
19100
19101 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19102 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19103 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19104 appointments.
19105
19106 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19107 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19108
19109 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19110 for filtering entries out.
19111
19112 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19113 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19114
19115 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19116 (category \"Work\"))
19117
19118 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19119 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19120
19121 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19122
19123 ;;;***
19124 \f
19125 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
19126 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
19127 ;;;;;; (19383 49280))
19128 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
19129
19130 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
19131 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19132 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19133
19134 \(fn)" t nil)
19135
19136 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
19137 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19138 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19139
19140 \(fn)" t nil)
19141
19142 ;;;***
19143 \f
19144 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
19145 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer)
19146 ;;;;;; "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (19383 49280))
19147 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
19148
19149 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19150 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
19151 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
19152
19153 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19154
19155 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19156 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
19157 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19158 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
19159 command to convert it.
19160
19161 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19162
19163 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19164 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
19165 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19166 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19167 cut-and-paste operations.
19168 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19169 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19170 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19171 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19172
19173 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
19174
19175 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19176 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19177
19178 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19179
19180 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19181 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
19182 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19183 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19184 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19185 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
19186 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19187 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19188 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19189 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19190 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19191 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19192 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19193 publishing directory.
19194
19195 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19196
19197 ;;;***
19198 \f
19199 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (19383
19200 ;;;;;; 49280))
19201 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
19202
19203 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
19204 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
19205 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
19206
19207 \(fn)" t nil)
19208
19209 ;;;***
19210 \f
19211 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
19212 ;;;;;; (19383 49280))
19213 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
19214
19215 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
19216 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
19217
19218 \(fn)" nil nil)
19219
19220 ;;;***
19221 \f
19222 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
19223 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (19383 49280))
19224 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
19225
19226 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
19227 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
19228 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
19229 fontified, and then returned.
19230
19231 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
19232
19233 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
19234 Set up hooks for clock persistence
19235
19236 \(fn)" nil nil)
19237
19238 ;;;***
19239 \f
19240 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
19241 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
19242 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
19243 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (19383 49280))
19244 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
19245
19246 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
19247 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
19248 This function can be used in batch processing.
19249
19250 For example:
19251
19252 $ emacs --batch
19253 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19254 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
19255
19256 \(fn)" nil nil)
19257
19258 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
19259 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
19260 No file is created.
19261
19262 \(fn)" t nil)
19263
19264 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19265 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
19266 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19267 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19268 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
19269 then use this command to convert it.
19270
19271 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19272
19273 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19274 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
19275 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
19276 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19277 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
19278 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
19279 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
19280 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
19281 could call this function in the following way:
19282
19283 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
19284
19285 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19286 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19287
19288 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19289
19290 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
19291 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
19292
19293 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19294
19295 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
19296 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
19297
19298 \(fn)" t nil)
19299
19300 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19301 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
19302 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
19303 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
19304 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
19305 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
19306 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
19307 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
19308 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
19309 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
19310 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
19311 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19312 publishing directory.
19313
19314 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19315
19316 ;;;***
19317 \f
19318 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
19319 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
19320 ;;;;;; (19383 49280))
19321 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
19322
19323 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
19324 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
19325 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
19326 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
19327 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19328
19329 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
19330 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
19331 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19332
19333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19334
19335 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
19336 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
19337 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
19338 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
19339 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
19340 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
19341 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
19342 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
19343 command.
19344
19345 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
19346
19347 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
19348 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
19349 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
19350 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
19351 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
19352
19353 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
19354 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
19355 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
19356 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
19357
19358 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
19359 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
19360 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
19361
19362 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19363 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19364 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
19365 directory.
19366
19367 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19368
19369 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
19370 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
19371
19372 \(fn)" t nil)
19373
19374 ;;;***
19375 \f
19376 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
19377 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (19383
19378 ;;;;;; 49280))
19379 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
19380
19381 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
19382 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
19383
19384 \(fn)" t nil)
19385
19386 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
19387 Get inbox items from FEED.
19388 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
19389 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
19390
19391 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
19392
19393 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
19394 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
19395
19396 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
19397
19398 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
19399 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
19400
19401 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
19402
19403 ;;;***
19404 \f
19405 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
19406 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (19383 49281))
19407 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
19408
19409 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
19410 Do the right thing for footnotes.
19411 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
19412 jump to the references. When neither at definition or reference,
19413 create a new footnote, interactively.
19414 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
19415
19416 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
19417
19418 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
19419 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
19420 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
19421 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
19422 Org-mode exporters.
19423 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
19424 referenced sequence.
19425
19426 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
19427
19428 ;;;***
19429 \f
19430 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
19431 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
19432 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
19433 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (19383 49276))
19434 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
19435
19436 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
19437 Not documented
19438
19439 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19440
19441 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
19442 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
19443
19444 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
19445
19446 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
19447 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19448
19449 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19450
19451 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19452 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19453
19454 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19455
19456 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
19457 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19458
19459 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
19460
19461 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19462 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
19463
19464 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
19465
19466 ;;;***
19467 \f
19468 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
19469 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
19470 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
19471 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (19383 49281))
19472 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
19473
19474 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19475
19476 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19477
19478 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19479
19480 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
19481 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
19482 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19483 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19484 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
19485
19486 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19487
19488 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
19489 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
19490 emacs --batch
19491 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19492 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19493 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
19494
19495 \(fn)" nil nil)
19496
19497 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
19498 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
19499 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
19500
19501 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19502
19503 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
19504 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
19505 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19506 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
19507 command to convert it.
19508
19509 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19510
19511 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
19512 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
19513 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19514 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19515 cut-and-paste operations.
19516 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19517 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19518 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19519 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19520
19521 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
19522
19523 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19524 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19525
19526 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19527
19528 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
19529 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
19530 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19531 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19532 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19533 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19534 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19535 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19536 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19537 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19538 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19539 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19540 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
19541 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
19542 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19543
19544 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19545
19546 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
19547 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
19548 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
19549 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
19550 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
19551 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
19552 need into your CSS file.
19553
19554 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
19555 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
19556 that uses these same face definitions.
19557
19558 \(fn)" t nil)
19559
19560 ;;;***
19561 \f
19562 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19563 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
19564 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
19565 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
19566
19567 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
19568 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19569 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19570 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19571
19572 \(fn)" t nil)
19573
19574 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19575 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19576 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19577 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19578
19579 \(fn)" t nil)
19580
19581 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19582 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19583 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19584
19585 \(fn)" t nil)
19586
19587 ;;;***
19588 \f
19589 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find-id-file org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
19590 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
19591 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (19383 49281))
19592 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
19593
19594 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
19595 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
19596 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
19597 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
19598
19599 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19600
19601 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
19602 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
19603 Create an ID if necessary.
19604
19605 \(fn)" t nil)
19606
19607 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
19608 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
19609 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
19610 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
19611 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
19612 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
19613 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
19614
19615 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
19616
19617 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
19618 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19619 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
19620 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
19621 eligible.
19622 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19623
19624 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19625
19626 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
19627 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19628 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
19629 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19630
19631 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19632
19633 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
19634 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
19635 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
19636
19637 \(fn ID)" t nil)
19638
19639 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
19640 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
19641 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
19642 if there is no entry with that ID.
19643 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
19644
19645 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
19646
19647 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
19648 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
19649
19650 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
19651
19652 ;;;***
19653 \f
19654 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
19655 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
19656 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
19657
19658 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
19659 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
19660
19661 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
19662 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
19663 FIXME: How to update when broken?
19664
19665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19666
19667 ;;;***
19668 \f
19669 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
19670 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
19671 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
19672
19673 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
19674 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
19675
19676 \(fn)" nil nil)
19677
19678 ;;;***
19679 \f
19680 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
19681 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
19682 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
19683 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
19684 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
19685
19686 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
19687 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
19688 For example:
19689
19690 emacs --batch
19691 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19692 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19693 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
19694
19695 \(fn)" nil nil)
19696
19697 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
19698 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
19699 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
19700
19701 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19702
19703 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
19704 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
19705 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19706 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19707 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
19708 then use this command to convert it.
19709
19710 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19711
19712 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19713 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
19714 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19715 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19716 cut-and-paste operations.
19717 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19718 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19719 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
19720 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19721
19722 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
19723
19724 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19725 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19726
19727 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19728
19729 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19730 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
19731 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19732 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19733 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
19734 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
19735 convert them as description lists.
19736 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19737 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
19738 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
19739 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
19740 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
19741 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
19742 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
19743 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
19744 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
19745 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
19746 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19747
19748 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19749
19750 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
19751 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
19752
19753 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19754
19755 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
19756 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
19757
19758 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19759
19760 ;;;***
19761 \f
19762 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
19763 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (19383
19764 ;;;;;; 49281))
19765 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
19766
19767 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
19768 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
19769 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
19770 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
19771
19772 \(fn)" t nil)
19773
19774 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
19775 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
19776 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
19777 agenda view showing the flagged items.
19778
19779 \(fn)" t nil)
19780
19781 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
19782 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
19783
19784 \(fn)" t nil)
19785
19786 ;;;***
19787 \f
19788 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
19789 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
19790 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
19791
19792 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
19793 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
19794 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
19795 line directly before or after the table.
19796
19797 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
19798
19799 ;;;***
19800 \f
19801 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
19802 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
19803 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
19804 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
19805
19806 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
19807
19808 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
19809 Publish PROJECT.
19810
19811 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19812
19813 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
19814 Publish all projects.
19815 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
19816 directory and force publishing all files.
19817
19818 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19819
19820 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
19821 Publish the current file.
19822 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
19823
19824 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19825
19826 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
19827 Publish the project associated with the current file.
19828 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
19829 the project.
19830
19831 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19832
19833 ;;;***
19834 \f
19835 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19836 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
19837 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (19383 49281))
19838 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
19839
19840 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
19841 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
19842
19843 \(fn)" nil nil)
19844
19845 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
19846 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19847 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19848 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19849 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19850
19851 \(fn)" nil nil)
19852
19853 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
19854 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19855 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19856 to be run from that hook to function properly.
19857
19858 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19859
19860 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
19861 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19862 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19863 of the remember buffer.
19864
19865 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
19866 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
19867 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
19868 note stored by remember.
19869
19870 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
19871 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
19872
19873 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
19874
19875 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
19876 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19877 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
19878 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
19879 `org-remember-default-headline'.
19880
19881 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
19882 is 1 (so you must use `C-1 C-c C-c' to exit remember), an interactive
19883 process is used to select the target location.
19884
19885 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-0 C-c C-c'),
19886 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
19887
19888 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-2 C-c C-c'),
19889 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
19890 currently running.
19891
19892 When `C-u' has been used as prefix argument, the note is stored and emacs
19893 moves point to the new location of the note, so that editing can be
19894 continued there (similar to inserting \"%&\" into the template).
19895
19896 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
19897 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
19898 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
19899 some additional data.
19900
19901 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19902 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19903 \(i.e. after the stars).
19904
19905 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19906
19907 \(fn)" nil nil)
19908
19909 ;;;***
19910 \f
19911 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
19912 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (19383 49281))
19913 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
19914
19915 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
19916 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19917
19918 \(fn)" nil nil)
19919
19920 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
19921 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19922
19923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19924
19925 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
19926 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
19927 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
19928 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
19929 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
19930
19931 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
19932
19933 ;;;***
19934 \f
19935 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
19936 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
19937 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
19938 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
19939
19940 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
19941 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
19942 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
19943 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
19944 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
19945 without user interaction.
19946 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
19947 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
19948 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
19949 the region 0:00:00.
19950
19951 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
19952
19953 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
19954 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
19955 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
19956 a `C-u' prefix, force restarting the timer.
19957 When used with a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', change all the timer string
19958 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
19959 that was not started at the correct moment.
19960
19961 \(fn &optional RESTART)" t nil)
19962
19963 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
19964 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
19965
19966 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
19967
19968 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
19969 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
19970
19971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19972
19973 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
19974 Set a timer.
19975
19976 \(fn MINUTES)" t nil)
19977
19978 ;;;***
19979 \f
19980 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
19981 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
19982 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
19983
19984 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
19985 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
19986 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
19987
19988 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
19989
19990 ;;;***
19991 \f
19992 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19993 ;;;;;; (19383 49276))
19994 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19995 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19996
19997 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
19998 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19999 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20000 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20001
20002 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20003 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20004 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20005 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20006
20007 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20008 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20009 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20010 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20011 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20012 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20013
20014 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20015 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20016 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20017
20018 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20019 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20020 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20021 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20022 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20023 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20024 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20025 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20026 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20027 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20028 The subheadings remain visible.
20029 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20030
20031 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20032 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20033 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20034
20035 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20036 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20037
20038 \(fn)" t nil)
20039
20040 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20041 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20042 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20043 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20044
20045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20046 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20047
20048 ;;;***
20049 \f
20050 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (19383 49281))
20051 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20052
20053 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20054 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20055 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20056 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20057 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20058 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20059
20060 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20061
20062 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20063 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20064 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20065 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20066
20067 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20068 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20069
20070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20071
20072 ;;;***
20073 \f
20074 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20075 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
20076 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20077 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20078
20079 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20080 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20081 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20082 unknown are returned as nil.
20083
20084 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20085
20086 ;;;***
20087 \f
20088 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19383
20089 ;;;;;; 49281))
20090 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20091
20092 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20093 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20094 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20095
20096 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20097 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20098
20099 Other useful functions are:
20100
20101 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20102 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20103 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20104 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20105 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20106 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20107 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20108 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20109 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20110
20111 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20112
20113 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20114 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20115 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20116 Indentation for case statements.
20117 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20118 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20119 mark after an end.
20120 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20121 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20122 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20123 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20124 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20125 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20126 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20127 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20128 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20129 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20130
20131 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20132 pascal-separator-keywords.
20133
20134 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20135 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20136
20137 \(fn)" t nil)
20138
20139 ;;;***
20140 \f
20141 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20142 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
20143 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20144
20145 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20146 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20147 The keys affected are:
20148 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20149 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20150 M-Backspace does undo.
20151 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20152 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20153 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20154
20155 \(fn)" t nil)
20156
20157 ;;;***
20158 \f
20159 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20160 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
20161 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20162
20163 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20164 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20165 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20166 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20167 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20168 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20169
20170 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20171
20172 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20173 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20174
20175 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20176
20177 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20178 which modify the status of the mark.
20179
20180 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20181 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20182
20183 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20184 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20185
20186 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20187 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20188 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20189 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20190 turning PC Selection mode on.
20191
20192 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20193 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20194
20195 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20196 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20197 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20198
20199 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20200 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20201 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20202
20203 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20204 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20205
20206 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20207 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20208 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20209
20210 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20211 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20212 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20213
20214 F6 other-window
20215 DELETE delete-char
20216 C-DELETE kill-line
20217 M-DELETE kill-word
20218 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20219 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20220 M-BACKSPACE undo
20221
20222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20223
20224 ;;;***
20225 \f
20226 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (19383
20227 ;;;;;; 49281))
20228 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20229
20230 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20231 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20232
20233 \(fn)" nil nil)
20234
20235 ;;;***
20236 \f
20237 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20238 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (19383 49281))
20239 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20240
20241 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20242 Completion for `gzip'.
20243
20244 \(fn)" nil nil)
20245
20246 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20247 Completion for `bzip2'.
20248
20249 \(fn)" nil nil)
20250
20251 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20252 Completion for GNU `make'.
20253
20254 \(fn)" nil nil)
20255
20256 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20257 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20258
20259 \(fn)" nil nil)
20260
20261 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20262
20263 ;;;***
20264 \f
20265 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20266 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19383 49281))
20267 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20268
20269 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20270 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20271
20272 \(fn)" nil nil)
20273
20274 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20275 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20276
20277 \(fn)" nil nil)
20278
20279 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20280 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20281
20282 \(fn)" nil nil)
20283
20284 ;;;***
20285 \f
20286 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19383
20287 ;;;;;; 49281))
20288 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20289
20290 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20291 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20292
20293 \(fn)" nil nil)
20294
20295 ;;;***
20296 \f
20297 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20298 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20299 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (19383 49281))
20300 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20301
20302 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20303 Completion for `cd'.
20304
20305 \(fn)" nil nil)
20306
20307 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20308
20309 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20310 Completion for `rmdir'.
20311
20312 \(fn)" nil nil)
20313
20314 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20315 Completion for `rm'.
20316
20317 \(fn)" nil nil)
20318
20319 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20320 Completion for `xargs'.
20321
20322 \(fn)" nil nil)
20323
20324 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20325
20326 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20327 Completion for `which'.
20328
20329 \(fn)" nil nil)
20330
20331 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20332 Completion for the `chown' command.
20333
20334 \(fn)" nil nil)
20335
20336 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20337 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20338
20339 \(fn)" nil nil)
20340
20341 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20342 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20343
20344 \(fn)" nil nil)
20345
20346 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20347 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20348 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20349
20350 \(fn)" nil nil)
20351
20352 ;;;***
20353 \f
20354 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20355 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20356 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (19383
20357 ;;;;;; 49281))
20358 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20359
20360 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20361 Support extensible programmable completion.
20362 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20363 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20364
20365 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20366
20367 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20368 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20369
20370 \(fn)" t nil)
20371
20372 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20373 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20374 This will modify the current buffer.
20375
20376 \(fn)" t nil)
20377
20378 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20379 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20380
20381 \(fn)" t nil)
20382
20383 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20384 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20385 This will modify the current buffer.
20386
20387 \(fn)" t nil)
20388
20389 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20390 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20391
20392 \(fn)" t nil)
20393
20394 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20395 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20396
20397 \(fn)" t nil)
20398
20399 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20400 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20401 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20402 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20403 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20404
20405 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20406
20407 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20408 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20409
20410 \(fn)" nil nil)
20411
20412 ;;;***
20413 \f
20414 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20415 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20416 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (19383 49281))
20417 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20418
20419 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20420 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20421 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20422 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20423
20424 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20425
20426 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20427
20428 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20429 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20430 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20431 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20432 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20433 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20434 FLAGS is ignored.
20435
20436 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20437
20438 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20439 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20440 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20441 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20442 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20443 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20444 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20445 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20446
20447 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20448
20449 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20450 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20451 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20452 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20453 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20454 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20455 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20456 passed to cvs.
20457
20458 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20459
20460 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20461 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20462 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20463 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20464 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20465 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20466 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20467
20468 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20469
20470 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20471 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20472 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20473
20474 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20475
20476 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20477 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20478 A value of nil means never do it.
20479 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20480 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20481 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20482
20483 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20484
20485 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20486 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20487 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20488
20489 ;;;***
20490 \f
20491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (19383 49281))
20492 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20493
20494 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20495
20496 ;;;***
20497 \f
20498 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20499 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
20500 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20501 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20502 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20503 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20504 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20505 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20506 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20507
20508 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20509 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20510 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20511 Tab indents for Perl code.
20512 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20513 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20514 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20515 \\{perl-mode-map}
20516 Variables controlling indentation style:
20517 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20518 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20519 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20520 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20521 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20522 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20523 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20524 `perl-nochange'
20525 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20526 `perl-indent-level'
20527 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20528 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20529 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20530 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20531 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20532 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20533 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20534 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20535 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20536 `perl-brace-offset'
20537 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20538 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20539 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20540 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20541 `perl-label-offset'
20542 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20543 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20544 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20545
20546 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20547 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20548 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20549 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20550 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20551 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20552 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20553
20554 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20555
20556 \(fn)" t nil)
20557
20558 ;;;***
20559 \f
20560 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20561 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20562 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20563 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (19383 49281))
20564 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20565
20566 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20567 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20568
20569 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20570
20571 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20572 passphrase cache or user.
20573
20574 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20575
20576 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20577 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20578
20579 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20580 cache or user.
20581
20582 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20583
20584 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20585 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20586
20587 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20588 the region.
20589
20590 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20591 passphrase cache or user.
20592
20593 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20594
20595 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20596 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20597
20598 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20599
20600 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20601 the region.
20602
20603 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20604 passphrase cache or user.
20605
20606 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20607
20608 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20609 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20610
20611 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20612 passphrase cache or user.
20613
20614 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20615
20616 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20617 Decrypt the current buffer.
20618
20619 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20620 the region.
20621
20622 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20623 passphrase cache or user.
20624
20625 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20626
20627 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20628 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20629
20630 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20631 a detached signature.
20632
20633 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20634 and the output is displayed.
20635
20636 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20637 passphrase cache or user.
20638
20639 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20640
20641 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20642 Sign the current buffer.
20643
20644 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20645 detached signature.
20646
20647 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20648 within the region.
20649
20650 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20651 and the output is displayed.
20652
20653 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20654 passphrase cache or user.
20655
20656 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20657
20658 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20659 Verify the current region between START and END.
20660 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20661 the detached signature of the current region.
20662
20663 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20664 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20665
20666 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20667
20668 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20669 Verify the current buffer.
20670 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20671 the detached signature of the current region.
20672 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20673 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20674 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20675 within the region.
20676
20677 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20678
20679 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20680 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20681
20682 \(fn)" t nil)
20683
20684 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20685 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20686
20687 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20688
20689 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20690 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20691
20692 \(fn)" t nil)
20693
20694 ;;;***
20695 \f
20696 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20697 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
20698 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20699
20700 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
20701 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20702
20703 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20704
20705 ;;;***
20706 \f
20707 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20708 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
20709 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20710
20711 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20712 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20713 \\<picture-mode-map>
20714 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20715 afterwards settable by these commands:
20716
20717 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20718 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20719 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20720 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20721
20722 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20723 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20724 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20725 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20726
20727 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20728 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20729 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20730 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20731
20732 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20733 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20734 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20735 with these commands:
20736
20737 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20738 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20739 Move to column following last
20740 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20741 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20742 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20743 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20744 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20745 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20746
20747 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20748
20749 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20750 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20751 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20752 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20753 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20754 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20755
20756 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20757 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20758 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20759 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20760 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20761 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20762 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20763
20764 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20765 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20766 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20767 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20768 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20769 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20770 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20771 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20772
20773 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20774 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20775 by supplying an argument.
20776
20777 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20778
20779 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20780 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20781
20782 \(fn)" t nil)
20783
20784 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20785
20786 ;;;***
20787 \f
20788 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20789 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
20790 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20791
20792 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20793 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20794 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20795
20796 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20797
20798 ;;;***
20799 \f
20800 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19383 49281))
20801 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20802
20803 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20804 Play pong and waste time.
20805 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20806 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20807
20808 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20809
20810 \\{pong-mode-map}
20811
20812 \(fn)" t nil)
20813
20814 ;;;***
20815 \f
20816 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20817 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20818 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
20819 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20820
20821 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20822 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20823 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20824 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20825
20826 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20827
20828 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20829 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20830
20831 \(fn)" nil nil)
20832
20833 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20834 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20835 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20836 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20837 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20838
20839 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20840
20841 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20842 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20843 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20844
20845 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20846
20847 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20848 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20849
20850 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20851
20852 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20853 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20854 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20855 Ignores leading comment characters.
20856
20857 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20858
20859 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20860 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20861 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20862 Ignores leading comment characters.
20863
20864 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20865
20866 ;;;***
20867 \f
20868 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20869 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20870 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20871 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20872 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20873 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20874 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20875 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20876 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20877 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20878 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20879 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20880 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20881 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20882 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20883 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20884 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20885 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20886 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
20887 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20888
20889 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20890 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20891
20892 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20893
20894 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20895
20896 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20897
20898 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20899 Preview directory using ghostview.
20900
20901 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20902 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20903 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20904 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20905
20906 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20907 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20908 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20909 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20910 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20911 file name.
20912
20913 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20914
20915 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20916
20917 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20918 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20919
20920 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20921 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20922 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20923 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20924
20925 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20926 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20927 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20928 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20929 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20930 file name.
20931
20932 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20933
20934 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20935
20936 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20937 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20938
20939 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20940 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20941 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20942 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20943
20944 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20945 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20946 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20947 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20948 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20949 file name.
20950
20951 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20952
20953 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20954
20955 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20956 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20957
20958 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20959
20960 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20961 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20962 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20963 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20964
20965 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20966 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20967 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20968 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20969 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20970 file name.
20971
20972 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20973
20974 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20975
20976 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20977 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20978
20979 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20980 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20981 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20982
20983 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20984 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20985 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20986 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20987
20988 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20989
20990 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20991 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20992
20993 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20994 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20995 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20996
20997 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20998 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20999 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21000 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21001
21002 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21003
21004 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21005 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21006
21007 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21008 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21009 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21010
21011 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21012 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21013 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21014 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21015
21016 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21017
21018 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21019 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21020
21021 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21022
21023 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21024 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21025 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21026
21027 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21028 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21029 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21030 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21031
21032 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21033
21034 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21035 Preview region using ghostview.
21036
21037 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21038
21039 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21040
21041 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21042 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21043
21044 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21045
21046 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21047
21048 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21049 Print region using PostScript printer.
21050
21051 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21052
21053 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21054
21055 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21056 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21057
21058 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21059
21060 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21061
21062 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21063 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21064
21065 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21066
21067 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21068
21069 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21070 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21071
21072 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21073
21074 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21075
21076 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21077 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21078
21079 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21080
21081 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21082
21083 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21084 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21085
21086 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21087
21088 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21089
21090 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21091 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21092 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21093 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21094
21095 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21096 matching.
21097
21098 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21099 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21100
21101 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21102
21103 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21104
21105 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21106 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21107 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21108 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21109
21110 \(fn)" t nil)
21111
21112 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21113 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21114 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21115 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21116
21117 \(fn)" t nil)
21118
21119 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21120 Print directory using text printer.
21121
21122 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21123 matching.
21124
21125 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21126 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21127
21128 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21129
21130 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21131
21132 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21133 Print buffer using text printer.
21134
21135 \(fn)" t nil)
21136
21137 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21138 Print region using text printer.
21139
21140 \(fn)" t nil)
21141
21142 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21143 Print major mode using text printer.
21144
21145 \(fn)" t nil)
21146
21147 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21148 Preview spooled PostScript.
21149
21150 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21151 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21152 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21153
21154 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21155 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21156 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21157
21158 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21159
21160 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21161 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21162
21163 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21164 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21165 instead of sending it to the printer.
21166
21167 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21168 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21169 image in a file with that name.
21170
21171 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21172
21173 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21174 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21175
21176 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21177 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21178 instead of sending it to the printer.
21179
21180 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21181 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21182 image in a file with that name.
21183
21184 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21185
21186 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21187 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21188
21189 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21190 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21191 instead of sending it to the printer.
21192
21193 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21194 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21195 image in a file with that name.
21196
21197 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21198
21199 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21200 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21201
21202 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21203
21204 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21205 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21206
21207 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21208
21209 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21210 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21211
21212 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21213
21214 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21215 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21216
21217 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21218
21219 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21220 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21221
21222 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21223
21224 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21225 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21226
21227 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21228 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21229 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21230 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21231
21232 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21233 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21234 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21235 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21236 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21237 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21238 file name.
21239
21240 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21241
21242 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21243 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21244
21245 \(fn)" t nil)
21246
21247 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21248 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21249
21250 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21251 right.
21252 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21253 bottom.
21254
21255 \(fn)" t nil)
21256
21257 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21258 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21259
21260 \(fn)" t nil)
21261
21262 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21263 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21264
21265 \(fn)" t nil)
21266
21267 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21268 Toggle printing with faces.
21269
21270 \(fn)" t nil)
21271
21272 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21273 Toggle spooling.
21274
21275 \(fn)" t nil)
21276
21277 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21278 Toggle duplex.
21279
21280 \(fn)" t nil)
21281
21282 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21283 Toggle tumble.
21284
21285 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21286 right.
21287 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21288 bottom.
21289
21290 \(fn)" t nil)
21291
21292 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21293 Toggle landscape.
21294
21295 \(fn)" t nil)
21296
21297 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21298 Toggle upside-down.
21299
21300 \(fn)" t nil)
21301
21302 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21303 Toggle line number.
21304
21305 \(fn)" t nil)
21306
21307 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21308 Toggle zebra stripes.
21309
21310 \(fn)" t nil)
21311
21312 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21313 Toggle printing header.
21314
21315 \(fn)" t nil)
21316
21317 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21318 Toggle printing header frame.
21319
21320 \(fn)" t nil)
21321
21322 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21323 Toggle menu lock.
21324
21325 \(fn)" t nil)
21326
21327 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21328 Toggle auto region.
21329
21330 \(fn)" t nil)
21331
21332 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21333 Toggle auto mode.
21334
21335 \(fn)" t nil)
21336
21337 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21338 Customization of the `printing' group.
21339
21340 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21341
21342 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21343 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21344
21345 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21346
21347 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21348 Help for the printing package.
21349
21350 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21351
21352 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21353 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21354
21355 \(fn)" t nil)
21356
21357 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21358 Interactively select a text printer.
21359
21360 \(fn)" t nil)
21361
21362 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21363 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21364
21365 \(fn)" t nil)
21366
21367 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21368 Show current ps-print settings.
21369
21370 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21371
21372 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21373 Show current printing settings.
21374
21375 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21376
21377 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21378 Show current lpr settings.
21379
21380 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21381
21382 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21383 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21384
21385 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21386 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21387 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21388 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21389
21390
21391 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21392
21393 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21394 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21395 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21396
21397 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21398 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21399 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21400 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21401 current active printer.
21402
21403 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21404 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21405 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21406 printer.
21407
21408 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21409 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21410 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21411 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21412 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21413
21414
21415 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21416 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21417
21418 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21419
21420 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21421 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21422 be done using the new current active printer.
21423
21424 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21425 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21426 printer.
21427
21428 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21429 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21430 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21431 instead of sending it to the printer.
21432
21433 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21434 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21435 printer.
21436
21437 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21438
21439
21440 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21441 are both set to t.
21442
21443 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21444
21445 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21446 Fast fire function for text printing.
21447
21448 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21449 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21450 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21451 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21452
21453 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21454 user for a new active text printer.
21455
21456 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21457
21458 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21459
21460 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21461 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21462 printer.
21463
21464 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21465
21466 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21467 are both set to t.
21468
21469 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21470
21471 ;;;***
21472 \f
21473 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (19383 49281))
21474 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21475
21476 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21477 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21478 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
21479 information will be displayed but not selected.
21480 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21481
21482 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
21483
21484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21485
21486 ;;;***
21487 \f
21488 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21489 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
21490 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21491
21492 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21493 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21494 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21495 Commands:
21496 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21497 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21498 if that value is non-nil.
21499
21500 \(fn)" t nil)
21501
21502 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21503
21504 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21505 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21506 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21507
21508 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21509
21510 ;;;***
21511 \f
21512 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (19383
21513 ;;;;;; 49281))
21514 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21515
21516 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21517 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21518 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21519
21520 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21521
21522 ;;;***
21523 \f
21524 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (19383
21525 ;;;;;; 49281))
21526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21527
21528 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21529 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21530
21531 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21532
21533 The following variables hold user options, and can
21534 be set through the `customize' command:
21535
21536 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21537 `ps-mode-tab'
21538 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21539 `ps-mode-print-function'
21540 `ps-run-prompt'
21541 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21542 `ps-run-x'
21543 `ps-run-dumb'
21544 `ps-run-init'
21545 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21546 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21547
21548 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21549
21550
21551 \\{ps-mode-map}
21552
21553
21554 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21555 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21556 The keymap for this second window is:
21557
21558 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21559
21560
21561 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21562 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21563 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21564 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21565 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21566
21567 \(fn)" t nil)
21568
21569 ;;;***
21570 \f
21571 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21572 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21573 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21574 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21575 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21576 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (19383
21577 ;;;;;; 49281))
21578 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21579
21580 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21581 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21582 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21583
21584 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21585
21586 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21587 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21588 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21589 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21590
21591 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21592
21593 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21594 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21595
21596 Valid values are:
21597
21598 nil Do not print colors.
21599
21600 t Print colors.
21601
21602 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21603 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21604
21605 Any other value is treated as t.")
21606
21607 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21608
21609 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21610 Customization of ps-print group.
21611
21612 \(fn)" t nil)
21613
21614 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21615 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21616
21617 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21618 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21619 sending it to the printer.
21620
21621 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21622 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21623 image in a file with that name.
21624
21625 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21626
21627 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21628 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21629 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21630 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21631 so it has a way to determine color values.
21632
21633 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21634
21635 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21636 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21637 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21638
21639 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21640
21641 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21642 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21643 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21644 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21645 so it has a way to determine color values.
21646
21647 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21648
21649 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21650 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21651 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21652 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21653
21654 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21655
21656 \(fn)" t nil)
21657
21658 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21659 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21660 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21661 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21662 so it has a way to determine color values.
21663
21664 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21665
21666 \(fn)" t nil)
21667
21668 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21669 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21670 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21671
21672 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21673
21674 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21675
21676 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21677 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21678 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21679 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21680 so it has a way to determine color values.
21681
21682 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21683
21684 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21685
21686 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21687 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21688
21689 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21690 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21691 instead of sending it to the printer.
21692
21693 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21694 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21695 image in a file with that name.
21696
21697 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21698
21699 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21700 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21701 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21702 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21703 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21704
21705 \(fn)" t nil)
21706
21707 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21708 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21709 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21710
21711 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21712
21713 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21714 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21715 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21716
21717 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21718
21719 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21720 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21721
21722 \(fn)" nil nil)
21723
21724 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21725 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21726
21727 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21728 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21729
21730 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21731 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21732
21733 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21734
21735 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21736
21737 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21738
21739 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21740 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21741
21742 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21743 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21744
21745 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21746 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21747
21748 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21749
21750 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21751
21752 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21753
21754 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21755 foreground and background colors respectively.
21756
21757 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21758 bold - use bold font.
21759 italic - use italic font.
21760 underline - put a line under text.
21761 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21762 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21763 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21764 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21765 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21766
21767 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21768
21769 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21770
21771 ;;;***
21772 \f
21773 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
21774 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (19383 49284))
21775 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21776
21777 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
21778
21779 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
21780
21781 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21782
21783 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21784 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21785 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21786 buffer automatically.
21787
21788 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21789 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21790 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21791 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21792 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21793 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21794 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21795
21796 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21797 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21798 buffer for a list of commands.)
21799
21800 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21801
21802 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21803 Major mode for editing Python files.
21804 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
21805 for correct parsing of the source.
21806 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21807 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21808 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21809
21810 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21811 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21812 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21813 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21814 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21815 \\<python-mode-map>
21816 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21817 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21818 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21819 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21820 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21821 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21822
21823 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21824 effect outside them.
21825
21826 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21827 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21828 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21829 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21830 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21831 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21832 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21833 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21834 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21835
21836 \\{python-mode-map}
21837
21838 \(fn)" t nil)
21839
21840 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
21841 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21842 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21843 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21844
21845 \(fn)" t nil)
21846
21847 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
21848 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
21849 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
21850 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
21851 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
21852 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
21853
21854 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
21855 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
21856 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
21857 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
21858 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
21859 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
21860 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
21861
21862 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
21863 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
21864 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
21865 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
21866 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
21867
21868 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
21869 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
21870 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
21871 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
21872 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
21873 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
21874 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
21875 mode.
21876
21877 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
21878 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
21879 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
21880 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
21881 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
21882 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
21883 filter.
21884
21885 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
21886
21887 ;;;***
21888 \f
21889 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21890 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
21891 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21892
21893 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21894 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21895 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21896 coding-system.
21897
21898 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21899 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21900
21901 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21902 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21903 them into characters should be done separately.
21904
21905 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21906
21907 ;;;***
21908 \f
21909 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21910 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21911 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21912 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21913 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19383 49281))
21914 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21915
21916 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21917 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21918
21919 \(fn)" nil nil)
21920
21921 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21922 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21923 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21924
21925 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21926 `quail-activate', which see.
21927
21928 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21929
21930 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21931 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21932 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21933 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21934 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21935 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21936 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21937
21938 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21939 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21940 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21941 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21942 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21943 shown.
21944 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21945
21946 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21947 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21948 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21949 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21950 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21951 list of candidates.
21952
21953 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21954 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21955 command to be called.
21956
21957 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21958 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21959 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21960 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21961
21962 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21963 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21964 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21965 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21966 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21967 to t.
21968
21969 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21970 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21971 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21972 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21973
21974 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21975 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21976 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21977 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21978
21979 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21980 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21981 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21982 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21983 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21984 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21985
21986 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21987 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21988 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21989 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21990 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21991 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21992
21993 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21994 covers Quail translation region.
21995
21996 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21997 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21998 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21999 for it) is inserted.
22000
22001 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22002 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22003 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22004
22005 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22006 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22007 non-Quail commands.
22008
22009 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22010
22011 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22012 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22013
22014 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22015 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22016 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22017 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22018 you type is correctly handled.
22019
22020 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22021
22022 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22023 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22024
22025 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22026 keyboard type.
22027
22028 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22029
22030 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22031 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22032 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22033 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22034 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22035 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22036 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22037 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22038 for the translation.
22039 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22040
22041 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22042 it is used to handle KEY.
22043
22044 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22045 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22046 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22047 the following annotation types are supported.
22048
22049 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22050 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22051
22052 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22053 candidate list.
22054
22055 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22056 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22057 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22058 inserted.
22059
22060 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22061 generated for the following translations.
22062
22063 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22064
22065 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22066 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22067
22068 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22069 which to install MAP.
22070
22071 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22072
22073 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22074
22075 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22076 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22077
22078 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22079 which to install MAP.
22080
22081 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22082
22083 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22084
22085 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22086 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22087 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22088 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22089 a function, or a cons.
22090 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22091 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22092 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22093 for the translation.
22094 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22095 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22096 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22097 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22098 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22099
22100 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22101 it is used to handle KEY.
22102
22103 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22104 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22105 current Quail package.
22106
22107 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22108 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22109
22110 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22111
22112 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22113 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22114
22115 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22116 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22117
22118 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22119
22120 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22121 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22122
22123 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22124
22125 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22126 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22127 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22128 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22129 of the Emacs source tree.
22130
22131 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22132 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22133
22134 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22135 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22136 of each directory.
22137
22138 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22139
22140 ;;;***
22141 \f
22142 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22143 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22144 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (19383
22145 ;;;;;; 49281))
22146 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22147
22148 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22149 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22150 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22151 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22152
22153 To make use of this do something like:
22154
22155 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22156
22157 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22158
22159 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22160 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22161
22162 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22163 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22164 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22165
22166 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22167
22168 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22169 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22170
22171 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22172
22173 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22174 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22175
22176 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22177 is decided.
22178
22179 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22180
22181 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22182 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22183
22184 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22185 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22186 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22187
22188 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22189
22190 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22191 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22192
22193 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22194
22195 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22196 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22197
22198 \(fn)" t nil)
22199
22200 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22201 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22202
22203 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22204
22205 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22206
22207 \(fn)" t nil)
22208
22209 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22210 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22211
22212 \(fn)" t nil)
22213
22214 ;;;***
22215 \f
22216 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22217 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (19383 49281))
22218 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22219
22220 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22221 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22222
22223 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22224
22225 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22226
22227 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22228
22229 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22230
22231 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22232 Not documented
22233
22234 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22235
22236 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22237 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22238 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22239 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22240 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22241 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22242
22243 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22244
22245 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22246 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22247
22248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22249
22250 ;;;***
22251 \f
22252 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (19383
22253 ;;;;;; 49281))
22254 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22255
22256 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22257 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22258 See \\[compile].
22259
22260 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22261
22262 ;;;***
22263 \f
22264 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22265 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
22266 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22267
22268 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22269
22270 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22271 Construct a regexp interactively.
22272
22273 \(fn)" t nil)
22274
22275 ;;;***
22276 \f
22277 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19383 49281))
22278 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22279
22280 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22281 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22282 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22283 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22284 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22285 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22286
22287 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22288
22289 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22290 Toggle recentf mode.
22291 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22292 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22293
22294 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22295 that were operated on recently.
22296
22297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22298
22299 ;;;***
22300 \f
22301 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22302 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22303 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22304 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (19383
22305 ;;;;;; 49281))
22306 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22307 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22308 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22309 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22310 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22311 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22312 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22313
22314 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22315 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22316 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22317 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22318
22319 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22320
22321 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22322
22323 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22324 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22325 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22326 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22327 ends.
22328
22329 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22330 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22331 to be deleted.
22332
22333 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22334
22335 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22336 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22337 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22338
22339 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22340 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22341 deleted.
22342
22343 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22344
22345 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22346 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22347 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22348
22349 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22350
22351 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22352 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22353
22354 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22355 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22356
22357 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22358 deleted.
22359
22360 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22361 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22362 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22363 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22364 even beep.)
22365
22366 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22367
22368 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22369 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22370
22371 \(fn)" t nil)
22372
22373 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22374 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22375 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22376 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22377 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22378 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22379 and point is at the lower right corner.
22380
22381 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22382
22383 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22384 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22385
22386 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22387 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22388
22389 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22390 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22391 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22392
22393 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22394
22395 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22396
22397 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22398 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22399 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22400 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22401 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22402
22403 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22404 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22405
22406 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22407
22408 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22409 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22410 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22411
22412 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22413
22414 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22415
22416 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22417
22418 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22419 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22420
22421 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22422 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22423 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22424
22425 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22426
22427 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22428 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22429 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22430
22431 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22432 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22433 rectangle which were empty.
22434
22435 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22436
22437 ;;;***
22438 \f
22439 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (19383
22440 ;;;;;; 49281))
22441 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22442
22443 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22444 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22445 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22446
22447 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22448 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22449 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22450
22451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22452
22453 ;;;***
22454 \f
22455 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22456 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19383 49281))
22457 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22458
22459 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22460 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22461
22462 \(fn)" nil nil)
22463
22464 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22465 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22466
22467 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22468 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22469
22470 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22471 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22472 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22473 \\ref macro.
22474
22475 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22476 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22477 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22478
22479 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22480 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22481 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22482
22483 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22484 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22485
22486 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22487 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22488
22489 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22490 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22491 on the menu bar.
22492
22493 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22494
22495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22496
22497 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22498 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22499 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22500
22501 \(fn)" nil nil)
22502
22503 ;;;***
22504 \f
22505 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22506 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
22507 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22508
22509 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22510 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22511 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22512 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22513 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22514 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22515
22516 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22517
22518 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22519
22520 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22521 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22522 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22523 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22524 `reftex-cite-format'.
22525
22526 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22527 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22528 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22529 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22530
22531 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22532
22533 ;;;***
22534 \f
22535 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22536 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
22537 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22538
22539 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22540 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22541 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22542 the current TeX document.
22543
22544 With no argument, this command toggles
22545 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22546 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22547
22548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22549
22550 ;;;***
22551 \f
22552 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22553 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
22554 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22555
22556 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22557 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22558 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22559
22560 To insert new phrases, use
22561 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22562 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22563
22564 To index phrases use one of:
22565
22566 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22567 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22568 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22569 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22570 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22571
22572 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22573 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22574
22575 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22576
22577 Here are all local bindings.
22578
22579 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22580
22581 \(fn)" t nil)
22582
22583 ;;;***
22584 \f
22585 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22586 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
22587 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22588
22589 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22590 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22591 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22592 of master file.
22593
22594 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22595
22596 ;;;***
22597 \f
22598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19383
22599 ;;;;;; 49285))
22600 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22601 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22602 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22603 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22604 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22605
22606 ;;;***
22607 \f
22608 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22609 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
22610 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22611
22612 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22613 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22614 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22615 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22616 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22617 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22618
22619 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22620 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22621
22622 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22623 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22624
22625 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22626
22627 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22628 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22629 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22630 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22631
22632 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22633
22634 ;;;***
22635 \f
22636 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22637 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22638 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
22639 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22640
22641 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22642 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22643 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22644 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22645
22646 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22647
22648 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22649
22650 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22651 Call `remember' in another frame.
22652
22653 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22654
22655 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22656 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22657 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22658 application.
22659
22660 \(fn)" t nil)
22661
22662 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22663 Extract diary entries from the region.
22664
22665 \(fn)" nil nil)
22666
22667 ;;;***
22668 \f
22669 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (19383 49281))
22670 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22671
22672 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22673 Repeat most recently executed command.
22674 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22675 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22676 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22677
22678 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22679 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22680 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22681 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22682
22683 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22684 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22685 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22686
22687 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22688
22689 ;;;***
22690 \f
22691 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22692 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
22693 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22694
22695 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22696 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22697
22698 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22699 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22700 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22701 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22702 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22703 and point is left after the salutation.
22704
22705 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22706 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22707 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22708 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22709 left after that text.
22710
22711 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22712 is non-nil.
22713
22714 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22715 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22716 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22717 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22718
22719 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22720
22721 ;;;***
22722 \f
22723 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22724 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
22725 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22726
22727 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22728 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22729 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22730 visibility of comments that precede it.
22731 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22732 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22733 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22734 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22735 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22736 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22737 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22738 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22739 the comment lines.
22740 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22741 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22742 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22743 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22744 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22745
22746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22747
22748 ;;;***
22749 \f
22750 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22751 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
22752 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22753
22754 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22755 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22756 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22757
22758 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22759 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22760 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22761
22762 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22763
22764 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22765 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22766 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22767 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22768 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22769 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22770
22771 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22772
22773 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22774 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22775 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22776
22777 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22778 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22779 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22780
22781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22782
22783 ;;;***
22784 \f
22785 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22786 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
22787 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22788
22789 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22790 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22791
22792 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22793
22794 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22795 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22796
22797 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22798
22799 ;;;***
22800 \f
22801 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (19383 49281))
22802 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22803 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
22804
22805 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22806 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22807 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22808 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22809
22810 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22811
22812 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22813 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22814 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22815 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22816
22817 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22818 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22819
22820 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22821 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22822
22823 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22824 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22825 INPUT-ARGS.
22826
22827 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22828 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22829 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22830 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22831 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22832
22833 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22834 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22835 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22836 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22837
22838 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22839 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22840 variable.
22841
22842 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22843
22844 ;;;***
22845 \f
22846 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22847 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
22848 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
22849 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
22850 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-user-mail-address-regexp
22851 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19383
22852 ;;;;;; 49285))
22853 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22854
22855 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22856 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22857 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22858
22859 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22860
22861 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22862 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22863 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22864 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22865 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22866 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22867 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22868
22869 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22870 sent by you under different user names.
22871 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22872
22873 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22874
22875 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22876
22877 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22878 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22879 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
22880 a value which excludes your own email address, plus whatever is
22881 specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.
22882
22883 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
22884 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
22885
22886 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
22887
22888 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names (purecopy "\\`info-") "\
22889 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22890 This is used when the user does not set `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'
22891 explicitly. (The other part of the default value is the user's
22892 email address and name.) It is useful to set this variable in
22893 the site customization file. The default value is conventionally
22894 used for large mailing lists to broadcast announcements.")
22895
22896 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22897 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22898 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22899 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22900 which normally happens once for each message,
22901 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22902 To make a change in this variable take effect
22903 for a message that you have already viewed,
22904 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22905
22906 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22907
22908 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22909 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22910 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22911 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22912
22913 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22914
22915 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:") "\
22916 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22917
22918 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22919
22920 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22921 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22922 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22923
22924 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22925
22926 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22927 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22928 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22929 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22930 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22931 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22932
22933 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22934
22935 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22936 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22937
22938 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22939
22940 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22941 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22942
22943 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22944
22945 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22946 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22947
22948 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22949 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22950
22951 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22952
22953 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22954 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22955
22956 This is set to nil by default.")
22957
22958 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22959 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22960 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22961 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22962 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22963 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22964 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22965
22966 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22967 Read and edit incoming mail.
22968 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22969 file in RMAIL Mode.
22970 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22971
22972 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22973 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22974 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22975 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22976
22977 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22978
22979 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22980
22981 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22982 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22983 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22984 Instead, these commands are available:
22985
22986 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22987 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22988 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22989 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22990 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22991 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22992 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22993 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22994 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22995 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22996 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22997 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22998 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22999 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23000 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23001 till a deleted message is found.
23002 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23003 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23004 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23005 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23006 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23007 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23008 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23009 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23010 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23011 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23012 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23013 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23014 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23015 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23016 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23017 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23018 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23019 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23020 (label defaults to last one specified).
23021 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23022 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23023 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23024 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23025 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23026 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23027 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23028 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23029 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23030
23031 \(fn)" t nil)
23032
23033 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23034 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23035
23036 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23037
23038 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23039 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23040
23041 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23042
23043 ;;;***
23044 \f
23045 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23046 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19383 49281))
23047 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23048 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23049
23050 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23051 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23052 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23053 case it writes Babyl.
23054
23055 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23056 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23057 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23058 `rmail-default-file'.
23059
23060 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23061 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23062 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23063
23064 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23065 the header display is currently pruned.
23066
23067 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23068 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23069 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23070 messages after output.
23071
23072 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23073 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23074 message (if writing a file directly).
23075
23076 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23077 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23078
23079 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23080
23081 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23082 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23083 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23084 i) the header is output as currently seen
23085 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23086 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23087
23088 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23089 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23090 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23091
23092 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23093
23094 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23095 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23096 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23097 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23098 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23099 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23100 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23101
23102 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23103 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23104 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23105
23106 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23107
23108 ;;;***
23109 \f
23110 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23111 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
23112 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23113
23114 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23115 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23116 Return a pattern.
23117
23118 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23119
23120 ;;;***
23121 \f
23122 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23123 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
23124 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23125
23126 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23127 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23128 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23129 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23130
23131 \(fn)" t nil)
23132
23133 ;;;***
23134 \f
23135 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23136 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
23137 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23138
23139 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23140 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23141
23142 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23143 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23144 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23145 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23146 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23147 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23148 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23149 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23150 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23151 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23152
23153 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23154 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23155 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23156 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23157 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23158 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23159 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23160 to use for finding the schema.
23161
23162 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23163
23164 ;;;***
23165 \f
23166 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (19383
23167 ;;;;;; 49281))
23168 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23169
23170 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23171
23172 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23173 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23174 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23175 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23176 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23177 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23178 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23179 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23180 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23181 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23182 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23183 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23184 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23185 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23186 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23187 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23188 must be equal.
23189
23190 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23191
23192 ;;;***
23193 \f
23194 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23195 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19383 49281))
23196 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23197
23198 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23199 Define a robin package.
23200
23201 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23202 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23203 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23204 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23205
23206 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23207 one replaces the old one.
23208
23209 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23210
23211 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23212 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23213
23214 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23215 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23216 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23217
23218 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23219
23220 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23221 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23222
23223 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23224
23225 ;;;***
23226 \f
23227 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23228 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (19383 49281))
23229 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23230
23231 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23232 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23233
23234 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23235
23236 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23237 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23238
23239 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23240
23241 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23242 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23243
23244 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23245
23246 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23247 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23248 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23249
23250 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23251 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23252 in ROT13.
23253
23254 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23255
23256 \(fn)" t nil)
23257
23258 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23259 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23260
23261 \(fn)" t nil)
23262
23263 ;;;***
23264 \f
23265 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23266 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
23267 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23268 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23269
23270 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23271 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23272 \\<rst-mode-map>
23273 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
23274 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
23275 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
23276 decorations within the region (see full details below).
23277 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
23278
23279 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23280 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23281 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
23282 font-locking of blocks.
23283
23284 \\{rst-mode-map}
23285
23286 \(fn)" t nil)
23287
23288 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23289 ReST Minor Mode.
23290 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23291 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
23292 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
23293 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
23294
23295 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23296 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23297 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23298
23299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23300
23301 ;;;***
23302 \f
23303 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23304 ;;;;;; (19383 49281))
23305 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23306
23307 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23308 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23309 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23310 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23311 nesting into account.
23312
23313 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23314
23315 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23316
23317 \(fn)" t nil)
23318
23319 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23320
23321 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23322
23323 ;;;***
23324 \f
23325 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (19383
23326 ;;;;;; 49281))
23327 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23328
23329 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23330 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23331
23332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23333
23334 ;;;***
23335 \f
23336 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (19383
23337 ;;;;;; 49281))
23338 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23339
23340 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23341 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23342 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23343 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23344
23345 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23346
23347 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23348 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23349 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23350
23351 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23352 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23353 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23354
23355 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23356 notation.
23357
23358 STRING
23359 matches string STRING literally.
23360
23361 CHAR
23362 matches character CHAR literally.
23363
23364 `not-newline', `nonl'
23365 matches any character except a newline.
23366
23367 `anything'
23368 matches any character
23369
23370 `(any SET ...)'
23371 `(in SET ...)'
23372 `(char SET ...)'
23373 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23374 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23375 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23376
23377 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23378 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23379 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23380 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23381
23382 `(not (any SET ...))'
23383 matches any character not in SET ...
23384
23385 `line-start', `bol'
23386 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23387 in the text being matched
23388
23389 `line-end', `eol'
23390 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23391
23392 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23393 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23394 string being matched against.
23395
23396 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23397 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23398 string being matched against.
23399
23400 `buffer-start'
23401 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23402 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23403
23404 `buffer-end'
23405 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23406 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23407
23408 `point'
23409 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23410
23411 `word-start', `bow'
23412 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23413
23414 `word-end', `eow'
23415 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23416
23417 `word-boundary'
23418 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23419 word.
23420
23421 `(not word-boundary)'
23422 `not-word-boundary'
23423 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23424 word.
23425
23426 `symbol-start'
23427 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23428
23429 `symbol-end'
23430 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23431
23432 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23433 matches 0 through 9.
23434
23435 `control', `cntrl'
23436 matches ASCII control characters.
23437
23438 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23439 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23440
23441 `blank'
23442 matches space and tab only.
23443
23444 `graphic', `graph'
23445 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23446 space, and DEL.
23447
23448 `printing', `print'
23449 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23450 and DEL.
23451
23452 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23453 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23454 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23455
23456 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23457 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23458 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23459
23460 `ascii'
23461 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23462
23463 `nonascii'
23464 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23465
23466 `lower', `lower-case'
23467 matches anything lower-case.
23468
23469 `upper', `upper-case'
23470 matches anything upper-case.
23471
23472 `punctuation', `punct'
23473 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23474 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23475
23476 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23477 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23478
23479 `word', `wordchar'
23480 matches anything that has word syntax.
23481
23482 `not-wordchar'
23483 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23484
23485 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23486 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23487 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23488 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23489
23490 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23491 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23492 `word' (\\sw)
23493 `symbol' (\\s_)
23494 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23495 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23496 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23497 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23498 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23499 `escape' (\\s\\)
23500 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23501 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23502 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23503 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23504 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23505
23506 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23507 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23508
23509 `(category CATEGORY)'
23510 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23511 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23512
23513 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23514 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23515 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23516 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23517 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23518 `symbol' (\\c5)
23519 `digit' (\\c6)
23520 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23521 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23522 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23523 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23524 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23525 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23526 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23527 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23528 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23529 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23530 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23531 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23532 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23533 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23534 `ascii' (\\ca)
23535 `arabic' (\\cb)
23536 `chinese' (\\cc)
23537 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23538 `greek' (\\cg)
23539 `korean' (\\ch)
23540 `indian' (\\ci)
23541 `japanese' (\\cj)
23542 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23543 `latin' (\\cl)
23544 `lao' (\\co)
23545 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23546 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23547 `thai' (\\ct)
23548 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23549 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23550 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23551 `can-break' (\\c|)
23552
23553 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23554 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23555
23556 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23557 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23558 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23559 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23560 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23561
23562 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23563 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23564 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23565 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23566
23567 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23568 another name for `submatch'.
23569
23570 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23571 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23572 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23573 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23574 regular expression.
23575
23576 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23577 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23578 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23579 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23580 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23581
23582 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23583 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23584
23585 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23586 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23587
23588 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23589 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23590 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23591
23592 `(* SEXP ...)'
23593 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23594 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23595
23596 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23597 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23598 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23599
23600 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23601 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23602 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23603
23604 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23605 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23606
23607 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23608 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23609
23610 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23611 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23612 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23613 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23614
23615 `(? SEXP ...)'
23616 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23617
23618 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23619 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23620
23621 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23622 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23623 matches N occurrences.
23624
23625 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23626 matches N or more occurrences.
23627
23628 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23629 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23630 matches N to M occurrences.
23631
23632 `(backref N)'
23633 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23634
23635 `(eval FORM)'
23636 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23637 `regexp-quote' it.
23638
23639 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23640 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23641
23642 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23643
23644 ;;;***
23645 \f
23646 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23647 ;;;;;; (19383 49282))
23648 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23649
23650 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23651 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23652 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23653 interface.")
23654
23655 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23656
23657 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23658 Toggle savehist-mode.
23659 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23660 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23661 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23662 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23663
23664 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23665 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23666 which is probably undesirable.
23667
23668 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23669
23670 ;;;***
23671 \f
23672 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23673 ;;;;;; (19383 49282))
23674 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23675
23676 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23677 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23678 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23679
23680 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23681 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23682 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23683 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23684 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23685 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23686 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23687 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23688
23689 Commands:
23690 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23691 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23692 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23693 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23694 if that value is non-nil.
23695
23696 \(fn)" t nil)
23697
23698 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23699 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23700 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23701
23702 Commands:
23703 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23704 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23705 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23706 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23707 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23708 that variable's value is a string.
23709
23710 \(fn)" t nil)
23711
23712 ;;;***
23713 \f
23714 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23715 ;;;;;; (19383 49282))
23716 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23717
23718 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23719 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23720 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23721
23722 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23723
23724 \(fn)" t nil)
23725
23726 ;;;***
23727 \f
23728 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23729 ;;;;;; (19383 49282))
23730 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23731
23732 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23733 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23734 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23735 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23736 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23737 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23738
23739 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23740
23741 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23742 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23743 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23744 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23745 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23746
23747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23748
23749 ;;;***
23750 \f
23751 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23752 ;;;;;; (19383 49282))
23753 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23754
23755 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23756 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23757 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23758 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23759 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23760 during scrolling.
23761
23762 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23763
23764 ;;;***
23765 \f
23766 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23767 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19383 49276))
23768 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23769
23770 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23771 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23772 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23773
23774 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23775 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23776 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23777 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23778 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23779 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23780 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23781 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23782 keybinding for tag names.")
23783
23784 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23785
23786 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23787 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23788 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23789 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23790 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23791 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23792
23793 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23794
23795 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23796 Toggle Semantic mode.
23797 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23798
23799 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23800 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23801 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23802 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23803 Semantic mode.
23804
23805 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23806
23807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23808
23809 ;;;***
23810 \f
23811 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23812 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23813 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23814 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23815 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23816 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23817 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23818 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23819 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19383 49284))
23820 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23821
23822 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23823 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23824
23825 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23826 king@grassland.com
23827 If `parens', they look like:
23828 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23829 If `angles', they look like:
23830 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23831
23832 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23833 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23834
23835 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23836
23837 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23838 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23839 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23840 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23841
23842 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23843 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23844 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23845 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23846
23847 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23848
23849 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23850 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23851 This is done when the message is initialized,
23852 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23853
23854 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23855
23856 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23857 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23858 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23859
23860 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23861
23862 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
23863
23864 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
23865 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23866 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23867 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23868 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23869 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23870 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23871
23872 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23873 (custom-initialize-delay 'send-mail-function nil)
23874
23875 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23876 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23877
23878 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23879
23880 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23881 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23882 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23883 be a Babyl file.")
23884
23885 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23886
23887 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23888 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23889 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23890 when you first send mail.")
23891
23892 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23893
23894 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23895 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23896 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23897 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23898 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23899
23900 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23901
23902 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23903 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23904 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23905 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23906 This file need not actually exist.")
23907
23908 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23909
23910 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23911 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23912
23913 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23914
23915 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23916 Alist of mail address aliases,
23917 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23918 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23919 can specify a different file name.)
23920 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23921 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23922
23923 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23924 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23925 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23926
23927 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23928
23929 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23930 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23931 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23932
23933 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23934
23935 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23936 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23937 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23938 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23939 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23940 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23941 in the cited portion of the message.
23942
23943 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23944 instead of no action.")
23945
23946 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23947
23948 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|}]\\)+") "\
23949 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23950 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23951 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23952 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23953
23954 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23955
23956 (defvar mail-signature t "\
23957 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23958 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23959 If a string, that string is inserted.
23960 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23961 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23962 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23963 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23964
23965 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23966
23967 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
23968 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23969
23970 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
23971
23972 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23973 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
23974 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
23975
23976 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
23977 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
23978
23979 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
23980
23981 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23982 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23983 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
23984 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
23985
23986 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
23987
23988 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23989 If non-nil, try to show Rmail summary buffer after returning from mail.
23990 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23991 the Rmail summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23992 is non-nil.")
23993
23994 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
23995
23996 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
23997 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23998 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23999 `query' means ask the user each time.
24000 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24001 The default is `mime'.
24002 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24003 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24004
24005 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24006
24007 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24008 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24009 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24010
24011 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24012 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24013
24014 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24015 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24016 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24017 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24018 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24019 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24020 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24021 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24022 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24023 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24024 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24025 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24026 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24027
24028 \(fn)" t nil)
24029
24030 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24031 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24032 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24033 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24034
24035 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24036
24037 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24038 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24039 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24040 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24041 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24042 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24043
24044 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24045 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24046 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24047
24048 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24049 User should not set this variable manually,
24050 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24051 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24052 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24053 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*mail*"))
24054
24055 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24056 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24057 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24058 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24059
24060 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24061 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24062
24063 \\<mail-mode-map>
24064 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24065
24066 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24067 to move to message header fields:
24068 \\{mail-mode-map}
24069
24070 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24071 when the message is initialized.
24072
24073 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24074 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24075
24076 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24077 is inserted.
24078
24079 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24080 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24081
24082 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24083 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24084 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24085 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24086 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24087 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24088 buffer without erasing the contents.
24089
24090 The second through fifth arguments,
24091 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24092 the initial contents of those header fields.
24093 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24094 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24095 original message being replied to, or else an action
24096 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24097 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24098 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24099 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24100 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24101 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24102
24103 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24104
24105 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24106 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24107
24108 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24109
24110 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24111 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24112
24113 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24114
24115 ;;;***
24116 \f
24117 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24118 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (19392
24119 ;;;;;; 53767))
24120 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24121
24122 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24123 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24124 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24125 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24126 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24127 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24128
24129 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24130 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24131
24132 If a server is already running, the server is not started.
24133 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24134 \\[server-start].
24135
24136 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24137
24138 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24139 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24140 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24141 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24142
24143 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24144
24145 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24146 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24147 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24148 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24149 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24150 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24151
24152 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24153
24154 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24155 Toggle Server mode.
24156 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24157 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24158 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24159
24160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24161
24162 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24163 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24164 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24165
24166 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24167 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24168
24169 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24170
24171 ;;;***
24172 \f
24173 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19383 49282))
24174 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24175
24176 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24177 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24178 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24179
24180 Key definitions:
24181 \\{ses-mode-map}
24182 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24183 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24184 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24185 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24186
24187 \(fn)" t nil)
24188
24189 ;;;***
24190 \f
24191 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24192 ;;;;;; (19383 49282))
24193 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24194
24195 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24196 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24197 Makes > match <.
24198 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24199 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24200
24201 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24202 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24203 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24204
24205 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24206 in your `.emacs' file.
24207
24208 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24209
24210 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24211 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24212 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24213
24214 \(fn)" t nil)
24215
24216 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24217 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24218 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24219 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24220 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24221 which this is based.
24222
24223 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24224
24225 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24226 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24227 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24228 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24229
24230 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24231 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24232 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24233
24234 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24235 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24236 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24237 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24238
24239 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24240 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24241 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24242 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24243
24244 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24245
24246 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24247 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24248 To work around that, do:
24249 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24250
24251 \\{html-mode-map}
24252
24253 \(fn)" t nil)
24254
24255 ;;;***
24256 \f
24257 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24258 ;;;;;; (19383 49284))
24259 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24260 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24261
24262 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24263 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24264 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24265 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24266 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24267 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24268
24269 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24270 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24271 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24272 shell-specific features.
24273
24274 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24275 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24276 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24277 \\<sh-mode-map>
24278 \\[sh-case] case statement
24279 \\[sh-for] for loop
24280 \\[sh-function] function definition
24281 \\[sh-if] if statement
24282 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24283 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24284 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24285 \\[sh-select] select loop
24286 \\[sh-until] until loop
24287 \\[sh-while] while loop
24288
24289 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24290 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24291 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24292 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24293 would indent to the way it currently is.
24294 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24295 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24296
24297
24298 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24299 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24300 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24301 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24302 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24303 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24304
24305 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24306 {, (, [, ', \", `
24307 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24308
24309 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24310 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24311 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24312
24313 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24314 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24315
24316 \(fn)" t nil)
24317
24318 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24319
24320 ;;;***
24321 \f
24322 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (19383 49282))
24323 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24324
24325 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24326 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24327 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24328 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24329 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24330 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24331
24332 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24333
24334 ;;;***
24335 \f
24336 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24337 ;;;;;; (19383 49282))
24338 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24339
24340 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24341 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24342
24343 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24344 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24345 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24346
24347 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24348 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24349 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24350 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24351 the earlier.
24352
24353 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24354
24355 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24356
24357 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24358 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24359 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24360
24361 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24362 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24363
24364 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24365 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24366 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24367 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24368 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24369 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24370 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24371 Emacs version).
24372
24373 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24374 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24375 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24376 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24377 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24378
24379 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24380 function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24381
24382 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24383
24384 ;;;***
24385 \f
24386 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24387 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19383
24388 ;;;;;; 49282))
24389 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24390
24391 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24392 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24393 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24394 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24395 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24396 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24397 sites in the cluster.
24398
24399 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24400
24401 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24402 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24403 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24404 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24405 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24406
24407 \(fn)" t nil)
24408
24409 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24410 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24411 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24412 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24413 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24414 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24415 `shadow-define-cluster').
24416
24417 \(fn)" t nil)
24418
24419 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24420 Set up file shadowing.
24421
24422 \(fn)" t nil)
24423
24424 ;;;***
24425 \f
24426 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24427 ;;;;;; (19383 49282))
24428 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24429
24430 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24431 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24432 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24433 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24434 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24435 arguments.")
24436
24437 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24438
24439 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24440 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24441 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24442 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24443 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24444
24445 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24446 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24447 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24448 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24449 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24450 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24451 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24452 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24453 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24454 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24455 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24456
24457 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24458 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24459 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24460 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24461 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24462 `default-process-coding-system'.
24463
24464 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24465 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24466 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24467 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24468
24469 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24470
24471 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24472 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*shell*"))
24473
24474 ;;;***
24475 \f
24476 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24477 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (19383 49282))
24478 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24479
24480 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24481 Not documented
24482
24483 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24484
24485 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24486 Not documented
24487
24488 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24489
24490 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24491 Not documented
24492
24493 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24494
24495 ;;;***
24496 \f
24497 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24498 ;;;;;; (19383 49282))
24499 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24500
24501 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24502 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24503 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24504 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24505 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24506
24507 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24508
24509 \(fn)" t nil)
24510
24511 ;;;***
24512 \f
24513 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (19383
24514 ;;;;;; 49282))
24515 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24516
24517 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24518 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24519 \\{simula-mode-map}
24520 Variables controlling indentation style:
24521 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24522 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24523 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24524 `simula-indent-level'
24525 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24526 `simula-substatement-offset'
24527 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24528 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24529 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24530 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24531 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24532 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24533 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24534 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24535 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24536 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24537 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24538 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24539 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24540 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24541 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24542 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24543 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24544 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24545 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24546 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24547 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24548 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24549 or nil if they should not be changed.
24550 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24551 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24552 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24553 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24554
24555 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24556 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24557
24558 \(fn)" t nil)
24559
24560 ;;;***
24561 \f
24562 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24563 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (19383 49282))
24564 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24565
24566 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24567 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24568
24569 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24570 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24571 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24572 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24573
24574 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24575
24576 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24577 Insert SKELETON.
24578 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24579 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24580 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24581 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24582 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24583
24584 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24585 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24586
24587 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24588
24589 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24590 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24591
24592 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24593 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24594 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24595 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24596
24597 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24598 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24599 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24600 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24601
24602 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24603 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24604 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24605
24606 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24607 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24608
24609 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24610 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24611
24612 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24613 _ interesting point, interregion here
24614 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24615 interesting point set by _
24616 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24617 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24618 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24619 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24620 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24621 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24622 nil skipped
24623
24624 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24625 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24626
24627 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24628 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24629 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24630 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24631 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24632 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24633 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24634 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24635
24636 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24637 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24638 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24639 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24640 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24641 available:
24642
24643 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24644 then: insert previously read string once more
24645 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24646 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24647 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24648
24649 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24650 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24651
24652 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24653
24654 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24655 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24656
24657 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24658 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24659 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24660 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24661 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24662 such as backslash.
24663
24664 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24665 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24666 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24667
24668 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24669
24670 ;;;***
24671 \f
24672 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24673 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (19383 49282))
24674 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24675
24676 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24677 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24678 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24679 buffer names.
24680
24681 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24682
24683 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24684 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24685 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24686
24687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24688
24689 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24690 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24691 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24692
24693 \(fn)" t nil)
24694
24695 ;;;***
24696 \f
24697 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24698 ;;;;;; (19383 49285))
24699 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24700
24701 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24702 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24703 A list of images is returned.
24704
24705 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24706
24707 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24708 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24709 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24710
24711 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24712
24713 ;;;***
24714 \f
24715 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24716 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (19383 49282))
24717 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24718
24719 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24720 Not documented
24721
24722 \(fn)" nil nil)
24723
24724 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24725 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24726
24727 \(fn)" t nil)
24728
24729 ;;;***
24730 \f
24731 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (19383 49282))
24732 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24733
24734 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24735 Play the Snake game.
24736 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24737
24738 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24739
24740 Snake mode keybindings:
24741 \\<snake-mode-map>
24742 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24743 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24744 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24745 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24746 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24747 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24748 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24749
24750 \(fn)" t nil)
24751
24752 ;;;***
24753 \f
24754 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24755 ;;;;;; (19383 49282))
24756 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24757
24758 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24759 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24760 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24761 Tab indents for C code.
24762 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24763 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24764 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24765 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24766 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24767
24768 \(fn)" t nil)
24769
24770 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24771 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24772 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24773 Tab indents for C code.
24774 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24775 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24776 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24777 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24778 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24779
24780 \(fn)" t nil)
24781
24782 ;;;***
24783 \f
24784 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (19383
24785 ;;;;;; 49282))
24786 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24787
24788 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24789 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24790 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24791 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24792 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24793
24794 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24795
24796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24797
24798 ;;;***
24799 \f
24800 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19383
24801 ;;;;;; 49282))
24802 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24803
24804 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24805 Play Solitaire.
24806
24807 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24808 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24809 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24810 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24811 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24812 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24813 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24814 check after each move or undo.)
24815
24816 What is Solitaire?
24817
24818 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24819 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24820 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24821
24822 Le Solitaire
24823 ============
24824
24825 o o o
24826
24827 o o o
24828
24829 o o o o o o o
24830
24831 o o o . o o o
24832
24833 o o o o o o o
24834
24835 o o o
24836
24837 o o o
24838
24839 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24840 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24841 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24842 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24843
24844 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24845 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24846 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24847 this: o o .
24848
24849 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24850 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24851
24852 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24853
24854 o o o
24855
24856 . o o
24857
24858 o o . o o o o
24859
24860 o . o o o o o
24861
24862 o o o o o o o
24863
24864 o o o
24865
24866 o o o
24867
24868 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24869
24870 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24871
24872 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24873
24874 ;;;***
24875 \f
24876 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24877 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24878 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (19383 49282))
24879 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24880 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24881
24882 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24883 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24884
24885 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24886 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24887 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24888 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24889 contiguous.
24890
24891 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24892 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24893 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24894 the sort order.
24895
24896 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24897 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24898
24899 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24900 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24901 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24902 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24903 is called.
24904
24905 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24906 It should move point to the end of the record.
24907
24908 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24909 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24910 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24911 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24912 starts at the beginning of the record.
24913
24914 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24915 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24916 same as ENDRECFUN.
24917
24918 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24919 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24920
24921 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24922
24923 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
24924 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24925 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24926 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24927 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24928 the sort order.
24929
24930 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24931
24932 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
24933 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24934 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24935 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24936 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24937 the sort order.
24938
24939 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24940
24941 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
24942 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24943 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24944 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24945 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24946 the sort order.
24947
24948 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24949 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24950
24951 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
24952 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24953 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24954 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24955 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24956 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24957 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24958 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24959 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24960
24961 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24962
24963 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
24964 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24965 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24966 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24967 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24968 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24969 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24970 the sort order.
24971
24972 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24973
24974 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
24975 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24976 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24977 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24978 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24979 is to be used for sorting.
24980 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24981 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24982 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24983 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24984 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24985
24986 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24987
24988 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24989 the sort order.
24990
24991 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24992 starting with the letter \"f\",
24993 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24994
24995 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24996
24997 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
24998 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24999 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25000 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25001 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25002 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25003 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25004 the sort order.
25005
25006 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25007 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25008 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25009 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25010 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25011
25012 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25013
25014 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25015 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25016 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25017
25018 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25019
25020 ;;;***
25021 \f
25022 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (19383
25023 ;;;;;; 49282))
25024 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25025
25026 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25027 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25028 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25029 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25030 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25031 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25032
25033 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25034
25035 ;;;***
25036 \f
25037 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25038 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25039 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (19383 49282))
25040 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25041
25042 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25043 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25044
25045 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25046 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25047 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25048
25049 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25050
25051 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25052 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25053 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25054 server.
25055
25056 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25057
25058 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25059 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25060 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25061
25062 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25063
25064 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25065 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25066 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25067 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25068 Agent is plugged.
25069
25070 \(fn)" t nil)
25071
25072 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25073 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25074 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25075 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25076
25077 \(fn)" t nil)
25078
25079 ;;;***
25080 \f
25081 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25082 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19383 49282))
25083 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25084
25085 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25086
25087 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25088 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25089 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25090 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25091 supported at a time.
25092 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25093 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25094
25095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25096
25097 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25098 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25099 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25100 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25101
25102 \(fn)" t nil)
25103
25104 ;;;***
25105 \f
25106 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25107 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (19383 49282))
25108 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25109
25110 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25111
25112 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25113 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25114 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25115 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25116 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25117 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25118
25119 \(fn)" t nil)
25120
25121 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25122
25123 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25124 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25125 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25126 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25127
25128 \(fn)" t nil)
25129
25130 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25131
25132 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25133 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25134 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25135 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25136 for example, \"word\".
25137
25138 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25139
25140 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25141
25142 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25143 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25144
25145 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25146
25147 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25148
25149 ;;;***
25150 \f
25151 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (19383
25152 ;;;;;; 49282))
25153 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25154
25155 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25156 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25157
25158 \(fn)" t nil)
25159
25160 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25161 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25162
25163 \(fn)" nil nil)
25164
25165 ;;;***
25166 \f
25167 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25168 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25169 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25170 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (19383
25171 ;;;;;; 49282))
25172 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25173
25174 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25175 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25176
25177 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25178 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25179 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25180 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25181 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25182 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25183 of the current highlighting list.
25184
25185 For example:
25186
25187 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25188 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25189
25190 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25191 `_t' as data types.
25192
25193 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25194
25195 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25196 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25197
25198 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25199 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25200
25201 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25202
25203 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25204 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25205 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25206
25207 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25208
25209 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25210 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25211 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25212 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25213 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25214 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25215 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25216 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25217 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25218
25219 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25220
25221 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25222 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25223 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25224 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25225
25226 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25227 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25228 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25229 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25230
25231 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25232 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25233 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25234
25235 \(fn)" t nil)
25236
25237 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25238 Major mode to edit SQL.
25239
25240 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25241 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25242 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25243
25244 \\{sql-mode-map}
25245 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25246
25247 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25248 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25249 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25250 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25251 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25252 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25253
25254 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25255 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25256
25257 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25258 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25259 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25260
25261 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25262 (lambda ()
25263 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25264
25265 \(fn)" t nil)
25266
25267 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25268 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25269
25270 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25271 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25272
25273 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25274
25275 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25276
25277 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25278 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25279
25280 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25281 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25282 `*SQL*'.
25283
25284 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25285 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25286 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25287 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25288
25289 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25290 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25291
25292 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25293 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25294 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25295 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25296 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25297 `default-process-coding-system'.
25298
25299 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25300
25301 \(fn)" t nil)
25302
25303 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25304 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25305
25306 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25307 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25308 `*SQL*'.
25309
25310 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25311 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25312 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25313 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25314
25315 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25316 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25317
25318 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25319 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25320 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25321 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25322 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25323 `default-process-coding-system'.
25324
25325 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25326
25327 \(fn)" t nil)
25328
25329 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25330 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25331
25332 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25333 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25334 `*SQL*'.
25335
25336 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25337 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25338
25339 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25340 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25341
25342 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25343 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25344 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25345 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25346 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25347 `default-process-coding-system'.
25348
25349 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25350
25351 \(fn)" t nil)
25352
25353 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25354 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25355
25356 SQLite is free software.
25357
25358 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25359 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25360 `*SQL*'.
25361
25362 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25363 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25364 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25365 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25366
25367 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25368 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25369
25370 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25371 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25372 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25373 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25374 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25375 `default-process-coding-system'.
25376
25377 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25378
25379 \(fn)" t nil)
25380
25381 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25382 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25383
25384 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25385
25386 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25387 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25388 `*SQL*'.
25389
25390 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25391 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25392 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25393 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25394
25395 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25396 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25397
25398 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25399 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25400 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25401 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25402 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25403 `default-process-coding-system'.
25404
25405 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25406
25407 \(fn)" t nil)
25408
25409 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25410 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25411
25412 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25413 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25414 `*SQL*'.
25415
25416 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25417 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25418 defaults, if set.
25419
25420 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25421 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25422
25423 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25424 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25425 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25426 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25427 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25428 `default-process-coding-system'.
25429
25430 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25431
25432 \(fn)" t nil)
25433
25434 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25435 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25436
25437 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25438 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25439 `*SQL*'.
25440
25441 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25442 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25443
25444 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25445 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25446
25447 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25448 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25449 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25450 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25451 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25452 `default-process-coding-system'.
25453
25454 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25455
25456 \(fn)" t nil)
25457
25458 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25459 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25460
25461 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25462 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25463 `*SQL*'.
25464
25465 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25466 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25467 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25468 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25469
25470 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25471 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25472
25473 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25474 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25475 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25476 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25477 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25478 `default-process-coding-system'.
25479
25480 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25481
25482 \(fn)" t nil)
25483
25484 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25485 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25486
25487 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25488 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25489 `*SQL*'.
25490
25491 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25492 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25493 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25494 `sql-postgres-options'.
25495
25496 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25497 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25498
25499 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25500 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25501 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25502 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25503 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25504 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25505 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25506 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25507
25508 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25509 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25510
25511 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25512
25513 \(fn)" t nil)
25514
25515 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25516 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25517
25518 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25519 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25520 `*SQL*'.
25521
25522 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25523 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25524 defaults, if set.
25525
25526 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25527 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25528
25529 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25530 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25531 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25532 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25533 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25534 `default-process-coding-system'.
25535
25536 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25537
25538 \(fn)" t nil)
25539
25540 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25541 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25542
25543 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25544 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25545 `*SQL*'.
25546
25547 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25548 automatic login.
25549
25550 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25551 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25552
25553 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25554 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25555 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25556 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25557
25558 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25559 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25560 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25561 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25562 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25563 `default-process-coding-system'.
25564
25565 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25566
25567 \(fn)" t nil)
25568
25569 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25570 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25571
25572 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25573 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25574 `*SQL*'.
25575
25576 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25577 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25578 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25579 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25580 parameters.
25581
25582 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25583 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25584 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25585 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25586 an empty password.
25587
25588 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25589 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25590
25591 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25592
25593 \(fn)" t nil)
25594
25595 ;;;***
25596 \f
25597 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25598 ;;;;;; (19383 49282))
25599 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25600
25601 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25602 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25603
25604 \(fn)" t nil)
25605
25606 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25607
25608 ;;;***
25609 \f
25610 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25611 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25612 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25613 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25614 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19383
25615 ;;;;;; 49282))
25616 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25617
25618 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25619 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25620 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25621 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25622 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25623 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25624
25625 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25626
25627 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25628
25629 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25630 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25631 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25632 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25633 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25634 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25635 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25636
25637 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25638
25639 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25640 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25641 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25642 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25643 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25644 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25645 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25646
25647 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25648
25649 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25650 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25651 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25652
25653 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25654
25655 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25656 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25657 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25658
25659 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25660
25661 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25662 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25663
25664 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25665
25666 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25667 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25668
25669 \(fn)" t nil)
25670
25671 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25672 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25673
25674 \(fn)" t nil)
25675
25676 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25677 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25678 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25679 chronologically by command name.
25680 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25681
25682 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25683
25684 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25685 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25686 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25687 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25688 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25689 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25690
25691 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25692
25693 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25694 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25695 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25696 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25697 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25698 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25699 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25700
25701 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25702 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25703 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25704 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25705
25706 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25707
25708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25709
25710 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25711 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25712 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25713 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25714
25715 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25716
25717 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25718 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25719
25720 \(fn)" t nil)
25721
25722 ;;;***
25723 \f
25724 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25725 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19383 49282))
25726 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25727
25728 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25729 Studlify-case the region.
25730
25731 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25732
25733 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25734 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25735
25736 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25737
25738 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25739 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25740
25741 \(fn)" t nil)
25742
25743 ;;;***
25744 \f
25745 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
25746 ;;;;;; (19383 49282))
25747 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25748
25749 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25750 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
25751 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
25752 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
25753 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
25754 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
25755 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
25756 Here are some examples:
25757
25758 Nomenclature Subwords
25759 ===========================================================
25760 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25761 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25762 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25763
25764 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25765 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25766 as words.
25767
25768 \\{subword-mode-map}
25769
25770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25771
25772 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25773 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25774 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25775 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25776 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25777 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25778
25779 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25780
25781 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25782 Toggle Subword mode in every possible buffer.
25783 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Subword mode on if and only if
25784 ARG is positive.
25785 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25786 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25787 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25788
25789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25790
25791 ;;;***
25792 \f
25793 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25794 ;;;;;; (19383 49282))
25795 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25796
25797 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25798 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25799 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25800 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25801 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25802 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25803 original message but it does require a few things:
25804
25805 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25806
25807 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25808 reply buffer.
25809
25810 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25811 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25812 original message.
25813
25814 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25815
25816 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25817
25818 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25819 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25820 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25821
25822 \(fn)" nil nil)
25823
25824 ;;;***
25825 \f
25826 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (19383
25827 ;;;;;; 49282))
25828 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25829
25830 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25831
25832 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
25833 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25834 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25835 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25836 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25837 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25838
25839 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25840
25841 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25842 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
25843 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
25844 otherwise turn it off.
25845
25846 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25847 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25848 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25849
25850 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25851
25852 ;;;***
25853 \f
25854 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (19383 49282))
25855 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25856
25857 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25858 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25859 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25860 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25861 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25862
25863 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25864
25865 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25866 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25867 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25868 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25869 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25870 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25871 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25872
25873 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25874
25875 ;;;***
25876 \f
25877 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25878 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25879 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25880 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25881 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25882 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25883 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25884 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25885 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25886 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25887 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25888 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25889 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19383 49282))
25890 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25891
25892 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25893 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25894 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25895
25896 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
25897
25898 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25899 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25900
25901 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
25902
25903 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25904 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25905
25906 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
25907
25908 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25909 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25910
25911 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
25912
25913 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
25914 Insert an editable text table.
25915 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25916 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25917 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25918 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25919 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25920 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25921 delimiting them.
25922
25923 Examples:
25924
25925 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25926
25927 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25928 location of point.
25929
25930 -!-
25931
25932 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25933 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25934 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25935 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25936 first cell.
25937
25938 +-----+-----+-----+
25939 |-!- | | |
25940 +-----+-----+-----+
25941
25942 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25943
25944 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25945 width, which results as
25946
25947 +--------------+-----+-----+
25948 |-!- | | |
25949 +--------------+-----+-----+
25950
25951 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25952 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25953
25954 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25955 | | |-!- |
25956 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25957
25958 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25959 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25960 width information to `table-insert'.
25961
25962 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25963
25964 instead of
25965
25966 Cell width(s): 5
25967
25968 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25969 work all together.
25970
25971 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25972 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25973
25974 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25975 |-!- | | |
25976 | | | |
25977 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25978
25979 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25980
25981 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25982 |-!- | | |
25983 | | | |
25984 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25985 | | | |
25986 | | | |
25987 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25988
25989 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25990
25991 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25992 | | | |
25993 | | | |
25994 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25995 | | | |
25996 | | | |
25997 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25998 -!-
25999
26000 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26001 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26002 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26003
26004 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26005 | | | |
26006 | | | |
26007 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26008 | | | |
26009 | | | |
26010 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26011 |-!- | | |
26012 | | | |
26013 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26014
26015 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26016 results.
26017
26018 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26019 | | | |
26020 | | | |
26021 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26022 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26023 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26024 | | |expected results.-!- |
26025 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26026 | | | |
26027 | | | |
26028 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26029
26030 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26031
26032 \\{table-cell-map}
26033
26034 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26035
26036 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26037 Insert N table row(s).
26038 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26039 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26040 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26041 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26042
26043 \(fn N)" t nil)
26044
26045 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26046 Insert N table column(s).
26047 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26048 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26049 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26050 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26051
26052 \(fn N)" t nil)
26053
26054 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26055 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26056 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26057
26058 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26059
26060 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26061 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26062 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26063 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26064 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26065 all the table specific features.
26066
26067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26068
26069 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26070 Not documented
26071
26072 \(fn)" t nil)
26073
26074 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26075 Recognize all tables within region.
26076 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26077 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26078 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26079 specific features.
26080
26081 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26082
26083 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26084 Not documented
26085
26086 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26087
26088 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26089 Recognize a table at point.
26090 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26091 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26092 the table specific features.
26093
26094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26095
26096 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26097 Not documented
26098
26099 \(fn)" t nil)
26100
26101 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26102 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26103 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26104 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26105 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26106 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26107 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26108
26109 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26110
26111 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26112 Not documented
26113
26114 \(fn)" t nil)
26115
26116 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26117 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26118 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26119 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26120 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26121 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26122 specified.
26123
26124 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26125
26126 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26127 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26128 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26129 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26130 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26131 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26132 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26133 table structure.
26134
26135 \(fn N)" t nil)
26136
26137 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26138 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26139 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26140 table's rectangle structure.
26141
26142 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26143
26144 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26145 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26146 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26147 table's rectangle structure.
26148
26149 \(fn N)" t nil)
26150
26151 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26152 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26153 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26154 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26155 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26156
26157 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26158
26159 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26160 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26161 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26162
26163 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26164 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26165 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26166 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26167 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26168 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26169 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26170
26171 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26172 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26173 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26174 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26175 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26176 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26177 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26178
26179 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26180 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26181 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26182 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26183 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26184 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26185 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26186 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26187
26188 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26189
26190 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26191 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26192 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26193 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26194
26195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26196
26197 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26198 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26199 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26200
26201 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26202
26203 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26204 Split current cell vertically.
26205 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26206
26207 \(fn)" t nil)
26208
26209 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26210 Split current cell horizontally.
26211 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26212
26213 \(fn)" t nil)
26214
26215 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26216 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26217 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26218
26219 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26220
26221 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26222 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26223 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26224 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26225
26226 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26227
26228 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26229 Justify cell contents.
26230 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26231 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26232 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26233 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26234
26235 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26236
26237 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26238 Justify cells of a row.
26239 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26240 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26241
26242 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26243
26244 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26245 Justify cells of a column.
26246 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26247 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26248
26249 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26250
26251 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26252 Toggle fixing width mode.
26253 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26254 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26255 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26256
26257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26258
26259 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26260 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26261 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26262 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26263 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26264 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26265 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26266 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26267 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26268 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26269 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26270
26271 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26272
26273 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26274 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26275 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26276 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26277 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26278 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26279 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26280 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26281 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26282 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26283 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26284 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26285 untouched.
26286
26287 References used for this implementation:
26288
26289 HTML:
26290 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26291
26292 LaTeX:
26293 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26294
26295 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26296 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26297 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26298
26299 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26300
26301 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26302 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26303 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26304 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26305 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26306 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26307 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26308 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26309 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26310 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26311 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26312 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26313 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26314 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26315 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26316 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26317 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26318
26319 Example:
26320
26321 (progn
26322 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26323 (table-forward-cell 15)
26324 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26325 (table-forward-cell 16)
26326 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26327 (table-forward-cell 1)
26328 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26329
26330 (progn
26331 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26332 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26333 (table-forward-cell 1)
26334 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26335
26336 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26337
26338 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26339 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26340 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26341 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26342 consists from cells of same height.
26343
26344 \(fn N)" t nil)
26345
26346 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26347 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26348 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26349 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26350 column must consists from cells of same width.
26351
26352 \(fn N)" t nil)
26353
26354 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26355 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26356 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26357 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26358 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26359 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26360 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26361 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26362 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26363 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26364 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26365 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26366 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26367 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26368 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26369
26370
26371 Example 1:
26372
26373 1, 2, 3, 4
26374 5, 6, 7, 8
26375 , 9, 10
26376
26377 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26378 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26379 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26380 specified as 5.
26381
26382 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26383 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26384 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26385 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26386 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26387 | | 9 | 10 | |
26388 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26389
26390 Note:
26391
26392 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26393 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26394 of each row is optional.
26395
26396
26397 Example 2:
26398
26399 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26400 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26401 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26402 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26403 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26404
26405 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26406 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26407
26408 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26409 expression and raw delimiter regular
26410 expression, it parses the specified text
26411 area and extracts cell items from
26412 non-table text and then forms a table out
26413 of them.
26414
26415 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26416 creates a single cell table. The text in
26417 the specified region is placed in that
26418 cell.-*-
26419
26420 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26421 like this.
26422
26423 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26424 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26425 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26426 | |
26427 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26428 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26429 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26430 | area and extracts cell items from |
26431 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26432 | of them. |
26433 | |
26434 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26435 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26436 | the specified region is placed in that |
26437 | cell. |
26438 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26439
26440 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26441 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26442 independently.
26443
26444 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26445 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26446 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26447 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26448 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26449 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26450 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26451 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26452 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26453 | |of them. |
26454 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26455 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26456 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26457 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26458 | |cell. |
26459 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26460
26461 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26462 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26463 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26464
26465 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26466
26467 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26468 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26469 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26470 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26471 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26472
26473 \(fn)" t nil)
26474
26475 ;;;***
26476 \f
26477 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (19383 49282))
26478 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26479
26480 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26481 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26482
26483 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26484
26485 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26486 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26487
26488 \(fn)" t nil)
26489
26490 ;;;***
26491 \f
26492 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19383 49282))
26493 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26494
26495 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26496 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26497 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26498 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26499 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26500 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26501 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26502
26503 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26504 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26505 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26506 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26507
26508 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26509 \\{tar-mode-map}
26510
26511 \(fn)" t nil)
26512
26513 ;;;***
26514 \f
26515 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26516 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (19383 49282))
26517 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26518
26519 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26520 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26521 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26522 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26523 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26524 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26525
26526 Variables controlling indentation style:
26527 `tcl-indent-level'
26528 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26529 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26530 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26531
26532 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26533 documentation for details):
26534 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26535 Controls action of TAB key.
26536 `tcl-auto-newline'
26537 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26538 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26539 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26540 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26541 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26542
26543 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26544 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26545 already exist.
26546
26547 Commands:
26548 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26549
26550 \(fn)" t nil)
26551
26552 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26553 Run inferior Tcl process.
26554 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26555 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26556
26557 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26558
26559 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26560 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26561 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26562
26563 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26564
26565 ;;;***
26566 \f
26567 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (19383 49282))
26568 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26569 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
26570
26571 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26572 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26573 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26574 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26575
26576 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26577 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26578 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26579 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26580 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26581
26582 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26583 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)"))
26584
26585 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26586 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26587 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26588 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26589
26590 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26591
26592 ;;;***
26593 \f
26594 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26595 ;;;;;; (19383 49282))
26596 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26597
26598 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26599 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26600 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26601 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26602 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26603 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26604
26605 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26606
26607 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26608 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26609 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26610 commands to use in that buffer.
26611
26612 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26613
26614 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26615
26616 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26617 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26618
26619 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26620
26621 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26622 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26623 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26624 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26625 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26626 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26627 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26628 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26629 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26630 use in that buffer.
26631 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26632
26633 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26634
26635 ;;;***
26636 \f
26637 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (19383
26638 ;;;;;; 49282))
26639 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26640
26641 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26642 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26643 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26644 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26645 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26646 program as keyboard input.
26647
26648 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26649 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26650 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26651 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26652
26653 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26654 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26655 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26656 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26657 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26658
26659 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26660
26661 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26662 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26663 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26664 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26665
26666 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26667 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26668 subprocess started.
26669
26670 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26671
26672 ;;;***
26673 \f
26674 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26675 ;;;;;; (19383 49282))
26676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26677
26678 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26679 Start coverage on function under point.
26680
26681 \(fn)" t nil)
26682
26683 ;;;***
26684 \f
26685 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19383 49282))
26686 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26687
26688 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26689 Play the Tetris game.
26690 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26691 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26692 as to form complete rows.
26693
26694 tetris-mode keybindings:
26695 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26696 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26697 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26698 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26699 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26700 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26701 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26702 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26703 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26704
26705 \(fn)" t nil)
26706
26707 ;;;***
26708 \f
26709 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26710 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26711 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26712 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26713 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26714 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26715 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26716 ;;;;;; (19387 22082))
26717 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26718
26719 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26720 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26721
26722 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26723
26724 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26725 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26726 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26727 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26728 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26729
26730 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26731
26732 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26733 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26734 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26735 if it matches the first line of the file,
26736 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26737
26738 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26739
26740 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26741 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26742 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26743 if the variable is non-nil.")
26744
26745 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26746
26747 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26748 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26749
26750 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26751
26752 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26753 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26754 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26755 See the documentation of that variable.")
26756
26757 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26758
26759 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26760 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26761 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26762 See the documentation of that variable.")
26763
26764 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26765
26766 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26767 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26768 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26769 See the documentation of that variable.")
26770
26771 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26772
26773 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26774 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26775 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26776 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26777 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26778
26779 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26780
26781 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26782 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26783 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26784 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26785
26786 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26787
26788 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26789 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26790 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26791
26792 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26793
26794 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26795 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26796 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26797 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26798
26799 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26800
26801 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26802 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26803 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26804 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26805
26806 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26807
26808 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26809 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26810 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26811 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26812
26813 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26814 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26815 for example,
26816
26817 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26818 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26819
26820 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26821 use.")
26822
26823 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26824
26825 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26826 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26827 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26828 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26829 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26830
26831 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26832
26833 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26834
26835 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26836 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26837 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26838
26839 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26840
26841 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26842 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26843 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26844 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26845 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26846
26847 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26848
26849 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26850 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26851
26852 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26853
26854 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26855 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26856
26857 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26858
26859 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26860 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26861 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26862 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26863 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26864 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26865 says which mode to use.
26866
26867 \(fn)" t nil)
26868
26869 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26870
26871 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26872
26873 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26874
26875 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26876 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26877 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26878 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26879 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26880
26881 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26882 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26883 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26884 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26885 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26886 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26887 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26888
26889 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26890 mismatched $'s or braces.
26891
26892 Special commands:
26893 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26894
26895 Mode variables:
26896 tex-run-command
26897 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26898 tex-directory
26899 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26900 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26901 tex-dvi-print-command
26902 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26903 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26904 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26905 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26906 tex-dvi-view-command
26907 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26908 tex-show-queue-command
26909 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26910 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26911
26912 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26913 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26914 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26915
26916 \(fn)" t nil)
26917
26918 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26919 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26920 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26921 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26922 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26923
26924 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26925 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26926 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26927 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26928 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26929 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26930 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26931
26932 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26933 mismatched $'s or braces.
26934
26935 Special commands:
26936 \\{latex-mode-map}
26937
26938 Mode variables:
26939 latex-run-command
26940 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26941 tex-directory
26942 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26943 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26944 tex-dvi-print-command
26945 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26946 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26947 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26948 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26949 tex-dvi-view-command
26950 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26951 tex-show-queue-command
26952 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26953 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26954
26955 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26956 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26957 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26958
26959 \(fn)" t nil)
26960
26961 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26962 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26963 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26964 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26965 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26966
26967 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26968 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26969 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26970 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26971 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26972 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26973 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26974
26975 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26976 mismatched $'s or braces.
26977
26978 Special commands:
26979 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26980
26981 Mode variables:
26982 slitex-run-command
26983 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26984 tex-directory
26985 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26986 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26987 tex-dvi-print-command
26988 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26989 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26990 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26991 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26992 tex-dvi-view-command
26993 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26994 tex-show-queue-command
26995 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26996 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26997
26998 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26999 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27000 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27001 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27002
27003 \(fn)" t nil)
27004
27005 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27006 Not documented
27007
27008 \(fn)" nil nil)
27009
27010 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27011 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27012
27013 \(fn)" t nil)
27014
27015 ;;;***
27016 \f
27017 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27018 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19383 49282))
27019 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27020
27021 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27022 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27023 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27024 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27025
27026 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27027 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27028 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27029
27030 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27031
27032 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27033 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27034 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27035 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27036 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27037
27038 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27039
27040 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27041 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27042 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27043 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27044
27045 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27046 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27047 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27048 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27049
27050 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27051 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27052
27053 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27054
27055 ;;;***
27056 \f
27057 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27058 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19383 49282))
27059 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27060
27061 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27062 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27063
27064 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27065
27066 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27067 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27068
27069 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27070
27071 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27072 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27073
27074 It has these extra commands:
27075 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27076
27077 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27078 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27079 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27080 modified version of TeX input format.
27081
27082 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27083 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27084 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27085 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27086
27087 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27088 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27089 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27090 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27091 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27092 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27093 in the Texinfo file.
27094
27095 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27096 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27097 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27098 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27099 move forward past the closing brace.
27100
27101 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27102 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27103
27104 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27105 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27106 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27107
27108 Here are the functions:
27109
27110 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27111 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27112 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27113
27114 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27115 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27116 texinfo-master-menu
27117
27118 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27119
27120 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27121 which menu descriptions are indented.
27122
27123 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27124 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27125 in the region.
27126
27127 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27128 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27129 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27130 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27131
27132 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27133 be the first node in the file.
27134
27135 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27136 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27137
27138 \(fn)" t nil)
27139
27140 ;;;***
27141 \f
27142 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27143 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27144 ;;;;;; (19383 49282))
27145 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27146
27147 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27148 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27149 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27150 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27151
27152 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27153
27154 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27155 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27156
27157 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27158
27159 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27160 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27161
27162 \(fn)" t nil)
27163
27164 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27165 Not documented
27166
27167 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27168
27169 ;;;***
27170 \f
27171 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27172 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27173 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (19383 49282))
27174 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27175
27176 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27177 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27178
27179 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27180
27181 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27182 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27183 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27184 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27185 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27186
27187 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27188 a symbol as a valid THING.
27189
27190 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27191 of the textual entity that was found.
27192
27193 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27194
27195 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27196 Return the THING at point.
27197 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27198 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27199 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27200
27201 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27202 a symbol as a valid THING.
27203
27204 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27205
27206 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27207 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27208
27209 \(fn)" nil nil)
27210
27211 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27212 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27213
27214 \(fn)" nil nil)
27215
27216 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27217 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27218
27219 \(fn)" nil nil)
27220
27221 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27222 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27223
27224 \(fn)" nil nil)
27225
27226 ;;;***
27227 \f
27228 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27229 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27230 ;;;;;; (19383 49282))
27231 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27232
27233 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27234 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27235
27236 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27237
27238 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27239 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27240 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27241 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27242
27243 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27244
27245 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27246 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27247
27248 \(fn)" t nil)
27249
27250 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27251 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27252
27253 \(fn)" t nil)
27254
27255 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27256
27257 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27258 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27259
27260 \(fn)" t nil)
27261
27262 ;;;***
27263 \f
27264 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27265 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27266 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27267 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27268 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (19383
27269 ;;;;;; 49282))
27270 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27271
27272 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27273 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27274 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27275
27276 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27277
27278 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27279 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27280
27281 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27282
27283 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27284 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27285 The returned string has no composition information.
27286
27287 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27288
27289 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27290 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27291
27292 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27293
27294 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27295 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27296
27297 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27298
27299 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27300 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27301 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27302 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27303
27304 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27305
27306 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27307 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27308 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27309 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27310
27311 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27312
27313 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27314 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27315 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27316
27317 \(fn)" t nil)
27318
27319 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27320 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27321 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27322
27323 \(fn)" t nil)
27324
27325 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27326 Not documented
27327
27328 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27329
27330 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27331 Not documented
27332
27333 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27334
27335 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27336 Not documented
27337
27338 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27339
27340 ;;;***
27341 \f
27342 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27343 ;;;;;; (19383 49282))
27344 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27345
27346 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27347 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27348 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27349 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27350 parameters.
27351 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27352
27353 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27354
27355 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27356 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27357 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27358 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27359 parameters.
27360 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27361
27362 \(fn)" t nil)
27363
27364 ;;;***
27365 \f
27366 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27367 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27368 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (19383 49282))
27369 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27370
27371 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27372 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27373
27374 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27375 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27376
27377 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27378 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27379 This display updates automatically every minute.
27380 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27381 are displayed as well.
27382 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27383
27384 \(fn)" t nil)
27385
27386 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27387 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27388 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27389 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27390 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27391 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27392
27393 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27394
27395 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27396 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27397 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27398
27399 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27400 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27401 are displayed as well.
27402 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27403
27404 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27405
27406 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27407 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27408 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27409 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27410
27411 \(fn)" t nil)
27412
27413 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27414 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27415 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27416 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27417
27418 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27419
27420 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27421 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27422
27423 \(fn)" t nil)
27424
27425 ;;;***
27426 \f
27427 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27428 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27429 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27430 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27431 ;;;;;; (19383 49282))
27432 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27433
27434 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27435 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27436 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27437
27438 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27439 (if (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27440 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time)))
27441 (progn
27442 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27443 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
27444 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27445
27446 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27447 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27448
27449 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27450
27451 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27452 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27453
27454 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27455
27456 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27457 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27458
27459 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27460
27461 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27462 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27463 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27464
27465 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27466
27467 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27468
27469 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27470 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27471 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27472
27473 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27474
27475 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27476 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27477
27478 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27479
27480 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27481 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27482 DATE should be a date-time string.
27483
27484 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27485
27486 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27487 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27488 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27489
27490 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27491
27492 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27493 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27494
27495 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27496
27497 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27498 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27499
27500 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27501
27502 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27503 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27504 TIME should be a time value.
27505 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27506
27507 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27508
27509 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27510 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27511 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27512
27513 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27514
27515 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27516 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27517 The valid format specifiers are:
27518 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27519 %d is the number of days.
27520 %h is the number of hours.
27521 %m is the number of minutes.
27522 %s is the number of seconds.
27523 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27524 %% is a literal \"%\".
27525
27526 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27527 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27528
27529 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27530 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27531 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27532
27533 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27534 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27535 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27536
27537 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27538
27539 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27540
27541 ;;;***
27542 \f
27543 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27544 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (19383 49282))
27545 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27546 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27547 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27548 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27549 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27550 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27551 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27552 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27553 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27554
27555 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27556 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27557 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27558 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27559 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27560 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27561 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27562 look like one of the following:
27563 Time-stamp: <>
27564 Time-stamp: \" \"
27565 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27566 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27567 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27568 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27569 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27570 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27571 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27572 the template.
27573
27574 \(fn)" t nil)
27575
27576 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27577 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27578 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27579
27580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27581
27582 ;;;***
27583 \f
27584 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27585 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27586 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27587 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27588 ;;;;;; (19383 49282))
27589 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27590
27591 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27592 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27593 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27594 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27595 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27596 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27597 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27598 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27599 display (non-nil means on).
27600
27601 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27602
27603 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27604 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27605 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27606 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27607 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27608 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27609 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27610 this function is called within a day.
27611
27612 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27613 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27614 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27615 discover the name of the project.
27616
27617 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27618
27619 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27620 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27621 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27622 begun during the last time segment.
27623
27624 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27625 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27626 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27627 discover the reason.
27628
27629 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27630
27631 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27632 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27633 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27634 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27635 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27636
27637 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27638
27639 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27640 Change to working on a different project.
27641 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27642 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27643 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27644 working on.
27645
27646 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27647
27648 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27649 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27650 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27651
27652 \(fn)" nil nil)
27653
27654 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27655 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27656 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27657
27658 \(fn)" t nil)
27659
27660 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27661 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27662 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27663 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27664 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27665 \"relative to today\".
27666
27667 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27668
27669 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27670 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27671 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27672 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27673
27674 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27675
27676 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27677 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27678 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27679 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27680 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27681 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27682
27683 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27684
27685 ;;;***
27686 \f
27687 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27688 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (19383 49282))
27689 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27690
27691 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27692 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27693 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27694 the generated Quail package is saved.
27695
27696 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27697
27698 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27699 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27700 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27701 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27702 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27703 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27704 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27705
27706 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27707
27708 ;;;***
27709 \f
27710 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27711 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (19383 49284))
27712 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27713 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27714 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27715
27716 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27717 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27718 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27719 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27720 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27721
27722 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27723
27724 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27725 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27726 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27727 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27728 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27729
27730 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27731
27732 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27733 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27734 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27735 in the menu in two ways:
27736 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27737 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27738 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27739
27740 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27741 keymap or an alist of alists.
27742 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27743 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27744
27745 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27746
27747 ;;;***
27748 \f
27749 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27750 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27751 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19383 49282))
27752 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27753
27754 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27755 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27756
27757 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
27758
27759 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
27760 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27761
27762 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27763
27764 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
27765 Insert new TODO list entry.
27766 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27767 category.
27768
27769 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27770
27771 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
27772 List top priorities for each category.
27773
27774 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27775 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
27776
27777 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27778 between each category.
27779 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
27780
27781 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27782
27783 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
27784 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27785 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27786 between each category.
27787
27788 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27789
27790 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27791
27792 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27793 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27794
27795 \\{todo-mode-map}
27796
27797 \(fn)" t nil)
27798
27799 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
27800 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27801
27802 \(fn)" nil nil)
27803
27804 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27805 Show TODO list.
27806
27807 \(fn)" t nil)
27808
27809 ;;;***
27810 \f
27811 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27812 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27813 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (19383 49282))
27814 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27815
27816 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27817 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27818 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27819
27820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27821
27822 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
27823
27824 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27825 Add an item to the tool bar.
27826 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27827 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27828 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27829 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27830
27831 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27832 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27833 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27834 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27835
27836 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27837 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27838
27839 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27840
27841 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27842 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27843 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27844 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27845 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27846 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27847
27848 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27849 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27850 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27851 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27852
27853 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27854
27855 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27856 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27857 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27858 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27859 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27860 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27861 properties to add to the binding.
27862
27863 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27864
27865 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27866 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27867
27868 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27869
27870 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27871 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27872 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27873 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27874 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27875 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27876 properties to add to the binding.
27877
27878 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27879 holds a keymap.
27880
27881 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27882
27883 ;;;***
27884 \f
27885 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27886 ;;;;;; (19383 49282))
27887 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27888
27889 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27890 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27891 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27892 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27893 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27894 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27895
27896 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
27897
27898 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
27899 TPU/edt emulation.
27900
27901 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27902
27903 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
27904
27905 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
27906 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27907
27908 \(fn)" t nil)
27909
27910 ;;;***
27911 \f
27912 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
27913 ;;;;;; (19383 49282))
27914 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
27915
27916 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
27917 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
27918
27919 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
27920 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
27921 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
27922 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
27923 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
27924
27925 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
27926 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
27927 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
27928 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
27929 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
27930
27931 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
27932 (tpu-edt)
27933
27934 Known Problems:
27935
27936 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
27937 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
27938 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
27939 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
27940 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
27941 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
27942
27943 \(fn)" t nil)
27944
27945 ;;;***
27946 \f
27947 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (19383 49282))
27948 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27949
27950 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
27951 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27952 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27953 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27954 to a tcp server on another machine.
27955
27956 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27957
27958 ;;;***
27959 \f
27960 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27961 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19383 49285))
27962 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27963
27964 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
27965 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27966
27967 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
27968
27969 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
27970 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27971 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27972 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27973 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27974 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27975 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27976 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27977
27978 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27979
27980 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
27981 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27982 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27983 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27984 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27985 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27986 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27987 the window or buffer configuration.
27988
27989 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27990
27991 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27992
27993 ;;;***
27994 \f
27995 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27996 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27997 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
27998 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19383 49278))
27999 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28000
28001 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28002 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28003 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28004
28005 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28006
28007 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28008 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28009
28010 It can have the following values:
28011
28012 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28013 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28014 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28015
28016 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28017
28018 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):" "\
28019 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28020 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28021 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28022
28023 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28024 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28025 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28026 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28027
28028 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28029 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28030 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28031
28032 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28033 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28034 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28035 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28036 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28037 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28038 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28039 files which are not really Tramp files.
28040
28041 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28042 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28043 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28044 updated after changing this variable.
28045
28046 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28047
28048 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "\\`/") "\
28049 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28050 Usually, it is just \"\\\\`/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28051 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28052
28053 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*\\'") "\
28054 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28055 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28056 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28057
28058 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'") "\
28059 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28060 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28061 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28062
28063 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'") "\
28064 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28065 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28066
28067 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28068 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28069 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28070
28071 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28072 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28073 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28074 updated after changing this variable.
28075
28076 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28077
28078 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28079 Alist of completion handler functions.
28080 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28081 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28082 normal Emacs functions.")
28083
28084 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28085 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28086 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28087 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28088
28089 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28090 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28091 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28092 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28093
28094 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28095 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28096 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28097
28098 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28099
28100 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28101 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28102 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) partial-completion-mode) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28103
28104 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28105 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28106 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28107
28108 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28109 Not documented
28110
28111 \(fn)" nil nil)
28112
28113 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28114 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28115
28116 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28117
28118 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28119 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28120
28121 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28122
28123 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28124 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28125
28126 \(fn)" t nil)
28127
28128 ;;;***
28129 \f
28130 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28131 ;;;;;; (19383 49282))
28132 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28133
28134 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28135 Not documented
28136
28137 \(fn)" nil nil)
28138
28139 ;;;***
28140 \f
28141 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (19383
28142 ;;;;;; 49282))
28143 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28144
28145 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28146 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28147 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28148 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28149 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28150 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28151 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28152 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28153
28154 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28155 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28156 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28157
28158 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28159 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28160 resumed later.
28161
28162 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28163
28164 ;;;***
28165 \f
28166 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28167 ;;;;;; (19383 49282))
28168 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28169
28170 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28171 Not documented
28172
28173 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28174
28175 ;;;***
28176 \f
28177 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28178 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19383 49282))
28179 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28180 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28181 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28182 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28183
28184 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28185 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28186 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28187 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28188 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28189 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28190 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28191
28192 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28193
28194 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28195 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28196 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28197 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28198
28199 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28200
28201 \(fn)" t nil)
28202
28203 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28204 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28205 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28206 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28207 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28208 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28209 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28210
28211 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28212 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28213
28214 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28215 \\___/\\
28216 / \\
28217 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28218
28219 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28220
28221 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28222
28223 ;;;***
28224 \f
28225 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28226 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28227 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28228 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28229 ;;;;;; (19383 49282))
28230 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28231
28232 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28233 Toggle typing break mode.
28234 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28235 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28236 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28237
28238 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28239
28240 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28241 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28242
28243 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28244
28245 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28246 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28247
28248 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28249 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28250 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28251
28252 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28253 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28254
28255 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28256
28257 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28258 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28259
28260 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28261 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28262 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28263 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28264
28265 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28266
28267 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28268 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28269 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28270
28271 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28272 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28273 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28274 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28275 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28276 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28277
28278 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28279 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28280 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28281 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28282
28283 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28284 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28285
28286 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28287 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28288
28289 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28290
28291 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28292 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28293 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28294
28295 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28296 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28297 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28298 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28299 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28300 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28301 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28302
28303 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28304 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28305
28306 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28307 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28308 reset the keystroke counter.
28309
28310 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28311 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28312 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28313 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28314
28315 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28316 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28317 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28318 `type-break-schedule' command.
28319
28320 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28321 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28322 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28323 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28324 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28325 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28326 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28327 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28328 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28329
28330 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28331 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28332 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28333 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28334 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28335
28336 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28337 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28338 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28339 approximate good values for this.
28340
28341 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28342 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28343
28344 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28345 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28346 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28347 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28348 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28349 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28350
28351 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28352 a typing break occur. They include:
28353
28354 `type-break-query-mode'
28355 `type-break-query-function'
28356 `type-break-query-interval'
28357
28358 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28359
28360 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28361 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28362 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28363 problems.
28364
28365 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28366
28367 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28368 Take a typing break.
28369
28370 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28371 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28372
28373 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28374 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28375
28376 \(fn)" t nil)
28377
28378 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28379 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28380 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28381 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28382
28383 \(fn)" t nil)
28384
28385 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28386 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28387
28388 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28389 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28390 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28391 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28392 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28393 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28394 average typing speed.)
28395
28396 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28397 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28398 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28399 the computed maximum threshold.
28400
28401 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28402 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28403 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28404 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28405 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28406
28407 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28408
28409 ;;;***
28410 \f
28411 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19383 49282))
28412 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28413
28414 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28415 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28416 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28417 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28418 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28419
28420 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28421
28422 ;;;***
28423 \f
28424 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28425 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28426 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28427 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28428 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28429 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (19383 49282))
28430 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28431
28432 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28433 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28434
28435 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28436
28437 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28438 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28439
28440 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28441
28442 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28443 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28444
28445 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28446
28447 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28448 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28449
28450 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28451
28452 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28453 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28454
28455 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28456
28457 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28458 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28459
28460 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28461
28462 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28463 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28464
28465 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28466
28467 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28468 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28469
28470 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28471
28472 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28473 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28474
28475 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28476
28477 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28478 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28479
28480 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28481
28482 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28483 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28484
28485 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28486
28487 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28488 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28489
28490 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28491
28492 ;;;***
28493 \f
28494 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28495 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (19383 49282))
28496 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28497
28498 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28499 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28500 Works by overstriking underscores.
28501 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28502 which specify the range to operate on.
28503
28504 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28505
28506 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28507 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28508 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28509 which specify the range to operate on.
28510
28511 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28512
28513 ;;;***
28514 \f
28515 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28516 ;;;;;; (19383 49283))
28517 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28518
28519 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28520 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
28521 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28522 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28523 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28524 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28525
28526 \(fn)" nil nil)
28527
28528 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28529 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28530
28531 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28532
28533 ;;;***
28534 \f
28535 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (19383
28536 ;;;;;; 49283))
28537 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28538
28539 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28540 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28541 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28542 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28543
28544 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28545
28546 ;;;***
28547 \f
28548 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28549 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (19383 49283))
28550 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28551
28552 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28553 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28554 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28555
28556 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28557 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28558 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28559 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28560 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28561 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28562
28563 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28564 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28565 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28566
28567 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28568 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28569 the callback is not called).
28570
28571 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28572 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28573 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28574 take effect.
28575
28576 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28577
28578 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28579 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28580 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28581 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28582 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28583
28584 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28585
28586 ;;;***
28587 \f
28588 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28589 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (19383 49283))
28590 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28591
28592 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28593 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28594 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28595
28596 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28597 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28598 `url-generic-parse-url'
28599 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28600 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28601 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28602 realm
28603 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28604 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28605 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28606 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28607 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28608 what type of auth to use
28609 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28610 if one cannot be found in the cache
28611
28612 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28613
28614 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28615 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28616
28617 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28618 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28619 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28620 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28621 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28622 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28623 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28624 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28625
28626 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28627
28628 ;;;***
28629 \f
28630 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28631 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (19383
28632 ;;;;;; 49283))
28633 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28634
28635 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28636 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28637
28638 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28639
28640 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28641 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28642
28643 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28644
28645 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28646 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28647
28648 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28649
28650 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
28651 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28652
28653 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28654
28655 ;;;***
28656 \f
28657 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19383 49283))
28658 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28659
28660 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28661 Not documented
28662
28663 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28664
28665 ;;;***
28666 \f
28667 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28668 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (19383 49283))
28669 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28670
28671 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28672 Not documented
28673
28674 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28675
28676 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28677 Not documented
28678
28679 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28680
28681 ;;;***
28682 \f
28683 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19383
28684 ;;;;;; 49283))
28685 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28686
28687 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28688 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28689
28690 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28691
28692 ;;;***
28693 \f
28694 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28695 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (19383 49283))
28696 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28697
28698 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28699 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28700
28701 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28702
28703 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28704 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28705 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28706 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28707 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28708
28709 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28710
28711 ;;;***
28712 \f
28713 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28714 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28715 ;;;;;; (19383 49283))
28716 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28717
28718 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28719 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28720 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28721 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28722 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28723 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28724
28725 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28726
28727 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28728 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28729
28730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28731
28732 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28733 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28734 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28735 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28736
28737 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28738
28739 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28740 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28741 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28742 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28743 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28744 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28745 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28746 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28747 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28748 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28749
28750 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28751
28752 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28753 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28754 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28755 accessible.
28756
28757 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28758
28759 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28760 Not documented
28761
28762 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28763
28764 ;;;***
28765 \f
28766 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28767 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (19383 49283))
28768 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28769
28770 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
28771 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28772 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28773 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28774 CBARGS as the arguments.
28775
28776 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28777
28778 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
28779 Not documented
28780
28781 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28782
28783 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
28784
28785 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
28786 Not documented
28787
28788 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28789
28790 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
28791 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28792 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28793
28794 Property list members:
28795
28796 methods
28797 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28798 supports.
28799
28800 dav
28801 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28802 supported.
28803
28804 dasl
28805 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28806
28807 ranges
28808 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28809
28810 p3p
28811 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28812 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28813 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28814 Emacs/W3.
28815
28816 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28817
28818 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28819 Default HTTPS port.")
28820
28821 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28822 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28823 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28824
28825 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28826 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28827 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28828 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28829 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28830
28831 ;;;***
28832 \f
28833 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (19383 49283))
28834 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28835
28836 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28837 Not documented
28838
28839 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28840
28841 ;;;***
28842 \f
28843 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (19383
28844 ;;;;;; 49283))
28845 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28846
28847 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28848 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28849 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28850 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28851 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28852
28853 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28854
28855 ;;;***
28856 \f
28857 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28858 ;;;;;; (19383 49283))
28859 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28860
28861 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28862 Not documented
28863
28864 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28865
28866 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28867 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28868
28869 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28870
28871 ;;;***
28872 \f
28873 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28874 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (19383 49283))
28875 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28876
28877 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28878 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28879
28880 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28881
28882 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28883 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28884
28885 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28886
28887 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28888 Not documented
28889
28890 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28891
28892 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28893
28894 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28895
28896 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28897
28898 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28899 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28900
28901 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28902
28903 ;;;***
28904 \f
28905 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28906 ;;;;;; (19383 49283))
28907 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28908
28909 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28910 Not documented
28911
28912 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28913
28914 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28915 Not documented
28916
28917 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28918
28919 ;;;***
28920 \f
28921 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28922 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28923 ;;;;;; (19383 49283))
28924 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28925
28926 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28927 Not documented
28928
28929 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28930
28931 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28932 Not documented
28933
28934 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28935
28936 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28937 Not documented
28938
28939 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28940
28941 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28942 Not documented
28943
28944 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28945
28946 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28947 Not documented
28948
28949 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28950
28951 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28952 Not documented
28953
28954 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28955
28956 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28957 Not documented
28958
28959 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28960
28961 ;;;***
28962 \f
28963 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28964 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (19383 49283))
28965 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28966
28967 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28968 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28969
28970 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28971
28972 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28973 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28974 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28975 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
28976
28977 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28978
28979 ;;;***
28980 \f
28981 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28982 ;;;;;; (19383 49283))
28983 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28984
28985 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
28986 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28987
28988 \(fn)" t nil)
28989
28990 ;;;***
28991 \f
28992 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28993 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28994 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
28995 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
28996 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
28997 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
28998 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19383 49283))
28999 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29000
29001 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29002 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29003 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29004
29005 If t, all messages will be logged.
29006 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29007 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29008
29009 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29010
29011 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29012 Not documented
29013
29014 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29015
29016 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29017 Not documented
29018
29019 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29020
29021 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29022 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29023 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29024 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29025 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29026 & ==> &amp;
29027 < ==> &lt;
29028 > ==> &gt;
29029 \" ==> &quot;
29030
29031 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29032
29033 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29034 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29035 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29036
29037 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29038
29039 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29040 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29041 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29042
29043 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29044
29045 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29046 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29047
29048 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29049
29050 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29051 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29052
29053 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29054
29055 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29056 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29057
29058 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29059
29060 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29061 Not documented
29062
29063 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29064
29065 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29066 Not documented
29067
29068 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29069
29070 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29071 Not documented
29072
29073 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29074
29075 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29076
29077 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29078 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29079
29080 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29081
29082 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29083 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29084
29085 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29086
29087 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29088 Not documented
29089
29090 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29091
29092 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29093 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29094 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29095 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29096 forbidden in URL encoding.
29097
29098 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29099
29100 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29101 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29102 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29103 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29104 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29105 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29106
29107 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29108
29109 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29110 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29111 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29112 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29113
29114 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29115
29116 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29117 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29118 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29119
29120 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29121
29122 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29123 View the current document's URL.
29124 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29125 the minibuffer.
29126
29127 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29128
29129 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29130
29131 ;;;***
29132 \f
29133 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29134 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (19383 49283))
29135 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29136
29137 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29138 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29139 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29140 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29141 to refrain from editing the file
29142 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29143 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29144 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29145 in any way you like.
29146
29147 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29148
29149 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29150 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29151 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29152 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29153 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29154
29155 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29156 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29157
29158 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29159
29160 ;;;***
29161 \f
29162 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29163 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29164 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (19383 49283))
29165 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29166
29167 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29168 Not documented
29169
29170 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29171
29172 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29173 Not documented
29174
29175 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29176
29177 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29178 Not documented
29179
29180 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29181
29182 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29183 Not documented
29184
29185 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29186
29187 ;;;***
29188 \f
29189 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29190 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29191 ;;;;;; (19383 49283))
29192 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29193
29194 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29195 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29196 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29197 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29198
29199 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29200
29201 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29202 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29203 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29204
29205 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29206
29207 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29208 Uudecode region between START and END.
29209 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29210
29211 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29212
29213 ;;;***
29214 \f
29215 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29216 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29217 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-root-log vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag
29218 ;;;;;; vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
29219 ;;;;;; vc-root-diff vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action
29220 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook)
29221 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (19383 49284))
29222 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29223
29224 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29225 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29226 See `run-hooks'.")
29227
29228 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29229
29230 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29231 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29232 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29233
29234 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29235
29236 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29237 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29238 See `run-hooks'.")
29239
29240 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29241
29242 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29243 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29244 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29245
29246 For locking systems:
29247 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29248 control.
29249 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29250 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29251 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29252 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29253 it performs a revert on that file.
29254 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29255 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29256 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29257 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29258 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29259 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29260 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29261
29262 For merging systems:
29263 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29264 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29265 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29266 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29267 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29268 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29269 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29270 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29271 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29272
29273 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29274
29275 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29276 Register into a version control system.
29277 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29278 Otherwise register the current file.
29279 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29280 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29281
29282 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29283 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29284 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29285 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29286 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29287 first backend that could register the file is used.
29288
29289 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29290
29291 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29292 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29293
29294 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29295
29296 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29297 Display diffs between file revisions.
29298 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29299 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29300 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29301
29302 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29303 saving the buffer.
29304
29305 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29306
29307 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29308 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29309 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29310 fileset with the working revision.
29311 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29312 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29313
29314 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29315 saving the buffer.
29316
29317 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29318
29319 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29320 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29321 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29322 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29323
29324 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29325
29326 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29327 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29328 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29329 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29330
29331 \(fn)" t nil)
29332
29333 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29334 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
29335 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29336 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29337 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29338 from the current branch.
29339
29340 See Info node `Merging'.
29341
29342 \(fn)" t nil)
29343
29344 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29345
29346 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29347 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29348 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29349 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29350 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29351 checked out in that new branch.
29352
29353 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29354
29355 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29356 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29357 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29358 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29359 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29360 allowed and simply skipped).
29361
29362 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29363
29364 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29365 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29366 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29367 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29368 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29369
29370 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29371 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29372
29373 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29374
29375 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29376 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29377 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29378 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29379 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29380
29381 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29382
29383 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29384 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29385 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29386 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29387
29388 \(fn)" t nil)
29389
29390 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29391 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29392 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29393 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29394
29395 \(fn)" t nil)
29396
29397 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29398
29399 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29400 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29401 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29402 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29403 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29404 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29405
29406 \(fn)" t nil)
29407
29408 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29409 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29410 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29411 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29412 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29413 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29414 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29415
29416 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29417
29418 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29419 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29420 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29421 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29422 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29423 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29424 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29425 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29426 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29427
29428 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29429
29430 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29431 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29432
29433 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29434
29435 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29436 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29437
29438 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29439
29440 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29441 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29442 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29443 directory.
29444
29445 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29446
29447 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29448 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29449 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29450
29451 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29452 log entries should be gathered.
29453
29454 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29455
29456 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29457 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29458
29459 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29460
29461 ;;;***
29462 \f
29463 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc-annotate.el" (19383
29464 ;;;;;; 49283))
29465 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-annotate.el
29466
29467 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29468 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29469
29470 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29471 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29472 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29473 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29474 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29475 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29476
29477 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29478 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
29479 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29480 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29481 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29482 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29483 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29484 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29485
29486 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29487
29488 Customization variables:
29489
29490 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29491 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29492 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29493 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29494
29495 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
29496
29497 ;;;***
29498 \f
29499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (19383 49283))
29500 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29501 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29502 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29503 (progn
29504 (load "vc-arch")
29505 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29506
29507 ;;;***
29508 \f
29509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (19383 49276))
29510 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29511
29512 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29513 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29514
29515 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29516 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29517 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29518 (progn
29519 (load "vc-bzr")
29520 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29521
29522 ;;;***
29523 \f
29524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (19383 49276))
29525 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29526 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29527 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29528 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29529 (load "vc-cvs")
29530 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29531
29532 ;;;***
29533 \f
29534 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc-dir.el" (19383 49283))
29535 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dir.el
29536
29537 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29538 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29539 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29540 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29541 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29542
29543 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29544 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29545 The file lines appear later.
29546
29547 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29548 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29549
29550 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29551
29552 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29553
29554 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29555
29556 ;;;***
29557 \f
29558 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
29559 ;;;;;; (19383 49283))
29560 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
29561
29562 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29563 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29564 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29565 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29566 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29567 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29568 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29569 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29570 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29571 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29572 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29573 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29574 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29575 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29576 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29577
29578 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29579
29580 ;;;***
29581 \f
29582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (19400 65477))
29583 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29584 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29585 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29586 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29587 (progn
29588 (load "vc-git")
29589 (vc-git-registered file))))
29590
29591 ;;;***
29592 \f
29593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (19403 31656))
29594 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29595 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29596 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29597 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29598 (progn
29599 (load "vc-hg")
29600 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29601
29602 ;;;***
29603 \f
29604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (19383 49283))
29605 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29606
29607 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29608
29609 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29610 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29611 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29612 (progn
29613 (load "vc-mtn")
29614 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29615
29616 ;;;***
29617 \f
29618 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29619 ;;;;;; (19383 49283))
29620 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29621
29622 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29623 Where to look for RCS master files.
29624 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29625
29626 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29627
29628 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29629
29630 ;;;***
29631 \f
29632 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29633 ;;;;;; (19383 49283))
29634 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29635
29636 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29637 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29638 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29639
29640 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29641 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29642
29643 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29644 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29645 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29646 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29647
29648 ;;;***
29649 \f
29650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (19383 49276))
29651 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29652 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29653 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29654 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29655 "_svn")
29656 (t ".svn"))))
29657 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29658 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29659 (file-name-directory f)))
29660 (load "vc-svn")
29661 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29662
29663 ;;;***
29664 \f
29665 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29666 ;;;;;; (19383 49283))
29667 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29668 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29669
29670 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29671 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29672
29673 Usage:
29674 ------
29675
29676 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29677 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29678 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29679 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29680
29681 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29682 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29683 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29684 completions.
29685
29686 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29687 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29688
29689 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29690 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29691
29692 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29693 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29694 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29695
29696 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29697
29698
29699 Maintenance:
29700 ------------
29701
29702 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29703 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29704
29705 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29706
29707 Official distribution is at
29708 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29709
29710
29711 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29712 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29713
29714 Key bindings:
29715 -------------
29716
29717 \\{vera-mode-map}
29718
29719 \(fn)" t nil)
29720
29721 ;;;***
29722 \f
29723 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29724 ;;;;;; (19383 49283))
29725 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29726
29727 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29728 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29729 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29730 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29731 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29732
29733 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29734
29735 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29736 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29737
29738 Supports highlighting.
29739
29740 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29741 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29742
29743 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29744
29745 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29746 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29747 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29748 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29749 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29750 on the left side of your screen.
29751 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29752 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29753 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29754 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29755 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29756 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29757 function keyword.
29758 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29759 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29760 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29761 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29762 if (a)
29763 begin
29764 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29765 Indentation for case statements.
29766 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29767 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29768 mark after an end.
29769 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29770 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29771 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29772 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29773 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29774 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29775 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29776 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29777 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29778 if (a)
29779 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29780 otherwise you get:
29781 if (a)
29782 begin
29783 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29784 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29785 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29786 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29787 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29788 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29789 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29790 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29791 comments in tight quarters.
29792 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29793 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29794
29795 Variables controlling other actions:
29796
29797 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29798 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29799 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29800
29801 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29802
29803 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29804
29805 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29806 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29807 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29808
29809 Some other functions are:
29810
29811 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29812 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29813 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29814 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29815 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29816
29817 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29818 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29819 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29820 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29821
29822 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29823 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29824 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29825 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29826 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29827 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29828 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29829 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29830 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29831 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29832 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29833 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29834 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29835 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29836 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29837 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29838 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29839 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29840 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29841 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29842 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29843 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29844 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29845 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29846 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29847 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29848 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29849 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29850
29851 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29852 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29853
29854 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29855
29856 \(fn)" t nil)
29857
29858 ;;;***
29859 \f
29860 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29861 ;;;;;; (19383 49283))
29862 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29863
29864 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29865 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29866
29867 Usage:
29868 ------
29869
29870 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29871 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29872 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29873 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29874 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29875 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29876 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29877 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29878 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29879
29880 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29881 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29882 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29883 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29884
29885 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29886 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29887 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29888 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29889 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29890
29891 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29892 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29893
29894
29895 HEADER INSERTION:
29896 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29897 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29898 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29899
29900
29901 STUTTERING:
29902 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29903 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29904 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29905 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29906
29907 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29908 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29909 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29910 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29911 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29912
29913
29914 WORD COMPLETION:
29915 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29916 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29917 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29918 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29919
29920 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29921 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29922 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29923 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29924 beginning with \"std\").
29925
29926 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29927 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29928 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29929 stop.
29930
29931
29932 COMMENTS:
29933 `--' puts a single comment.
29934 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29935 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29936 with a comment in between.
29937 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29938 out following lines.
29939 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29940 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29941
29942 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29943 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29944 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29945 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29946 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29947 non-nil.
29948
29949 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29950 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29951 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29952 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29953 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29954 multi-line comments.
29955
29956
29957 INDENTATION:
29958 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29959 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29960 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29961 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29962
29963 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29964 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29965 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29966 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29967
29968 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29969 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29970 and vice versa.
29971
29972 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29973 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29974
29975
29976 ALIGNMENT:
29977 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29978 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29979 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29980 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29981 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29982 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29983 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29984 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29985
29986 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29987 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29988 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29989 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29990 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29991 is non-nil.
29992
29993 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29994 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29995 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29996
29997 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29998 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29999
30000
30001 CODE FILLING:
30002 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30003 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30004 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30005 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30006 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30007 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30008
30009
30010 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30011 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30012 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30013 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30014 command:
30015
30016 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30017
30018
30019 PORT TRANSLATION:
30020 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30021 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30022 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30023 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30024 internal signal initializations (menu).
30025
30026 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30027 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30028 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30029
30030 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30031 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30032 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30033 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30034 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30035 in subsequent paste operations.)
30036
30037 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30038 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30039 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30040
30041
30042 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30043 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30044 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30045 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30046 association list with formals).
30047
30048
30049 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30050 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30051 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30052 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30053 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30054 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30055 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30056 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30057 `vhdl-testbench'.
30058
30059
30060 KEY BINDINGS:
30061 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30062
30063
30064 VHDL MENU:
30065 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30066
30067
30068 FILE BROWSER:
30069 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30070 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30071 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30072
30073 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30074 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30075
30076
30077 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30078 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30079 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30080 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30081
30082 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30083 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30084 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30085
30086 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30087 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30088 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30089 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30090
30091 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30092 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30093 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30094 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30095 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30096
30097 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30098 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30099 required by secondary units.
30100
30101
30102 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30103 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30104 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30105 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30106 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30107 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30108 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30109 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30110 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30111 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30112 inputs to this component -> input port created
30113 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30114 outputs from this component -> output port created
30115 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30116 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30117
30118 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30119 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30120 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30121 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30122 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30123
30124 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30125 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30126
30127 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30128 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30129 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30130 component instantiation is also supported (option
30131 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30132
30133 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30134 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30135 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30136 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30137 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30138 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30139 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30140 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30141 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30142 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30143 | generating the configuration.
30144 |
30145 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30146 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30147 | configurations in speedbar.
30148
30149 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30150
30151
30152 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30153 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30154 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30155 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30156 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30157 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30158 information. New compilers can be added.
30159
30160 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30161 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30162
30163
30164 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30165 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30166 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30167 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30168 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30169
30170 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30171 command:
30172
30173 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30174 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30175 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30176
30177 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30178 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30179 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30180 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30181 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30182 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30183 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30184
30185 Limitations:
30186 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30187 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30188 not (yet) supported.
30189 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30190 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30191 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30192
30193
30194 PROJECTS:
30195 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30196 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30197 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30198 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30199 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30200 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30201 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30202 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30203
30204 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30205 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30206 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30207 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30208 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30209 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30210 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30211 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30212 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30213 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30214 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30215
30216
30217 SPECIAL MENUES:
30218 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30219 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30220 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30221 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30222 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30223 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30224 current directory for VHDL source files.
30225
30226
30227 VHDL STANDARDS:
30228 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30229 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30230
30231
30232 KEYWORD CASE:
30233 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30234 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30235 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30236 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30237 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30238 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30239 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30240 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30241
30242
30243 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30244 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30245 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30246 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30247 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30248 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30249 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30250
30251 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30252 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30253 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30254 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30255 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30256 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30257
30258 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30259 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30260 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30261 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30262 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30263 visually.
30264
30265 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30266 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30267 highlighted if written in lower case.
30268
30269 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30270 highlighted using a different background color if option
30271 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30272
30273 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30274 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30275 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30276 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30277 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30278
30279
30280 USER MODELS:
30281 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30282 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30283 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30284
30285
30286 HIDE/SHOW:
30287 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30288 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30289 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30290 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30291 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30292
30293
30294 CODE UPDATING:
30295 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30296 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30297 Limitations:
30298 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30299 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30300 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30301 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30302 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30303 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30304 (used to obtain the port names).
30305
30306
30307 CODE FIXING:
30308 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30309 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30310
30311
30312 PRINTING:
30313 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30314 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30315 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30316 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30317 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30318 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30319 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30320 printers.
30321
30322
30323 OPTIONS:
30324 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30325 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30326 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30327 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30328 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30329
30330 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30331 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30332 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30333 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30334 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30335 INSTALL file).
30336
30337 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30338 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30339
30340
30341 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30342 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30343 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30344 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30345
30346 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30347
30348
30349 HINTS:
30350 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30351 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30352
30353 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30354
30355 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30356
30357 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30358
30359
30360 RELEASE NOTES:
30361 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30362
30363
30364 Maintenance:
30365 ------------
30366
30367 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30368 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30369
30370 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30371
30372 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30373 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30374 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30375 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30376
30377 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30378 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
30379 where the latest version can be found.
30380
30381
30382 Known problems:
30383 ---------------
30384
30385 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30386 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30387 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30388
30389
30390 The VHDL Mode Authors
30391 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30392
30393 Key bindings:
30394 -------------
30395
30396 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30397
30398 \(fn)" t nil)
30399
30400 ;;;***
30401 \f
30402 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19383 49283))
30403 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30404
30405 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30406 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30407 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30408 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30409
30410 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30411 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30412 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30413 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30414 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30415
30416 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30417 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30418
30419 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30420
30421 * Limitations and unsupported features
30422 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30423 not supported.
30424 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30425 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30426
30427 * Modifications
30428 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30429 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30430 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30431 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30432 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30433 for undoing a repeated change command.
30434 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30435 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30436 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30437
30438 * Extensions
30439 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30440 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30441 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30442 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30443 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30444 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30445 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30446 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30447
30448 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30449
30450 \(fn)" t nil)
30451
30452 ;;;***
30453 \f
30454 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30455 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30456 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30457 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (19383 49283))
30458 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30459
30460 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30461 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30462
30463 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30464
30465 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30466 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30467 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30468 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30469
30470 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30471
30472 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30473 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30474
30475 \(fn)" t nil)
30476
30477 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30478 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30479 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30480 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30481
30482 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30483
30484 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30485 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30486
30487 \(fn)" t nil)
30488
30489 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30490 Not documented
30491
30492 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30493
30494 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30495 Not documented
30496
30497 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30498
30499 ;;;***
30500 \f
30501 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30502 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30503 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30504 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30505 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (19383 49283))
30506 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30507
30508 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30509 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30510 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30511
30512 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30513
30514 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30515 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30516 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30517 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30518
30519 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30520
30521 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30522 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30523
30524 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30525
30526 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30527 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30528 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30529 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30530 moving around in the buffer.
30531 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30532 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30533
30534 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30535
30536 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30537
30538 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30539 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30540 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30541 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30542
30543 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30544 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30545 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30546 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30547 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30548
30549 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30550
30551 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30552
30553 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30554 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30555 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30556 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30557 buffer.
30558
30559 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30560 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30561 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30562 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30563 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30564
30565 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30566
30567 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30568
30569 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30570 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30571 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30572 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30573 moving around in the buffer.
30574 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30575 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30576
30577 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30578
30579 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30580 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30581 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30582
30583 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30584 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30585 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30586 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30587
30588 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30589
30590 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30591 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30592 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30593 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30594 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30595 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30596 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30597 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30598
30599 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30600
30601 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30602 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30603 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30604
30605 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30606
30607 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30608 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30609 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30610 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30611 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30612 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30613 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30614 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30615
30616 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30617
30618 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30619 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30620 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30621
30622 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30623
30624 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30625 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30626 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30627 turn it off.
30628
30629 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30630 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30631 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30632 read-only.
30633 \\<view-mode-map>
30634 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30635 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30636 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30637 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30638 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30639
30640 H, h, ? This message.
30641 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30642 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30643 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30644 > move to the end of buffer.
30645 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30646 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30647 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30648 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30649 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30650 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30651 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30652 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30653 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30654 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30655 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30656 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30657 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30658 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30659 Use this to view a changing file.
30660 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30661 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30662 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30663 . set the mark.
30664 x exchanges point and mark.
30665 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30666 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30667 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30668 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30669 ' go to position saved in character register.
30670 s do forward incremental search.
30671 r do reverse incremental search.
30672 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30673 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30674 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30675 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30676 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30677 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30678 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30679 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30680 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30681 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30682 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30683 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30684 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30685 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30686 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30687 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30688 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30689
30690 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30691 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30692 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30693 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30694 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30695 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30696 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30697 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30698 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30699
30700 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30701
30702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30703
30704 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30705 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30706 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30707 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30708 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
30709 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30710 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30711 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30712 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30713
30714 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30715
30716 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30717 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30718 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
30719 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
30720 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
30721 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30722 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30723
30724 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
30725 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30726 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
30727 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
30728 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30729 1) nil Do nothing.
30730 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
30731 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
30732 frame.
30733 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30734 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30735 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30736 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
30737
30738 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30739
30740 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30741
30742 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30743
30744 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30745 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30746
30747 \(fn)" t nil)
30748
30749 ;;;***
30750 \f
30751 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (19383
30752 ;;;;;; 49283))
30753 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30754
30755 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30756 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30757
30758 \(fn)" nil nil)
30759
30760 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30761 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30762
30763 \(fn)" t nil)
30764
30765 ;;;***
30766 \f
30767 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30768 ;;;;;; (19383 49283))
30769 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30770
30771 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30772 Toggle Viper on/off.
30773 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30774
30775 \(fn)" t nil)
30776
30777 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30778 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30779
30780 \(fn)" t nil)
30781
30782 ;;;***
30783 \f
30784 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30785 ;;;;;; (19383 49283))
30786 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30787
30788 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30789 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30790 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30791 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30792 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30793 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30794 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30795 the beginning of the warning.")
30796
30797 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30798 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30799 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30800 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30801 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30802 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30803 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30804 also call that function before the next warning.")
30805
30806 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30807 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30808
30809 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30810 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30811 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30812 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30813
30814 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30815 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30816 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30817 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30818 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30819 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30820
30821 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30822 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30823 Default is :warning.
30824
30825 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30826 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30827 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30828 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30829 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30830 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30831
30832 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30833 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30834 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30835
30836 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30837
30838 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30839 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30840
30841 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30842
30843 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30844 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30845 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30846 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30847
30848 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30849 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30850 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30851 can be whatever you like.)
30852
30853 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30854 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30855
30856 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30857 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30858 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30859 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30860 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30861
30862 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30863
30864 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30865 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30866 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30867 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30868 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30869
30870 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30871
30872 ;;;***
30873 \f
30874 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30875 ;;;;;; (19383 49283))
30876 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30877
30878 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30879 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30880 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30881 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30882 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30883 in disk.
30884
30885 See `wdired-mode'.
30886
30887 \(fn)" t nil)
30888
30889 ;;;***
30890 \f
30891 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (19383 49283))
30892 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30893
30894 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30895 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30896
30897 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30898 hotlist.
30899
30900 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30901 <nwv@acm.org>.
30902
30903 \(fn)" t nil)
30904
30905 ;;;***
30906 \f
30907 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30908 ;;;;;; (19383 49283))
30909 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30910 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30911 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30912
30913 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
30914
30915 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30916 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30917 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30918 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30919 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30920 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30921
30922 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
30923
30924 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
30925 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30926 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30927 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30928
30929 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
30930 and off otherwise.
30931
30932 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30933
30934 ;;;***
30935 \f
30936 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
30937 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
30938 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
30939 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (19383 49283))
30940 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30941
30942 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30943 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
30944
30945 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
30946 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30947 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30948
30949 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30950 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30951
30952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30953
30954 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30955 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
30956
30957 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
30958 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30959 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30960
30961 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
30962 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
30963 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
30964 use `whitespace-mode'.
30965
30966 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30967
30968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30969
30970 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
30971 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
30972 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30973 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30974 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30975 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
30976
30977 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
30978
30979 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30980 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
30981
30982 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
30983 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30984 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30985
30986 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30987 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30988
30989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30990
30991 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
30992 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
30993 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30994 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30995 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30996 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
30997
30998 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
30999
31000 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31001 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
31002
31003 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31004 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31005 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31006
31007 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31008 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31009 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31010 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31011
31012 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31013
31014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31015
31016 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31017 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31018
31019 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31020 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31021
31022 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31023 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31024
31025 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31026
31027 CHAR MEANING
31028 (VIA FACES)
31029 t toggle TAB visualization
31030 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31031 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31032 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31033 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31034 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31035 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31036 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31037 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31038 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31039 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31040 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31041 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31042 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31043 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31044 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31045
31046 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31047 T toggle TAB visualization
31048 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31049 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31050
31051 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31052 ? display brief help
31053
31054 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31055 The valid symbols are:
31056
31057 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31058 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31059 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31060 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31061 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31062 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31063 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31064 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31065 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31066 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31067 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31068 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31069 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31070 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31071 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31072 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31073
31074 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31075 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31076 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31077
31078 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31079
31080 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31081
31082 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31083
31084 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31085 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31086
31087 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31088 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31089
31090 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31091 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31092
31093 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31094
31095 CHAR MEANING
31096 (VIA FACES)
31097 t toggle TAB visualization
31098 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31099 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31100 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31101 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31102 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31103 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31104 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31105 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31106 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31107 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31108 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31109 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31110 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31111 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31112 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31113
31114 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31115 T toggle TAB visualization
31116 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31117 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31118
31119 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31120 ? display brief help
31121
31122 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31123 The valid symbols are:
31124
31125 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31126 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31127 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31128 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31129 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31130 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31131 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31132 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31133 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31134 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31135 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31136 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31137 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31138 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31139 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31140 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31141
31142 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31143 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31144 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31145
31146 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31147
31148 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31149
31150 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31151
31152 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31153 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31154
31155 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31156 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31157 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31158 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31159 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31160
31161 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31162
31163 The problems cleaned up are:
31164
31165 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31166 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31167 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31168 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31169
31170 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31171 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31172 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31173 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31174 SPACEs.
31175 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31176 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31177 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31178 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31179
31180 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31181 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31182 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31183 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31184 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31185 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31186 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31187 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31188
31189 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31190 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31191 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31192
31193 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31194 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31195 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31196 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31197 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31198 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31199 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31200 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31201
31202 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31203 documentation.
31204
31205 \(fn)" t nil)
31206
31207 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31208 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31209
31210 The problems cleaned up are:
31211
31212 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31213 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31214 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31215 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31216 SPACEs.
31217 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31218 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31219 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31220 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31221
31222 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31223 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31224 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31225 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31226 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31227 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31228 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31229 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31230
31231 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31232 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31233 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31234
31235 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31236 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31237 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31238 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31239 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31240 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31241 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31242 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31243
31244 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31245 documentation.
31246
31247 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31248
31249 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31250 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31251
31252 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31253 non-nil.
31254
31255 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31256 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31257 `whitespace-style' to have:
31258
31259 empty
31260 trailing
31261 indentation
31262 space-before-tab
31263 space-after-tab
31264
31265 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31266 whitespace problems in buffer.
31267
31268 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31269
31270 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31271 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31272 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31273 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31274 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31275 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31276 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31277
31278 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31279 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31280 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31281 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31282 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31283 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31284 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31285
31286 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31287 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31288 cleaning up these problems.
31289
31290 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31291
31292 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31293 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31294
31295 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31296 non-nil.
31297
31298 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31299 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31300 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31301
31302 empty
31303 indentation
31304 space-before-tab
31305 trailing
31306 space-after-tab
31307
31308 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31309 whitespace problems in buffer.
31310
31311 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31312
31313 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31314 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31315 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31316 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31317 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31318 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31319 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31320
31321 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31322 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31323 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31324 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31325 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31326 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31327 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31328
31329 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31330 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31331 cleaning up these problems.
31332
31333 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31334
31335 ;;;***
31336 \f
31337 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31338 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (19383 49283))
31339 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31340
31341 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31342 Browse the widget under point.
31343
31344 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31345
31346 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31347 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31348
31349 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31350
31351 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31352 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31353
31354 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31355
31356 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31357 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
31358 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31359
31360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31361
31362 ;;;***
31363 \f
31364 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31365 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19383
31366 ;;;;;; 49283))
31367 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31368
31369 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31370 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31371
31372 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31373
31374 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31375 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31376 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31377
31378 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31379
31380 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31381 Create widget of TYPE.
31382 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31383
31384 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31385
31386 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31387 Delete WIDGET.
31388
31389 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31390
31391 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31392 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31393
31394 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31395
31396 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31397 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31398 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31399 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31400
31401 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31402 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31403
31404 \(fn)" nil nil)
31405
31406 ;;;***
31407 \f
31408 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31409 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (19383
31410 ;;;;;; 49283))
31411 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31412
31413 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31414 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31415 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31416 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31417 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31418 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31419 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31420
31421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31422
31423 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31424 Select the window above the current one.
31425 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31426 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31427 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31428 negative ARG) of the current window.
31429 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31430
31431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31432
31433 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31434 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31435 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31436 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31437 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31438 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31439 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31440
31441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31442
31443 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31444 Select the window below the current one.
31445 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31446 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31447 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31448 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31449 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31450
31451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31452
31453 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31454 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31455 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31456 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31457
31458 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31459
31460 ;;;***
31461 \f
31462 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31463 ;;;;;; (19383 49283))
31464 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31465
31466 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31467 Toggle Winner mode.
31468 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31469 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31470
31471 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31472
31473 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31474 Toggle Winner mode.
31475 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31476
31477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31478
31479 ;;;***
31480 \f
31481 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
31482 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (19383 49285))
31483 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31484
31485 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31486 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31487 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31488 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31489 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31490
31491 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31492
31493 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31494 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31495 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31496 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31497 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31498 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31499 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31500 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31501
31502 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31503 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31504
31505 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31506
31507 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31508 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31509
31510 \(fn)" t nil)
31511
31512 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31513 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31514 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31515 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31516 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31517 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31518 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31519 `woman' command for further details.
31520
31521 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31522
31523 ;;;***
31524 \f
31525 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31526 ;;;;;; (19383 49283))
31527 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31528
31529 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31530 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31531
31532 BUGS:
31533 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31534 are not implemented
31535 - Options for search and replace
31536 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31537 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31538
31539 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31540 Emacs-like.
31541
31542 The key bindings are:
31543
31544 C-a backward-word
31545 C-b fill-paragraph
31546 C-c scroll-up-line
31547 C-d forward-char
31548 C-e previous-line
31549 C-f forward-word
31550 C-g delete-char
31551 C-h backward-char
31552 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31553 C-j help-for-help
31554 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31555 C-l ws-repeat-search
31556 C-n open-line
31557 C-p quoted-insert
31558 C-r scroll-down-line
31559 C-s backward-char
31560 C-t kill-word
31561 C-u keyboard-quit
31562 C-v overwrite-mode
31563 C-w scroll-down
31564 C-x next-line
31565 C-y kill-complete-line
31566 C-z scroll-up
31567
31568 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31569 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31570 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31571 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31572 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31573 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31574 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31575 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31576 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31577 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31578 C-k b ws-begin-block
31579 C-k c ws-copy-block
31580 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31581 C-k f find-file
31582 C-k h ws-show-markers
31583 C-k i ws-indent-block
31584 C-k k ws-end-block
31585 C-k p ws-print-block
31586 C-k q kill-emacs
31587 C-k r insert-file
31588 C-k s save-some-buffers
31589 C-k t ws-mark-word
31590 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31591 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31592 C-k v ws-move-block
31593 C-k w ws-write-block
31594 C-k x kill-emacs
31595 C-k y ws-delete-block
31596
31597 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31598 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31599 C-o j justify-current-line
31600 C-o k kill-buffer
31601 C-o l list-buffers
31602 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31603 C-o r set-fill-column
31604 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31605 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31606 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31607 C-o wo other-window
31608 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31609
31610 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31611 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31612 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31613 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31614 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31615 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31616 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31617 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31618 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31619 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31620 C-q a ws-query-replace
31621 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31622 C-q c end-of-buffer
31623 C-q d end-of-line
31624 C-q f ws-search
31625 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31626 C-q l ws-undo
31627 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31628 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31629 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31630 C-q w ws-last-error
31631 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31632 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31633
31634 \(fn)" t nil)
31635
31636 ;;;***
31637 \f
31638 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19383 49283))
31639 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
31640
31641 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
31642 Perform an interactive search.
31643 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
31644 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
31645 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
31646 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
31647
31648 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
31649 Example:
31650
31651 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
31652
31653 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
31654
31655 ;;;***
31656 \f
31657 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31658 ;;;;;; (19383 49283))
31659 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31660
31661 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31662 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31663 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31664 Returns the top node with all its children.
31665 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31666 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31667
31668 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31669
31670 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31671 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31672 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31673 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31674 is not well-formed XML.
31675 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31676 and returned as the first element of the list.
31677 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31678
31679 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31680
31681 ;;;***
31682 \f
31683 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
31684 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19383 49283))
31685 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31686
31687 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31688 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31689 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31690 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31691 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31692 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31693 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31694 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31695 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31696 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31697
31698 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31699
31700 ;;;***
31701 \f
31702 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (19383
31703 ;;;;;; 49283))
31704 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31705
31706 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31707 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31708 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31709 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31710 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31711 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31712
31713 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31714
31715 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31716 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31717 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31718 it off.
31719
31720 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31721 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31722 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31723 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31724 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31725 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31726
31727 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31728
31729 ;;;***
31730 \f
31731 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31732 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19383 49283))
31733 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31734
31735 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31736 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31737
31738 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31739
31740 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31741 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31742
31743 \(fn)" nil nil)
31744
31745 ;;;***
31746 \f
31747 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31748 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19383 49283))
31749 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31750
31751 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31752 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31753
31754 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31755
31756 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31757 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31758
31759 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31760
31761 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31762 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31763 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31764
31765 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31766
31767 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31768 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31769
31770 \(fn)" t nil)
31771
31772 ;;;***
31773 \f
31774 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (19383 49283))
31775 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31776
31777 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31778 Zone out, completely.
31779
31780 \(fn)" t nil)
31781
31782 ;;;***
31783 \f
31784 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31785 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31786 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31787 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31788 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31789 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31790 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31791 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31792 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31793 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31794 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31795 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
31796 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31797 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31798 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31799 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31800 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31801 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31802 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31803 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31804 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31805 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31806 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
31807 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
31808 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
31809 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
31810 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
31811 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
31812 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
31813 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
31814 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
31815 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el"
31816 ;;;;;; "cedet/mode-local.el" "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
31817 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
31818 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
31819 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
31820 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
31821 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
31822 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
31823 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/chart.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-comp.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "foldout.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "font-setting.el" "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "ibuf-ext.el" "international/charprop.el" "international/cp51932.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap-hash.el" "net/imap.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/newsticker.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-fish.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-imap.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "org/org-wl.el" "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el" "pcvs-info.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (19405
31975 ;;;;;; 42 652971))
31976
31977 ;;;***
31978 \f
31979 (provide 'loaddefs)
31980 ;; Local Variables:
31981 ;; version-control: never
31982 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31983 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31984 ;; coding: utf-8
31985 ;; End:
31986 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here